Episode 13: Renewed Relationships

Video

Description

In this section of our series we have been discovering the need to realign our priorities in order to have renewed hope and meaning in our lives. In the final episode of the Section, we will be considering the important area of our relationships. Are we giving our best time to the most important people in our lives? Of course this should be a priority throughout our lives, but during this season of life it is even more critical that we take an inventory of our relationships in order that we may prioritize those who we are running our final leg of the race with.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 13 Intro: Renewed Relationships

In this section of our series we have been discovering the need to realign our priorities in order to have renewed hope and meaning in our lives. In the final episode of the Section, we will be considering the important area of our relationships. Are we giving our best time to the most important people in our lives? Of course this should be a priority throughout our lives, but during this season of life it is even more critical that we take an inventory of our relationships in order that we may prioritize those who we are running our final leg of the race with.

Our Relational Priorities

It may seem kind of “cold” to speak about prioritizing who are the most important people in our lives, but the reality is that every one of us only have 24 hours in a day, 7 days a week. None of us have an unlimited emotional and physical capacity to give as much as we want to everyone. Consequently, choices have to be made.

If I was to ask you to make a list of the top 5-10 people in your life, would that be an easy or difficult task? Perhaps I can help you by putting it this way, “Who in your life could you not live without and who in your life could not live without you? This may help narrow it down.

Over a lifetime of busyness we have often neglected the most important people in our lives. Instead we have spent our best time with those who are now no longer in our lives or didn’t really care to have a close relationship with us. If we have not done so up to this point in our lives, as the runway of our life shortens, it is crucial we do this now. As I mentioned, due to limited time and energy choices have to be made. There may be many in our lives who it would be nice to spend time with, but who in all reality will be just fine without us.

I read somewhere that we need to begin to prioritize our relationships according to who will cry at our funeral! Okay that may be an oversimplification as that list for many of us may be quite small. But seriously, at some point when it comes to our relationships we need to distinguish between distractions and opportunities. When we were younger we could afford to take every opportunity that came our way, but as we age we need to be more discerning and realize that some “opportunities” are just distractions from us finishing our race.

Our calling and our priorities are what will determine if a relationship is a distraction or an opportunity. Do you have people in your life that actually distract you from your calling and what you know God still wants you to do in life? Now I know this can sound a bit cold or analytical, but until we get to heaven we do not have unlimited time and energy. Even Jesus when he walked this earth prioritized his relationships. The disciples got more of his time than those he taught and his distracters got even less of his time. So while we want to be open to all those that God bring along our path, it is obviously we cannot be all things to all people.

During this final season of our journey, we typically don’t have the same obligations and roles we had when we were younger and so we have greater freedom to chose what we do and who we do it with. At this stage we will also likely have more time and resources than we had earlier in our life and ministry. This means that we can realign our priorities in relation to God, our spouse, our children/grandchildren, our friendships, finances, health, and our ministry or service to others.

I’ve spent a lifetime encouraging and motivating leaders – well everyone actually – to mentor and invest in others, as this is the guaranteed way to leave a legacy. If you have been doing this over the decades it will now be easier to allow others to take more responsibility. Are we willing to decrease so that others can increase? Now I don’t mean we need to stop doing everything, but merely change our focus. It is never too late to begin to mentor and coach others, particularly as we now may have the time to do so. There is no time expiration limit on mentoring others, we can do this until our very last breath.

As we saw in our last episode, Jesus tells Peter in John 21:18 that regardless of his ambition, a day would come when he would have less control and need to be taken care of by others. Though he had a task to do, one day he would have to deal with the reality that life had shifted and Jesus was preparing him to deal with that new reality. As Peter, we too need to prepare for that day.

Before we continue why not take some time to Study Jesus’ encounter with Peter in John 21. What do you think he is trying to teach him? How is this applicable in your situation?

What relationships are your priorities? Make a list of your network of relationships and prayerfully evaluate if you have the right people prioritized. Are there relationships you will have to let go or at least give less of your time moving forward?

Relational Reconciliation

A lifetime of living will inevitably result in certain relationships that will require extra effort and attention during this season of our life. It is unlikely that we are completely unscathed from relational messiness. That is just the results of misunderstandings and hurts mixed with varied personality and competing values.  In Matt. 5:23-24 Jesus tells us to take the initiative to make peace in each of a relationships. He says, “Therefore, if you are offering your gift at the altar and there remember that your brother or sister has something against you, leave your gift there in front of the altar. First go and be reconciled to them; then come and offer your gift.”

Regardless of who was right or wrong, we can take the initiative to take responsibility for our part of any conflict or disagreement. As we know, relational offences tend to build up over many years. The first step is to communicate and begin listening to each other, without assigning guilt or motives on the other person. Being repentant and taking responsibility for our part of the misunderstanding is the next step. Finally, we then need to ask for forgiveness. (Lk. 17:4)

In this process it is important to provide the offended party with the opportunity to express their hurt, anger and pain. We must then be committed to change. Forgiveness is the only way relationships are healed. In Matthew 6: 14-15 Jesus reminds us that “if you forgive other people when they sin against you, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. But if you do not forgive others their sins, your Father will not forgive your sins.”

However, if the hurt is deep and has occurred over a long period of time, it may require perseverance and having the patience to wait for the right time to reconcile. And we have to be honest, full reconciliation is not always possible. Scripture tells us that “If it is possible, as far as it depends on you, live at peace with everyone.” (Rom. 12:18). This seems to indicate that it is not always possible, the sad fact of the matter is that sometimes people don’t want to be reconciled.

As the graph shows on the right side, when forgiveness is offered, the offender has a choice. If they repent then there can be relational reconciliation. However if they do not, then we sometimes have to set boundaries and be content with personal resolution, in other words, we can still move forward without condemnation if we have done our part. Even if they don’t want reconciliation, we can move on with God’s peace and leave the rest with him. We can release ourselves from the bitterness and anger by forgiving them, that is our responsibility. But we are not responsible for their response, this is between them and God. For our part we can move on with a free heart, knowing we carry no anger, resentment or bitterness towards them.

Holding a grudge will only harm us and not them. This explains why it is important to forgive those who have hurt us who may not longer even be alive. We can still make peace with them by forgiving them in our heart. Forgiveness is always possible, however reconciliation depends upon the other person receiving our apology and wanting a relationship. God forgives us and provides us a path to move forward free from guilt and condemnation, regardless of how they respond.

Are there relationships you need to give some attention, either by asking forgiveness or extending forgiveness to others? Have you done your best to live at peace with all people? Are you able to move forward without condemnation in every one of your relationships?

The First Team

As we wrap up this episode on renewing our relationships during this season of life, I would like to make a few comments regarding what I call the First Team, or our marriage relationship. Now I understand that at this point some of us may have already gone through the grief of losing a spouse or may be in a new blended family situation. But I think these principles will apply in various contexts. Again, this is just a few comments and if you want to see our complete marriage teaching, The First Team you can get that at our website or listen to our podcast by the same name.

The stresses of a lifetime of ministry on a marriage should not be underestimated. As I mentioned last time, we were married in 1982, but regardless of how long we have been married, we will have to continue to be intentional in order to have a fulfilling marriage right into our old age. Even if we do not have the ideal situation, it is never too late to improve our marriage. For those who are single again, through the death of a spouse or divorce, God is always the God of second chances and will continue to care for our needs.

While there are many reasons why marriages dissolve, there are ways that we can keep it strong throughout the seasons of life. Some like to focus on the passage in Ephesians 5 of “wives submitting” in marriage. However, verse 21 lays a foundation for the following verses and it says that we are to “submit to one another out of reverence for Christ.” This is a mandate for both the wife and the husband (and all of us, including leaders). The relationships in the body are to be completely different than what we see around us. No one is to dominate the other. This is key to a thriving lifelong marriage. I don’t have time to get into this here, but in our First Team material we spend a whole chapter on God’s intentional design for male/female relationships. You might want to look that up.

This season of life can be a challenging one for a marriage as our youthful vow to stay together “in sickness or in health” will likely be tested during this time. We will likely have the opportunity to offer the same grace to our spouse that we require during this latter season of life. As we redefine our life individually and as a couple during this last third of the journey, any unresolved issues are usually magnified. Yet this can also be the best time of the marriage as we are the most comfortable with our spouse. During this season we can reap the reward of all the investment we made in the relationship through the difficult years. This happens as we accept each other for who we are and who we have become by this stage of life.

As both of our lives are changing, we will have to define our new vision of the future together.Without children to raise, and perhaps no longer focused on a career or ministry, what will be our priorities? What will give us meaning as a couple? As this is a time of transition in every other area of our lives, it is also a time of transition in our marriage as we together redefine God’s purpose for us as a couple moving into the final season of life.

As we age, each spouse is typically feeling more vulnerable as they begin to recognize their limitations. As husbands, if we have been too busy with ministry and not taken the time to nurture our wives, this is an opportunity to do this in a more intentional manner. It is never too late to begin to do the right things. Even if our marriage has sustained damage over the years, it can recover. Statistic show that couples tend to be happiest in their marriage in the latter stages of life, as there is usually more time for each other and less distractions.

How is your marriage doing? Take some time with your spouse to discuss the issues raised by this section. Allow each other the time to describe areas of strength and areas of weakness they may feel and strategies to improve the  relationship moving forward.

Well we have covered quite a bit of ground in the last five episodes of the Third Section of our series. It was all about renewal – the need for renewed meaning in our lives, renewed hope for the future, renewing our priorities and renewing our spiritual life. Finally, in this episode we have discussed the importance of re-evaluating our priorities when it comes to our relationships. In our final episodes we are going to discuss what success looks like during this season and how to form a new vision so that we can leave a legacy. I am looking forward to sharing these principles with you and hope you’ll be able to join me for the last few episodes.

Episode 12: Renewed Priorities

Video

Description

Now we want to circle back again to discussing the importance of realigning our priorities. While we may have regularly done this throughout our personal and professional lives, it is during this season that it is so important that we revisit this. Of course with a shortening runway in front of us, the need to do this would seem rather obvious, yet the danger is to put our lives in idle mode at this time. But as we previously have seen, God has a plan and purpose for us even in our older age, if we are willing, he still has a purpose for our lives. But for this to happen we need to re-establish priorities in our lives.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 12 Intro: Renewed Priorities

Now we want to circle back again to discussing the importance of realigning our priorities. While we may have regularly done this throughout our personal and professional lives, it is during this season that it is so important that we revisit this. Of course with a shortening runway in front of us, the need to do this would seem rather obvious, yet the danger is to put our lives in idle mode at this time. But as we previously have seen, God has a plan and purpose for us even in our older age, if we are willing, he still has a purpose for our lives. But for this to happen we need to re-establish priorities in our lives.

The Need for Priorities

Priorities are simply decisions we make ahead of time regarding where we will put our efforts and time. It is likely we have done this throughout our lives and this season of life should be no exception. However, as with other dynamics during this last third of life there are a few potential wrinkles in doing this.

Even Jesus set priorities, didn’t he? He was not just wandering aimlessly along the shores of Galilee seeing what would come along for him to do that day. He always knew what his purpose was and what his Father wanted him to do. Luke records at one point that, “At daybreak, Jesus went out to a solitary place. The people were looking for him and when they came to where he was, they tried to keep him from leaving them. But he said, “I must proclaim the good news of the kingdom of God to the other towns also, because that is why I was sent.” And he kept on preaching in the synagogues of Judea.” (Luke 4:42-44). When others tried to get in the way of his priorities, he always brought the focus back to God’s calling on his life.

Maybe when you were younger you had the capacity to be all things to all people, but even those with great capacity and gifting, usually come to a point in life that they realize that they cannot do it all. In any case, we will all eventually run out of time. This is something  we should perhaps come to terms with earlier than later in life for our own health and well being. So by this stage of life we have likely discovered that we cannot do everything we want; our limitations become painfully obvious during this time.

While in the past we could just work harder and longer to get things done, this is usually now not possible. We don’t have the emotional, physical, or mental capacity to pull it off, I know that is hard for some to admit. This is particularly difficult for those high achievers and highly motivated among us. The reality of aging, whenever it hits us, can come as a bit of a rude shock. This is where establishing priorities becomes so important.

As we navigate this season of life we need to readjust our schedule and expectations to fit our capacity and make sure we are putting our time and energies in doing the right things. While when we were younger we could push the envelope, if we try to do that at this stage we will likely just get run down.

It is easy during several decades of ministry to allow the busyness of ministry and all the necessary things we have had to do in our lives to lose what our main focus should be. Again, this does not happen overnight, but is more of a gradual shift. Or perhaps it has been the pressing needs of paying the bills and the obligations of raising a family that have caused our dreams to be sidelined.

But to turn this around, as we enter our final third of life will require a bit of soul searching and, as we saw last episode, spending time with the Lord to see what his plans and purposes are for us in order to fulfill the calling he still has on our lives. In order to regain this, we must slow down and take some time to rediscover who we are in Christ and what our main calling is.

This will help us view all those activities on the edges of our lives that we need to reprioritize and perhaps not give as much time and attention. It will require distinguishing between what is really important and those things that are not as important. Transition times in our lives can motivate us to review where we have been and where we need to be going.

Perhaps you have already done this, but if not, consider the following questions as you re-align your priorities:

Have you come to the point in your life that you recognize the need to realign your priorities? What are your current priorities? Will they need to change in the years ahead?

Peter’s Priorities

After Peter denied Jesus three times, he did what most of us do when life takes a turn we did not see coming. In his remorse and vulnerability he goes back to doing what he knew to do, back on the lake fishing. Yet we find him not being all that successful in doing what he used to do. He had fished all night and caught nothing. But as we know, Jesus had not discarded Peter or forgotten his calling on his life – remember three years earlier he had promised that Peter he would be a fisher of men. I am sure glad that in our lowest moments, God doesn’t discard us or forget the plans and purposes he has for our lives.

So Jesus begins to rebuild the relationship with Peter in a very practical way by helping him get some fish. But his ultimate goal was to restore the relationship so that Peter would remember his calling to be a fisher of men. I wonder how awkward it was as they were sitting together around the fire grilling their fish? They had likely talked during the previous encounters after the resurrection, but I think Peter was still unsure about his future, so much had changed.

Then Jesus asks Peter a question of priority, “Hey Peter, do you love me more than these fish – you know more than your old way of life?” Of course Peter was still Peter and so he was quick to respond, “Of course, Lord you know I love you!” This happens three times and each time Jesus reminds him that his priority is to “feed sheep,” not “catch lake fish.” As we know, Jesus is not only restoring his relationship with Peter, but is reminding him of his life priority. You know this is the same thing he does with us at various intervals in our lives isn’t it?

But then Jesus makes a bit of an odd statement. He says, “Very truly I tell you, when you were younger you dressed yourself and went where you wanted; but when you are old you will stretch out your hands, and someone else will dress you and lead you where you do not want to go.” (Jn. 21:18). John tells us that the specific context was that Jesus was telling Peter how his life would end. Yet it does indicate a truth that as we age, the fact is that we relinquish more and more control to others…..or we should anyway.

But then Peter pivots and makes his own odd statement. He looks at John and says, “Hey how about him, what’s going to happen to this guy that you really love?” Sometimes the priorities that God has for us are not exactly the ones we were looking for. Jesus makes it pretty clear that we all have our own race to run and he is aware of all the twists and turns in our road and has a plan for each of our lives. That is what is to be our focus, what he wants to do in our lives, not someone else’s.

As we have previously discussed, during this season of life it will become increasingly necessary to allow others to do things that we may have always done ourselves. This is why it is so important to realign our priorities in order to focus on doing those things that we are best at; focusing on our strengths and doing those activities that will enable us to finish our race.

As with all priorities, it will be important that we learn how to say no to even good things. At this stage of life it is important to realize that we cannot do everything. Failing to make this adjustment has the potential to cause us to not finish our race. This may mean limiting what we do and eliminating some activities, appointments, etc. in order to reallocate our time and energy.

Renewed Relationship

As Jesus began with asking Peter if he loved him above everything else, in the same way he comes to us and asks us to rekindle our relationship with him. In spite of life’s twists and turns and even our failures, God is always seeking to renew our relationship with him. As we saw in the last episode, it just requires us to move towards him and experience the warmth of that relationship again.

As Peter, it is at this inflection point that we need to rely on God’s strength and presence to give us new peace and grace to finish the race. Only this daily centeredness will enable us to focus on our core values and priorities. It is during this time that we also need to recommit to serving and sharing life with those who share our values. Like Peter, Jesus asks us if we truly love him and, if so, strengthen others – feed his sheep.

More than at any other season in our life, we will need to limit the amount of time we spend with those that drain life and energy from us. Practically, this may also mean downsizing or eliminating those things in our lives that drain us of our time and energy. (Acts 2:42; Phil. 1:3-5) This could include relationships, but also it is important to also look at material things in our lives that perhaps require so much maintenance and upkeep that they may not be worth the effort. The irony is that at this time of life we may be able to financially afford more than we need or even have the time and energy to maintain.

On a very practical side, to maintain our health during this season, it is important that we intentionally do recreational activities such as a walks with our spouse or taking time to do a hobby. Not just during those special times of the years or on the weekend, but regularly during the work week. In other words, taking the time to pump the brakes on striving to always being productive. While this is important throughout life, during this season it is crucial. Though it may be difficult to shift these priorities, if we have never developed these disciplines during previous seasons in our life.

In addition to reconsidering our priorities in order to adjusting the pace we live our life at, we may also need to evaluate how much time we invest with our digital devices and the “screens” in our life. Okay, I really have the potential to get into trouble now, as I know our devices have become an integral part of our lives. I am not suggesting becoming a hermit and living in the woods somewhere – though I have to admit that does sound rather appealing some days! But perhaps if we limited our media time we would be spiritually and emotionally healthier in the long run.

I am merely suggesting that we may need to take an inventory of our time to see if our devices are taking up too much of our lives. Studies have shown that people check their devices up to a thousand times a day. In order to finish the calling God has on our lives we may have to learn the discipline of shutting the screens off and realigning our priorities so that we can finish the race that God has called us to run.

As we conclude this episode, What practical steps do you need to take in order to realign your priorities? How will this affect your daily schedule? Your weekly schedule? Your activities?

 In this Third Section of our series, episodes 9-13, we have been looking at ways to regaining meaning, hope, spirituality in our lives. In this episode we discovered the need to realign our priorities and next time in the final episode of this section we will discuss the importance of renewing our relationships during this season of our lives. As always, I hope you’ll be able to join me for that.

Episode 11: Renewed Spiritual Life

Video

Description

In our previous episodes we have discussed the importance of re-digging our “wells of Salvation.” We discovered that there is a danger in assuming all our ministry activity means that we have a close relationship with God. In this episode we will dig a bit deeper, to discover in what areas we need to refocus in order to regain and renew our own spiritual life. While we may have walked with the Lord for many decades he is always beckoning us to a deeper walk with him. In order to finish the race he has called us to, it will be crucial that we respond to his invitation to know him better.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 11 Intro: Rediscovering our First Love

In our previous episodes we have discussed the importance of re-digging our “wells of Salvation.” We discovered that there is a danger in assuming all our ministry activity means that we have a close relationship with God. In this episode we will dig a bit deeper, to discover in what areas we need to refocus in order to regain and renew our own spiritual life. While we may have walked with the Lord for many decades he is always beckoning us to a deeper walk with him. In order to finish the race he has called us to, it will be crucial that we respond to his invitation to know him better.

Seeing Jesus

This morning I was reading from Oswald Chamber’s classic devotional, based on his book of over 100 years ago, “My Utmost for his Highest.” As is typical, he made a statement that was a bit shocking and as usual thought provoking. He writes, “Being saved and seeing Jesus are not the same thing…once you have seen Jesus, you can never be the same, other things do not appeal as they used to do.”

Which got me thinking, what appeals to me? What appeals to you? Is it doing great things for God, reaching the world, making disciples of all nations….you know all the things most of us have been doing our whole life? I would suggest that at this stage of our life it is important to re-evaluate the status of our relationship with God. I know we are saved and on our way to heaven, but what really appeals to us? Is it to spend time with him? To get to know him on a deeper level and just commune with him? If this is not the case, I wonder why?

At this stage of life it is easy to live off of our past successes, our knowledge and our previous experiences. Over a lifetime we have spent countless hours in the Word developing sermons and teachings and this can lead us to assume that we must be close to God. One of the biggest challenges of serving the Word of God to others is that in all that activity we can forget to feed on the same manna that we are serving to others. We may no longer be applying the truth of God’s  Word in our own lives. Of course this is subtle and does not happen overnight, yet over time our first love can slowly slip away (Rev. 2:1-7).

Begins with Humility

It is not about just legalistically going through the rituals of the spiritual disciplines, but rather pursuing him with affection. Of course this begins with spending time in the Word, but we also need to spend time in quiet contemplation and private worship. As stresses and traumas occur as we age, we may discover that we no longer have the daily dependence upon God that we once had early in our lives and ministry. It may be humbling to discover that we do not have the strength in our lives that we thought we had. The pressures of ministry and even the busyness of success can crowd out the very One which we were trying to serve. (1 Jn. 4:9-12)

The first step in re-digging the well of our relationship with God is humility. It begins with repentance for allowing working for God to crowd out relating with God. Depending upon how dry our well is, it may take some time to drink of the fresh water of his Spirit again. Can we say with David, “Lord I love the house where you live, the place where your glory dwells.” (Psa. 26:8) Do I really seek to “dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of my life, to gaze on the beauty of the Lord and to seek him in his temple.” (Psa. 27:4) Is one day in his courts better than a thousand elsewhere; Would I really rather be a doorkeeper in the house of God than living large in the tents of the wicked? (Psa. 84:10).

Might be good to pause right here and, Prayerfully consider any areas in which our spiritual life has become dry and we have lost that “first love” relationship with Jesus. Let’s together commit to changing our priorities so that we can re-dig the wells that we need to in our spiritual life.

Seeking Relevance

Like the disciples in the boat with Jesus, the storms of life have a way of exposing what is happening inside of us. If we have been regularly cultivating a relationship with the Lord, our faith in him will overcome our fear of the storms. Usually during this last third of life, it becomes evident if we really know Jesus, as Oswald Chambers wrote, or if we have subtly been substituting good works or ministerial activities for true spirituality. If we have been focussing on ministry to fill us up on the inside, we will eventually find ourselves empty and worn out. Of course the danger of this is that it makes us vulnerable to temptation. (1 Cor. 10:12)

Constantly giving out to others by relying on our past experiences with God and even our knowledge of his Word, rather than the freshness of his Spirit, can also lead us to becoming dry. While we all need the encouragement of others, another danger is to believe that our gifts or calling, rather than God’s power, is what changes lives. Again, re-digging the wells of humility and servant leadership is required to make sure this does not happen. So as we enter this last third of life and some of the busyness of life fades a bit, we will discover what has really been driving us and what has been the foundation of our life and ministry.

If we are not secure in our relationship with the Lord, we may be tempted to try to prove our continued relevance by exercising our position or spiritual authority – to do whatever we need to do for others to continue to listen to us. This can create enormous pressure as we try to reconcile our outward reality with what we know is our real inward spiritual condition. Unfortunately, this disconnect often is manifested in temptations such as immorality, pride, abuse of power, and even a lack of sensitively to the truth. (Heb. 2:18)

As we come to this stage of life we need to re-dig our wells of spirituality. This is a private personal matter between us and God. But I would suggest that without the discipline of engaging in this process it will be impossible for us to fulfill our calling or to finish our race. The good news is that God’s promise is that if we are humble and admit our weakness he has promised to meet us and give us his grace and strength.

Perhaps it might be helpful at this point to consider:

How are you responding to the feeling of losing relevance and significance in ministry or generally in life? How about recommitting to an attitude of humility, not relying on power and position to maintain your place in the Body.

 What steps do you need to take in order to stay humble and keep your spiritual life fresh. Do a study of relevant Scriptures that God makes real to you.

 Rediscovering Spiritual Disciplines

Now at this point there is a danger that I will lose you as I bring up the “D” word again. Of course I am referring to spiritual disciplines. I wish I could report that developing a love relationship with God is sunshine and roses and a skip through the park. But as we all know, the push back from our basic fallen nature and the daily challenge of allowing Christ to be formed in us does not happen without effort. Now this does not mean that we can become like Jesus in our own strength, we know that it is only by his spirit working in us that this is possible.

But to say that we have no part in it, would also not be totally accurate. Our salvation is completely by his grace, it is a work of God towards us. However, it requires us putting on this new man as Paul taught in Colossians. We are partners with God in this sanctification process. We don’t have the time here to do a deep study on this, but if you would like to do a deeper dive you could look at the appropriate chapters in our “Intentional Relationships” series, either the Discipling thru Intentional Relationships Guide or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guide.

No matter how long we have walked with the Lord or how long we have been in ministry we are not immune to spiritual battles. What nobody seems to tell you, is that at this latter stage of life these battles can be even more intense than when we were younger. Which is why it is so important to “put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground….standing firm then with the belt of truth buckled around your waist, with the breastplate of righteousness in place, and with your feet fitted with the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace. In addition to all this, take up the shield of faith, with which you can extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one. Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” Eph 6:10-20.

In some ways, we are more vulnerable and susceptible to battles than we were in our younger years. This is why it is critical to maintain our spiritual health. To finish our race we have to strengthen our spiritual disciplines during the last stage of our lives. This brings us back to the “D” word. I guess it should be no surprise that a love relationship with Jesus takes discipline and effort, for we see the same in our human relationships don’t we?

My wife and I were married in 1982, so I’ll let you do the math on that…..but we have discovered that it takes many non-romantic practical disciplines to have a loving romantic relationship that will last over the long haul. We have to do the very practical activities of continuing to make time for each other and choosing to align our interests and common direction in life. Of course this includes flowers, chocolates and romantic times, but that isn’t the foundation of the relationship. If you have been married for any length of time or even if you have a close friend, I am sure you can identify that a good relationship is based on daily decisions to prioritize the relationship, not just good feelings.

In my experience, my relationship with Jesus is not much different. In our relationship with him, spiritual disciplines are the equivalent of walking along the beach, talking out issues, serving the other person’s needs. If you have been a believer for any length of time, these activities will not be a surprise. It requires prioritizing spending time in the Word, talking with God in prayer and worshiping him. As in our human relationships, these practical things can seem boring in themselves, but they are the very activities that foster the relationship and create the conditions for it to grow. Being prepared to “fight the good fight” as we finish our race requires making these disciplines a part of our life. Let me just make a few comments on a few of these.

Word

It is essential that we not only study the Word for others or even for personal knowledge, but rather to meditate on it to receive a greater revelation of Jesus. (Psa. 19:7-11). As in all relationships, creativity is important, that is why I include reading other devotional books or reading various translations. Rather than focusing on quantity, it is helpful to take time to write out the scripture, meditate on smaller passages, memorize Scripture and so on.

Prayer

Over the years I have noticed that I do much less talking and more listening when it comes to prayer. The problem with this is that it takes extended time and cannot be rushed. (Rom. 8:26-27) Much of this is due to me needing to get on God’s wavelength and that takes time. God reveals himself to those who seek him, not those who  just casually check in with him. (Eph. 6:18) Creatively is also helpful in our communication with God. It does not always have to happen at that one set time every day in one place, but I find myself having short conversations with the Lord throughout the day. Maybe on a walk, on a hike or kayaking. Bringing him into my daily life. (1 Thess. 5:17)

Worship

While most of us engage in praise and worship in a weekly church service, this is something we often neglect in private. Again, my experiences is that a commitment to personal, private worship is essential in maintaining a personal vibrant relationship with God. Again, creativity will keep this discipline fresh. You may not be a singer, but finding the type of music that connects us with God and then being in a constant state of worship throughout the day will help us with our attitudes, outlook on life, and spiritual growth.

Relationships

There are many disciplines we could discuss, but as we wrap us this episode, I would also like to suggest one more discipline. In order to finish our race I think it is essential that we seek out and cultivate personal accountable relationships with a few other trusted individuals. Being vulnerable and honest with a few others is a necessary step to grow with God. The danger for some, at this stage of life, is to become more and more isolated. This does not mean we have to become a social butterfly – unless of course that is our thing – but to finish this race well and not stumble into the ditch along the way, we need to have like minded people running the race with us.

Well this has been a bit of a heavy and personal episode hasn’t it? As the quote from Oswald Chambers at the beginning of the episode, do we really “see” Jesus or are we content with just making it to heaven. But really seeing him and knowing him changes us and we are never the same. As we journey through this last stage of life we’ll discover that temporal things hold less appeal to us as they once did. As the hymn says, “The things of earth do grow strangely dim in the light of his glory and grace.” This is not escapism or some form of being “so heavenly minded that we are of no earthy good,” but it does mean it’s probably not a bad idea to begin to prepare ourselves for where we will be spending a lot of time in the future – like forever – spending time with Jesus, the one we not only served in this life, but also developed a close personal relationship with.

I hope this is your experience. Wherever you are at, I hope this series will help you deepen your walk with him so that you may finish the calling God has on your life. Join me next time as we discuss the need to renew our priorities in order to achieve this goal.

Episode 10: Renewed Hope

Video

Description

In our last episode we were discussing the importance of having a reason to exist or a meaning in our lives. This is particularly important in our latter years or life can go downhill pretty fast. Without significant meaning in our lives it will be virtually impossible to have hope for the future. Meaning and hope are inseparable as we enter this latter stage of life. One feeds on the other. We will look at four different biblical vantage points that can give renewed meaning in our lives and how this will produce hope as we look to finish the calling that God has on our lives.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 10 Intro: Hope from Meaning

In our last episode we were discussing the importance of having a reason to exist or a meaning in our lives. This is particularly important in our latter years or life can go downhill pretty fast. Without significant meaning in our lives it will be virtually impossible to have hope for the future. Meaning and hope are inseparable as we enter this latter stage of life. One feeds on the other. We will look at four different biblical vantage points that can give renewed meaning in our lives and how this will produce hope as we look to finish the calling that God has on our lives.

Four Key Truths

As we discussed in our last episode, we were created to live from a place of meaning. This requires us knowing why God created us. Without this, life, and even ministry, can become quite meaningless. The reality is that often after years of raising a family, growing a ministry and the general  busyness of life, we can lose sight of what life’s true meaning is. We become human doers rather than human beings.

As we turn the corner to run the last segment of our race, we may discover that we have been busy and running hard, but without focus and direction. This can lead us to disillusionment and lack of hope as we look at our final years of life and ministry. But it is possible to rediscover meaning even at this latter stage of our lives. We never get to a point in our lives that we do not need a sense of meaning.

To help us rediscover meaning in our lives I would like to take a few moments and look at four key truths from which we can re-orientate our lives. These have been called the Two Commissions and Two Commandments.

1. Jesus proclaimed the Great Commission in Matt. 28:18-20, “Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit…” This is likely the core of what we have been engaged with throughout our ministry as we have been discipling others in the faith and helping them to grow. This is all about building his Kingdom and as we saw last time something we never really retire from, though our role may shift and adapt as we age.

2. But there is also a Cultural Commission. In Gen. 1:28 we were commanded to “Be fruitful and increase in number; fill the earth and subdue it. Rule over the fish in the sea and the birds in the sky and over every living creature that moves on the ground.” This is our calling to make the world a better place. Though we are not called to make this physical world God’s Kingdom on earth, he’ll do a better job of that by himself. But we are called to live our lives so that others will see a glimpse of what his heavenly Kingdom is really like. Even in Babylon, the exiles were to build lives that would bless the ungodly around them. As we read in Jer. 29, they were to build houses, plant gardens and marry off their children, even while in exile. The purpose was to bless the very nation that held them in captivity.

3. So those are the Two Commissions. But in Scripture we have also been given two overarching Commandments. The first of these is the New Commandment to love each other. In John 13:34-35 Jesus says, “A new command I give you: Love one another. As I have loved you, so you must love one another. By this everyone will know that you are my disciples, if you love one another.” This indicates that we should not be known by the size of our ministry or other accomplishments, but rather the depth of our love for each other. This should be the only debt we owe each other (Rom. 13:8-10). Have our lives been displaying this or do we need to reprioritize and focus more on loving others in our lives rather than just doing “mighty” works for God?

4. Finally, there is the Great Commandment that Jesus first gave to the expert of the law, Jesus replied: “‘Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind.’ This is the first and greatest commandment.” (Matt. 22:36-40). The greatest meaning in life comes from fulfilling this commandment; to love God with all our heart, mind, soul, and body, the totality of our being. Through every season of life, loving God is the only constant in our lives that gives us meaning (Gal. 5:6; Eph. 3:17-19).

It is an irony of life that we can be so busy giving to others and pointing them to God and yet not actively pursued God for ourselves. The occupational hazard of ministry is to have substituted being in “love with God” for merely  “working for God.” During this season of our lives it is not too late to re-dig these wells and spend more time with the Lord and pursue him.

The Great Commission of “making disciples” should actually only flow out of the Great Commandant of loving God with all of our heart, not the other way around. We don’t serve others as a substitute to get God’s love. And making this world a better place as described by the Cultural Commission — being fruitful and managing the earth — should only flow from the priority of the New Commandment of loving people. Without this orientation our lives get out of balance by doing things for God rather than loving God and serving the planet rather than serving people.

Before we see how meaning translates to hope let’s consider a few questions:

What is truly important for you? What are your priorities? Is a personal relationship with God something that is top priority and that you are taking time to pursue?

Do we really love those who are closest to us in our lives (New Commandment): “being before doing.” Do you need to reorganize your priorities in order to finish the race with these four commandments in proper balance?

The Need for Hope

As we discussed in previous episodes, the various storms and trials of life, can cause us to lose our hope for the future. This can be particularly challenging as we age. We can even question if God still has a purpose for us. While faith is essential in our spiritual life and ministry, without hope faith is impossible. Actually, without hope in the future we have no reason to exercise our faith.

Paul prays in Romans 15:13, that “the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace as you trust in him,” He is the one who gives us meaning and he is the ultimate source of our hope. He is the “God of hope” in every situation and in every stage of life. We may find that challenges in our lives that may not have concerned us much before, may now affect us more. For some, this lack of hope comes unexpectedly and for others it is a growing reality that attacks our soul during our latter years.

Hope is a confidence of a better future which is based in who God is. Having hope does not guarantee we will not have trouble in life, but it produces a confidence that God will be with us. And where he is, there can be no fear. If we are struggling with a lack of hope it is likely that we have lost sight of God’s purpose in our lives. We still may be confident in our eternal home and reward, but we can no longer see his purpose for us in this life.

Fear Not

So often this lack of confidence in the future creates fear in our hearts –perhaps even a fear of the unknown of what will happen in this stage of life. Interestingly, “fear not” is the most frequent command repeated in the Bible. Those who apparently have time on their hands have counted it up and say that some form or “fear not” is mentioned 366 times in Scripture. The Bible records over 200 biblical characters we were fearful, so obviously this command was necessary.  The term “afraid” occurs 200x and the term “fear” over 400x. The obvious point is that you are not alone if you are dealing with fear. We have all been there.

Jesus teaches us to turn our attention to the birds and the flowers, to see how God looks after them. How much more will be look after us (Matt. 6:31-32) as we are worth much more than mere sparrows. Back to my go-to verse from Philippians, “Do not be anxious about anything, but in every situation, by prayer and petition, with thanksgiving, present your requests to God.” (Phil. 4:6-7). Peter follows up with, “Cast all your anxiety on him because he cares for you.” (1 Pet. 5:7)

As Hebrews 11:1 teaches, the cure for fear is faith, which is a trust in God’s character and who he is. We grow our faith and gain God’s perspective by spending time with him and maintaining our spiritual life. Driving out fear only occurs as we increase our depth of personal knowledge of God and shift our focus  from the uncertainties of the future, to God’s plan for our lives and our eternal hope. “Consequently, faith comes from hearing the message, and the message is heard through the word about Christ.” (Rom. 10:17)

Even when we are in boat with Jesus, if we focus on the wind and waves, fear will be inevitable. I don’t know any other way to not be paralyzed with fear than by switching my focus to Christ. In the storm this is not always easy. Sometimes it requires a dogged determination to spend time in his Word until who he is becomes a revelation to us. Each of us have a weakness in some area that leads to fear. We need to identify this, and then apply God’s truth from his Word to that situation. As Hebrews 4:3 promises, we can then enter into his rest. We don’t strive to enter this peace, but rather receive his peace as we rest in who he is.

Before we continue consider the following:

If you have dealt with fear and a lack of hope in your future take some time to study these Scriptures to gain a new perspective on God’s plan for your life.

Paul’s Experience

Much of the book of Acts focuses on Paul’s desire to get to Rome. Through his various incarcerations and eventual appeal to Caesar, he finds himself on a ship heading to Rome. He felt his God given purpose was to preach the Gospel to the household of Caesar. Yet in spite of being in God’s will, he encounters a shipwreck, a snake bite, holing up on an island for the winter and various other obstacles along the way. While I am sure none of this was a shock for Paul, trouble seemed to follow him, yet this was now happening during the latter stage of his life.

He eventually arrives in Rome, his lifelong dream. But as far as we know,  he spent most of his time under house arrest and the record is not even clear as to if he ever had an audience with Caesar. In some ways when you read the narrative, it seems kind of like a rather anticlimactic ending. We know from the names listed in other passages that some of Caesar’s household had became believers, but it was likely not the way he anticipated it would happen. The most likely scenario was that he continued to share the Good News with the guards who were chained to him daily. (Acts 27:1-28:31)

Yet doesn’t this seem to reflect the realities in our lives? God has a purpose that gives meaning to our lives, but the journey is often quite different than the one we may have expected. As with Joseph’s life things seem to turn out quite different than those early dreams and ideas we may have had. But as we remain faithful, like Paul, God directs our paths and continues to give us meaning and purpose. It is this very meaning that helps us to not give in to fear, but continue to have hope in the future and his plans in our lives.

As we conclude this episode why not,

Take some time to review Paul’s story of getting to Rome (Acts 21-28). What lessons do you learn that can help you in your own life journey.

Well meaning and hope are two inseparable qualities we need in order to finish our race. I hope the last couple episodes have been an encouragement to you as you consider any renewal you may need in these areas during this latter season of your life. In our next episode we want to look at the importance of rediscovering our spiritual life and our first love. In our desire to remain relevant we will discover that our connection with Jesus is vital. Hope you’ll join me again then.

Episode 9: Renewed Meaning

Video

Description

What is the one basic need we all have as humans? We might think of water, food, relationships, which are all important of course. But studies have shown that a fundamental need we all have at every stage of life is the need for meaning. In one way or another we all search to make sense of our lives. Knowing why we exists makes everything else in life make sense. The opposite is true, without a sense of meaning and purpose life doesn’t  make sense and doesn’t seem worth living. So in this episode we want to discuss how we rediscover meaning during the latter stages of life.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 9 Intro: The Basic Human Need

What is the one basic need we all have as humans? We might think of water, food, relationships, which are all important of course. But studies have shown that a fundamental need we all have at every stage of life is the need for meaning. In one way or another we all search to make sense of our lives. Knowing why we exists makes everything else in life make sense. The opposite is true, without a sense of meaning and purpose life doesn’t  make sense and doesn’t seem worth living. So in this episode we want to discuss how we rediscover meaning during the latter stages of life.

The Need for Meaning

Well in our journey together we have already covered some important areas of finishing our race. If you recall, in the first three episodes we looked at an overview of the stages of life and then in the last five episodes we discussed some of the barriers or obstacles that can trip us up and hinder us from finishing the calling that God has on our lives. If you have not had the chance to listen to these, it might be helpful to do that before we continue.

We are now at the top of page 33 in our workbook. In this third Section, we want to focus on some of the basic needs we all have as we run the last lap of our lives on this earth. We’ll discuss issues such as hope, our spiritual life, our priorities and our relationships. But in this episode we will begin with the fundamental need we have for meaning.

Viktor Frankl was a Jewish psychologist before the Second World War and became a survivor of the Nazi concentration camps. In his book “Man’s Search for Meaning,” he tried to objectively reflect on his experiences in the camps from a professional perspective. This led him to several conclusions regarding how having meaning in our lives is directly connected to our will to live – even in the most extreme of conditions. While his conclusions came from the crucible of the death camps, there are applicable in each of our lives.

His main conclusion was that our search for meaning is the primary motivation of our lives. Once we know WHY we are living, then it is possible to endure the HOW of our living. Regardless of how hopeless our daily life may seem, if we can find some sort of meaning, it becomes bearable.  Those that actually survived the death camps were those who knew there was something waiting for them to fulfill on the outside. This may have been something real awaiting them or it may have just been something they had contrived that they would do AFTER they got out.

In his case, when he arrived the guards had taken a manuscript he had been working on. Over the next years, he rewrote this manuscript in his head, with the purpose of finishing it when he survived the death camps. This meaning kept him alive on many death marches, where others who had nothing to live for quickly succumbed to death. He noticed this principle working even if the hope that someone had for the future was somewhat unrealistic or only loosely based in reality.

Healthy Stress and Tension

Having some sort of ideal of a potential future is what enabled prisoners live through the harshest of conditions and it also gave meaning to those who made the choice to die for their ideals. I also found his thoughts on mental health interesting. He states that mental health is based upon the tension between what we have achieved and what we have yet to achieve. Mental health is not the result of eliminating all stress or tension. Not having the tension of future achievements or goals is actually detrimental to our mental health.

In other words, trying to eliminate all tension and stress in life does not necessarily result in mental health and is actually rather unrealistic. The struggle to achieve a worthwhile goal, which is freely chosen by the individual is what makes us healthy. Health is not necessarily a result of lack of pressure or stress. Of course the key is that it is a goal that is freely chosen and not something forced upon us. As a believer this can be described as our response to God’s call and purpose on our life. This is what gives meaning to our lives. As he saw in the camps, meaning had very little to do with a person’s current circumstances. It had much more to do with something on the inside, the narrative that they told themselves.

Again, this narrative has real power as it is rooted in our understanding of God’s plan for our lives. This is why boredom and lack of purpose, particularly as we age, leads to problems such as a lack of mental and spiritual health, which can even lead to a deterioration of our physical health. We need a purpose even during the latter stages of our lives, which – as Frankl puts it – require s a certain tension between where we are at and having a task or calling yet to fulfill.

Before we continue perhaps it would be helpful to reflect upon our own lives.

Do you have a specific (not general) meaning to your life, a reason to finish your race? What do you live for? What is your purpose?

Meaning Discovered in Calling

As followers of Jesus, we understand that this true meaning of life is discovered from God and his calling in our lives, it’s not just about our own self-actualization, or fulfilling our own dreams. It is not really about “self” at all.  In reality, our needs are met only as we seek His Kingdom first and follow him. As Jesus taught in Matthew 6 “But seek first his kingdom and his righteousness, and all these things will be given to you as well.” (Matt. 6:33) “In him we live and move and have our being.” (Acts 17:28)

Even in the latter stages of Paul’s life journey, we see his sense of purpose, “And now, compelled by the Spirit, I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there. I only know that in every city the Holy Spirit warns me that prison and hardships are facing me. However, I consider my life worth nothing to me; my only aim is to finish the race and complete the task the Lord Jesus has given me—the task of testifying to the good news of God’s grace.” Acts 20:22-24

Though it may not seem to be on a grand biblical stage as the Apostle, or as dramatic as living in the death camps, we all do need some kind of meaning to give purpose to our lives. Of course as we age this may adapt and change, but if we get to the point that life has no meaning than we will not see any point in living. I remember listening to my father, who was in his nineties at the time, describe the meaning he got from going to the nursing home and helping transport, what he called “older people” in their wheelchairs. Helping them provided meaning for his life. We all need some sort of meaning.

As I mentioned previously, our lives can also have meaning in the face of suffering. As we change our attitude towards our own suffering, like Joseph, even the events in life that did not go as we thought they would or should can have meaning. Paul understood this and wrote in Romans that if we share in His suffering we also will share in his glory and that his present sufferings were nothing compared to the glory that will one day be revealed (Rom. 8:17-18). After all nothing can separate us from God’s love (Rom. 8:31-39).

Paul even takes it one step further in 2 Cor. 12 when he says, “That is why, for Christ’s sake, I delight in weaknesses, in insults, in hardships, in persecutions, in difficulties. For when I am weak, then I am strong.” (2 Cor. 12:10). As I admitted in a previous episode, I am not sure I am at Paul’s level yet where I can say I “delight” in hardships and difficulties, but I have lived long enough to gain perspective on the events of life, even the bad ones, to see how God was working in the background all along. Before I could see what he was doing, he was working through my weakness. This perspective is what gives us real meaning in our lives and hope for the future.

While we do not need suffering to have meaning in life, meaning is possible in spite of suffering. It seems God allows this in order to test us and prove our calling. Our approach to challenges will shape the meaning we have in our lives.

A Divine Perspective

Actually, I don’t know how people who do not have this divine eternal perspective have meaning in their lives. Without the Lord, the inconsistencies and inexplicable circumstances of life would leave me disillusioned and without hope. Yet as  long as we have a meaning and purpose in life we will be able and willing to endure suffering. Without this, however, struggles will have no meaning and people usually will give up the desire to live. This was Frankl’s experience from the concentration camps.

While meaning in life is more than what we do, studies have shown how being unemployed for lengths of time can cause someone to lose the meaning of their life and have nothing to live for. Being jobless is equated with being useless and uselessness as having no meaning in life. This is likely why the rather recent phenomena of retirement from all work – about the last 100 years or so in the West –is so detrimental to many who turn 65. While we may take advantage of a pension to begin to be engaged in other forms of service, to just do nothing has proven to be rather unhealthy in the long run.

Os Guinness has written that we  “can never retire from calling. We get our value by having responsibility. We need to keep a connection between what we do before and after we retire. A career is what we are paid to do and a calling is what we were made to do.” Your career may not be totally transferable, but as a believer we have a calling to use our gifts and abilities to be of Kingdom service well into our 70s and 80s.

Even those who have been serving others in ministry their whole lives, who then quit all such meaningful activity at a predetermined age, usually don’t finish the race well. This often leads to a lack of meaning and purpose, depression and other illnesses. Though our level of involvement and our role in ministry may change, it is important for us to find ways to give to others, to serve them with our gifts regardless of our age.

Is Retirement Biblical?

Retirement is only mentioned once in the Scripture. In Numbers 8:24-26 the Levites who served in the temple were to retire at fifty years of age, but not retire to do nothing, rather to continue to be engaged in training others more like a coach or mentor to the younger priests. Like them, our role and scope may change, but we all need meaning in life until our last breath.

Achieving personal meaning only occurs as we give ourselves to others or to a cause bigger than ourselves, what we could call our calling. This is why it is important to not give up too early. Many things have been done throughout history by those in their older age. Kentucky Fried Chicken was not even invented until Colonel Sanders was 67! We may have to adjust what we do and the pace we do it, but we don’t have to stop serving God and others with our gifts and abilities. (1 Peter 4:11; Gal. 6:10)

The danger is to lose our sense of importance and value as we age. This is particularly likely in societies that increasingly value youth over their elders. This is why many in their latter years find their joy and meaning in life waning. They cease to have value in their society and community. But God has promised to give us purpose and strength for as many days as he has appointed for us. The Psalmist writes of the righteous that  “they will still bear fruit in old age, they will stay fresh and green.” (Psa. 92:12-14). Of course, this is for those who remain planted in Him and connected  to his purposes in their lives.

Isaiah writes, “Even to your old age and gray hairs, I am he, I am he who will sustain you. I have made you and I will carry you; I will sustain you and I will rescue you.” (Isa 46:4) The grayer I get the more I am liking this verse! God still has a plan and purpose for me and for you. He wants to continue to give meaning to our lives as long as he gives us breath. My prayer, like that of the Psalmist’s is that, “Even when I am old and gray, do not forsake me, my God, till I declare your power to the next generation, your mighty acts to all who are to come. “ (Psa. 71:18) The fact is that God often saves the best for last.

 As we conclude this episode let’s take some time to consider:

Have you lost the real meaning of why you exist? Have you been tempted to stop too soon? Why not spend some time considering how God could use your lifetime of experience, your gift and abilities to serve others.

Well I was hoping to have time this episode to look at two key Commissions and two key Commandments from Scripture that can help focus our energies in the final third of our productive lives, but unfortunately time got away from us. So next time we will begin by discussing these as well as then considering how we can regain renewed hope in our lives. I am looking forward to it and hope you’ll join me.

 

Episode 8: Dark Night of the Soul

Video

Description

At this stage of life it is likely that you have had to say goodbye to friends and family members, and attending more than your fair share of memorials and funerals. You may have even had to bear the grief of burying children or a spouse. While we may not grieve as those who have no hope, we still do need to grieve. As we age, the reality is that we will experience these losses with greater frequency. This makes us consider our own mortality as we see many of our peers leaving us to finish our race on our own. Now for us, death has lost its sting and we know there will be a final reunion, but we still have to learn to navigate the reality of loss during this season of life.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 8 Intro: Losses of Life

At this stage of life it is likely that you have had to say goodbye to friends and family members, and attending more than your fair share of memorials and funerals. You may have even had to bear the grief of burying children or a spouse. While we may not grieve as those who have no hope, we still do need to grieve. As we age, the reality is that we will experience these losses with greater frequency. This makes us consider our own mortality as we see many of our peers leaving us to finish our race on our own. Now for us, death has lost its sting and we know there will be a final reunion, but we still have to learn to navigate the reality of loss during this season of life.

 

Deep Loss

Suffering loss is inevitable during the last third of our lives. While we have all likely experienced some death and loss when we were younger, it seems to be more sobering when those dying around us are our age and younger. Instead of just laying older Grandpas and Grandmas to rest, the people at memorials are our age and those we have typically shared life with.

In order to move forward, it is so important that we go through the grieving process. While everyone does this in a slightly different way, everyone who has suffered deep loss needs to go through the stages of denial, anger, asking the why questions, but then eventually coming to an acceptance of our new reality without that person in our lives. The alternative to this healthy process is to just drown our sorrows with busyness or some other substitute. But we need to find those we can confide in and free ourselves from some daily responsibilities for a time, so that we can go through the grieving process.

Of course, we do not need to fear this transition to our new home, for as we face death we know that death has been defeated by Jesus (Heb. 2:14-15; 1 Cor. 15:54-57). We have the promise that, “neither death nor life, neither angels nor demons, neither the present nor the future, nor any powers, neither height nor depth, nor anything else in all creation, will be able to separate us from the love of God that is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” (Rom. 8:38-39).

Paul dealt with this same reality and came to this conclusion, “I eagerly expect and hope that I will in no way be ashamed, but will have sufficient courage so that now as always Christ will be exalted in my body, whether by life or by death. For to me, to live is Christ and to die is gain.” (Phil. 1:20-21) As long as he give us breath he has a purpose for us and then one day he will wipe every tear from our eyes (Rev. 21:4) and so we do not need to fear (Psa. 46:1-3), but rather look forward to a day when there will be no more sorrow, worry or pain.

As you reflect on your own situation:

If you have experience such a deep loss have you taken the time to go through the grieving process? Evaluate if you have become “stuck” from a previous grief that was never processed.

 

Irresolvable Pain and Sorrow

In the book of Romans, Paul admits “I have great sorrow and unceasingly anguish in my heart,” (Rom. 9:2). He was reflecting on those he was called to serve, but for many reasons we can experience deep irresolvable pain that never seems to go away. This could be due to being misunderstood for doing the right thing, having relationships that cannot be reconciled, or perhaps a lack of future opportunity due to acting according to our principles and values.

The list could also include the pain of a wayward adult child, ongoing health issues with us or someone close to us. Over time, these stresses can cloud our own joy and peace and even affect our calling. These sorrows cannot just be prayed away for they are typically a pain that continue to linger for years. Solomon knew this level of pain, he says, “Even in laughter the heart may ache, and rejoicing may end in grief. (Prov. 14:13; 15:13)

But Paul understood that this pain and suffering can have an eternal purpose. Actually without this perspective, it seems meaningless and just cruel and unusual punishment (Rom 8:18-27). During this season of life, pain can serve to help us develop a deeper relationship with God. Instead of trying to find purpose in activities just to keep busy or drown our sorrows – which by the way can include ministry activities – we can use the pain can lead us to pursuing God in a deeper way. We can learn to replace ambition (even ambition for doing things for God), with the desire to know God. Pain and sorrow is great teacher of this truth (1 Pet. 4:1-2).

 

Paul: A Case Study

Arguably the greatest early church leader, Paul, had a painful experience that would not go away. We read about this in 2 Cor. 12:7-9. Paul pleaded three times to the Lord to take away this “thorn in his flesh,” but eventually God said that he was not going to take it away, but instead would give grace to Paul to live with it. Not sure if you have something like this in your life, but I can identify with Paul in having in accept certain painful realities that are not going anyway any time soon. As Paul, I have needed God’s grace to accept these as a gift from God to make me more like Jesus.

Paul had a pretty high pain tolerance and so it seems this “thorn” was no small thing. We too may have certain problems that don’t go away, even after years of prayer. As Paul, we can learn that God’s grace will be sufficient. The greatest lesson we can learn from these times is humility (Rom. 12:3; James 4:10). Our gifting, or ministry strengths, are the very things that can lead us to pride and self-sufficiency. Over a lifetime of doing ministry it is easy to think we can do it in our own power or at least rely on our skills, gifting and experience. But like Paul, this “thorn” is a gift from God to keep us humble and tethered to God.

Once we realize this, we can, like Paul, delight in our weakness. It serves to remind us that when we are weak we are strong in Him (1 Cor. 1:27). Pain that does not go away can be used by God to show his power to others through our broken lives. As Paul wrote, “But he said to me, ‘My grace is sufficient for you, for my power is made perfect in weakness.’ Therefore I will boast all the more gladly about my weaknesses, so that Christ’s power may rest on me. That is why, for Christ’s sake, I delight in weaknesses, in insults, in hardships, in persecutions, in difficulties. For when I am weak, then I am strong.” (2 Cor. 12:9-10) I can’t say I am totally there yet, with Paul, but God is still working on me and this remains my goal.

God’s ultimate plan is to make us into the image of his Son. Then our lives will benefit others and bring glory to God, “Therefore we do not lose heart. Though outwardly we are wasting away, yet inwardly we are being renewed day by day. For our light and momentary troubles are achieving for us an eternal glory that far outweighs them all. So we fix our eyes not on what is seen, but on what is unseen, since what is seen is temporary, but what is unseen is eternal.” (2 Cor. 4:16-18).

So how about you,

Is there something that you have prayed God would take away? Meditate on these scriptures and others in order to gain God’s perspective on your situation.

Do you  have certain strengths that could lead you to pride and self-reliance? Can you see how your pain can keep you humble and close to God?

 

The Dark Night of the Soul

While the natural rhythm of life is full of ups and downs, good times and not so great times, every once in a while we may go through a valley so deep we are not sure we will ever get back up above the clouds. We may not be burned out or experienced a moral failure, and our relationship with God and others may be healthy. If this is the case, it is likely that what we are experiencing is a good old fashion test of our faith.  God purpose in this season is to prepare us to fulfill our calling and faithfully finishing the race he has set out for us.

David in the twenty third Psalm writes, “. . .though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death . ..” We have likely experienced several valleys during our lives, but during our latter season of life such an experience may catch us by surprise as we think we have learned enough lesson already. In Luke 22:31-32 Jesus tells Peter that Satan had asked to “sift him as wheat.” This sounds a bit like what happened to Job in the Old Testament doesn’t it when the enemy asked to touch Job’s idyllic life.  In both cases, notice that God gave the go ahead, he never said no. Instead, he promised Peter that he would pray for his faith to be strong, with the eventual goal of him being able to then strength others.

We may have to go through these dark nights of the soul, but Jesus promised to be with us and actual be an advocate for us. Just like the disciples in the boat, he is with us and promises to take us to the other side. It is important to remember that disruption and testing is not the same as destruction. God is not wanting to destroy us, but to continue his work of making us more like him. As we turn to him during this time and return to the disciplines of our first love he will in time restore us and we will come through the other side able to better empathize and serve others.

As we conclude these episodes on the challenges that may face us, how about you:

Have you, or are you, experiencing a dark night of the soul? How would you explain to someone else what you are going through?

Study Luke 22:31-32 and how this applies to your situation? Meditate on the fact that Jesus is praying for you so that your faith will not fail and that you will be able to help many others through this experience.

 

Embracing Suffering

Perhaps as we close this episode and turn the corner in our discussion towards how to rebuild our vision and passion, I could make a few comments on suffering. If you have hung with me over the last few episodes, you are probably a gluten for punishment or at least are not scared away by some difficult topics. It is clear from Scripture that in this world we will have troubles and suffer (1 Pet. 4:12; John 16:33).

But suffering does not mean we are out of God’s will, rather that we have an enemy who is seeking to hinder us from finishing our race. Many Scriptures indicate that we will go through periods of suffering for our faith and the sake of the Gospel (Phil 1:29; 1 Pet 2:21; Acts 14:22; James 1:2). Yet we receive comfort and experience God in a special way during suffering. He shapes our character and even keeps us from greater disaster, something we usually only appreciate years later. During suffering he also corrects our wrong thinking, he lead us to repentance, he develops humility and compassion in us, and makes us more like Jesus.

Discipline is not something we look forward to, but it is God’s way to mold us into who he wants us to be. (1 Pet. 1:6-7) It is often painful and disruptive, yet works the peaceable fruit of righteousness. Pain causes growth if we view it from the right perspective. This process does not end just because we are older. Until God takes us to be with him, he will continue to provide opportunities for us to grow. His goal is that we will faithfully finish the race he has given us. But we must choose to embrace this process even as we age. We need to come to terms with our suffering and accept it as a blessing from God. (Rom. 8:28).

As you finish your race what areas of suffering do you need to learn to embrace?

In the last few episodes we have discussed various obstacles and challenges that face us during life and particularly issues we deal with in our final third of our lives. You probably didn’t identify with all of them, but hopefully some of my comments were helpful in assisting you as you move forward to finish your race well.

In the next few episodes we are going to discover some of the principles and values necessary to do this. I don’t intent to reinvent the wheel here, but I think you will find these reminders helpful as you apply them to your own life. We will look at them within the context of the latter season of our lives and ministry. I am looking forward to continuing our discussion together and hope you’ll be able to join me again.

 

 

Episode 7: Tragedy and Loss

Video

Description

Tragedy are those events in life that are unexpected that we had no control over. As we navigate this final third of our lives we also have to reconcile the tragedies of our lives and realize that God has been in control all along. Without this perspective, we will only be left with despair which will lead to more destructive depression. In this episode we will discover that our tragedies may very well be designed by God to prepare us for the purposes he still has in our lives. This change of perspective has the potential to make a dramatic shift in our view of the future.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 7 Intro: Tragedies of Life

Tragedy are those events in life that are unexpected that we had no control over. As we navigate this final third of our lives we also have to reconcile the tragedies of our lives and realize that God has been in control all along. Without this perspective, we will only be left with despair which will lead to more destructive depression. In this episode we will discover that our tragedies may very well be designed by God to prepare us for the purposes he still has in our lives. This change of perspective has the potential to make a dramatic shift in our view of the future.

 

The Purpose of Tragedy

If you are following along in our workbook we are now at the top of page 21. The first three episodes of this series introduced the unique challenges to navigating the last third of our productive lives as we redefine God’s plans and purposes as we seek to finish our race. In episodes 4-8 we are looking at some of the obstacles and bumps in the road that can sideline us from finishing the race.

Now I know these middle episodes can seem a bit dark, but in my experience, avoiding these topics does not make them magically go away. Developing life strategies in these areas will provide us with new hope in the future and what God’s plans may still be for our lives as we age. One of these realities is dealing with those unexpected tragedies of life. While we all understand and accept that this life contains tragedy and pain, it can still be hard to deal with. During these times of tragedy, like David, we can feel that God has forsaken us (Psalm 22).

I think the story of Joseph from Genesis can provide us a perspective on the tragedies in our lives. As I am sure you recall, he had big dreams for his life, but at a young age he was sold by his jealous brothers into slavery. In his twenties in a foreign country, we see his ability and talent propel him to leadership, only to be wrongfully accused and end up in prison. It would seem that all his dreams were turning into a cruel tragedy. We don’t know exactly what he was thinking during this time, but I am sure he had similar feelings to what we have when we go through these inexplicable experiences. (Gen. 37, 39-45)

Even though he kept his integrity, I am sure he had many low moments and times of feeling despair. Remember, like us, he didn’t know how it was all going to turn out. We don’t get to read the end of our story until it is over. Well as the narrative continues we read of his brothers showing up in Egypt some thirteen years later to buy grain. Joseph, likely now in his thirties, was the key ruler of Egypt and in a position to help the very ones that had intended to harm him.  But we see a different man than the young dreamer from Canaan.

It was the very tragedies that he went through that now provided him with God’s perspective on not only the unexpected events of his life, but also the purpose of those early dreams. He understood that “while others meant all this for harm,” God was in the background working all things out for his good and the good of others. This takes some maturity and a change of perspective. (Psa. 71; 146) Often, like Joseph, our very tragedies are designed by God to prepare us to be a better help to others. If we go through them with God’s perspective and grace, God will use us to serve others with his grace. Having this outlook, during even the bleakest of circumstances,  will provide us with the peace of God which we need (Prov. 3:5; Isa 26:4).

Before we continue let’s consider the following:

What are some of the major tragedies that you have gone through? How have these impacted your view of God in our life and  ministry? As you look back on your life, how has your perspective changed on what you only saw earlier as tragedies?

Now consider what tragedies you are still dealing with that you don’t have an answer for. Take some time to gain God’s  perspective and peace even though he has not explained why you have, or are going through this.

Financial Fear

As with storms in life, the accumulative effect of tragedies can hit us hard as we see the end of the runway ahead of us. We may even discover we don’t quite have the resilience we once had when we were younger. Over a life time many of us have experienced tragedies in the form of disasters of all sorts. Yet even in disasters we can be assured that God is working for our good (Rom 8:28). Now that does not mean we will necessarily understand or appreciate them this side of eternity. My wife and I have had to walk through several tragedies that we think made us better people, but I can’t say I would like to go through them again. If you would like, you can download our book, “Roads Less Travelled,” to read our story. Suffice to say, dealing with tragedy is not a foreign or theoretical concept for us.

As we transition to the latter third of our life, often the issue of finances – or lack thereof – can cause concern or even outright fear for the future. For those who have responded to the call of full time ministry, it is likely that at this stage of life the future may seem uncertain as there may be no savings or retirement funds. David wrote, “I was young and now I am old, yet I have never seen the righteous forsaken or their children begging bread.” (Psa. 37:25). As with every stage of life, during our latter years, our source is still the same. Our Father has promised to provide what we need from youth to old age.

While we may have experienced God’s provision throughout our lives, as we age, our faith will be challenged to believe that the same God that has always provided will continue to do so. Jesus teaches us to learn the lessons from the birds of the air and the flowers of the field. We do not need to worry about what we will eat or drink, “For the pagans run after all these things, and your heavenly Father knows that you need them. But seek first his kingdom and his righteousness, and all these things will be given to you as well.” (Matt. 6:25-33; Psa. 23).

Rather than looking at our apparent lack, we need to change our focus to God and his provision. Obviously, it is easier to do this when things are going well and the bank account is full. But during difficult financial storms we can rely on God’s promises and believe by faith what he has promised. If we trust in money it will let us down, but if we trust in God he has promised to provide for us, even in our old age.

 

Contentment is Possible

Paul writes in First Timothy, “… godliness with contentment is great gain. For we brought nothing into the world, and we can take nothing out of it. But if we have food and clothing, we will be content with that.” ( 1 Tim. 6:6-8) If our focus is getting more money in order to gain security we will be disappointed. We will never have security or be satisfied through the accumulation of wealth. Paul learned to be content whether he had little or much.

God is not limited by natural laws in providing for us. If even the birds are cared for by him, how much more will he care for us. Financial loss can feel like it is burying us under an enormous weight, a burden that we cannot bear. It is during these times that we need to cast our burden on him (Psa. 55:22), knowing that he will sustain us (1 Peter 5:7). Instead of giving in to anxiety, we can choose to trust in God (Psa. 37:7). As Paul wrote the Philippians, “Do not be anxious about anything, but in every situation, by prayer and petition, with thanksgiving, present your requests to God.” (Phil 4:6-7). Now I know that this is sometimes easier said than done, but God is ultimately our only and final source.

In spite of our financial status, the weakness of our country’s currency, an expensive housing market, or any other societal challenges, our God is bigger than any of these. Generations of believers have proven his faithfulness and he has not changed. He will provide for us as he has for every generation before us.

If this is an area that is a challenge to you and your faith spend some time studying the Scripture in order to increase your faith with regards to God’s provision for you as you age.

 

Serious Illness

As we enter this last stage of life, it is also with the stark reality that health concerns will likely become more frequent than they were in our younger years. Living in a fallen world, this is inevitable and we have to learn to adjust to this new reality. In our younger years we may have had the luxury to live relatively free of symptoms and so when we did get sick we were just sure everything would work out okay.

However, as we age we can get concerned over aches and pains for which we never used to give a second thought. With every symptom we can anticipate the worst. Every strange feeling or lump can reduce us to fear, particularly as we see our body slowly declining as we look in the mirror. While we can mitigate this with a good diet and exercise, the reality is that physical death is destined for all of us.

For most of us we take this in stride, but the reality is that some also receive devastating terminal diagnosis, if not for ourselves perhaps for someone close to them. This can produce fear and uncertainty of our future. How do we live with hope and not give into fear in the face of such terrible news? While we believe that God still heals today, last time I checked humans have a mortality rate of 100%. To make those struggling with illness feel guilty for their sickness or apparent lack of faith is never helpful. The first disciples tried to blame the blind man or at least his parents, for his condition. But Jesus provided an uncomfortable truth, “Neither this man nor his parents sinned,” said Jesus, “but this happened so that the works of God might be displayed in him.” (John. 9:1-3). Might be good advice for us also.

There are actually plenty of examples of saints in the Scripture who had to deal with illness. From Job (Job 2:7-8) to David (Psa. 41:8) to the righteous king Asa (1 Kings 15:23) in the Old Testament, to saints in the New Testament. Some of these include the mighty Apostle Paul himself (2 Cor. 12:7-8), Lazarus (Jn. 11:1-4), Epaphroditus (Phil. 2:26-27), or Tabitha (Acts 9:36-41) to name a few. My point is, even good, righteous people get sick. To continue to state the obvious, as we age these illnesses will take a greater toll on our bodies and consequently our psyche and mind.

And often the battle is in the mind, isn’t it? Instead of allowing our mind to imagine all the worst case scenarios, we need to resist the fear and focus on God’s promise to be with us. As Paul teaches us, we need to focus on Christ and make each thought obedient to God’s word, believing what he says about our situation. ( 1 Tim 1:7; 2 Cor. 10:5) Regularly meditating on God’s word is key to keep our mind focussed on Christ. Believing the word over our circumstances (Eph 1:3) is essential.

Obviously, this is not a deep dive or study on this topic, but just a few thoughts to help us deal with the eventualities of getting older and what that may mean for us or our spouse. I think an attitude of thankfulness and gratitude also goes a long way in our spiritual and mental state during these difficult periods of illness. “Giving thanks in all circumstances; for this is God’s will for you in Christ Jesus.” (1 Thess. 5:18) Sometimes this is difficult and a sacrifice, but the discipline of giving thanks for even the little daily things can make a huge difference in our spiritual and mental attitude.

It is important to not lose sight of the fact that God has a purpose for us until our very last breath, “For we are God’s handiwork, created in Christ Jesus to do good works, which God prepared in advance for us to do.”  (Eph 2:10) Even when it is our time to pass on to the next life, we can do so full of faith and joy. In our weakness his grace is multiplied (2 Cor. 12:9). Regardless of the outcome of our physical condition, as believers we know it will never end in ultimate spiritual death. Though the enemy wants us to focus on our sufferings, Roman 8:18 reminds us that our present sufferings are nothing compared to what lies ahead for us in the future. Though illness is real, we can choose to focus on our future with Christ – which gives our present suffering ultimate meaning.

As we wrap up this episode,

Take some time to meditate on the Scriptures listed and allow them to speak to your spirit. Confess any fear and anxiety to the Lord you may have and allow him to fill you with his peace and hope.

We have one more episode in this Section of our series. So before we discuss how to rekindle our passion and discover renewed vision and purpose, we will look at how to navigate the deep losses and irresolvable pain we may be carrying in this latter season of life. If you are able to join me again next time, I know you will find that encouraging.

 

 

Episode 6: Storms of Life

Video

Description

By this stage of life most of us have experienced our fair share of life storms along the way. But our capacity to weather even the everyday storms of life changes as we age. Another aspect that changes is that by this time the accumulative effect of a lifetime of storms and bad news can be more overwhelming. Combine this with potential personal disillusionments and they can hit us a bit harder than when we were younger, it can become a perfect storm. In this episode we want to focus on strategies to help each of us weather the inevitable storms of life, with a particular emphasis on dealing with these storms as we enter our latter season of life.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 6 Intro: Storms of Life

By this stage of life most of us have experienced our fair share of life storms along the way. But our capacity to weather even the everyday storms of life changes as we age. Another aspect that changes is that by this time the accumulative effect of a lifetime of storms and bad news can be more overwhelming. Combine this with potential personal disillusionments and they can hit us a bit harder than when we were younger, it can become a perfect storm. In this episode we want to focus on strategies to help each of us weather the inevitable storms of life, with a particular emphasis on dealing with these storms as we enter our latter season of life.

A New Reality

If you are following along in the workbook we are now on page 18. As most people, by this stage of life you have likely experienced your share of life’s storms. Being a believer does not make us exempt from the storms of life, as long as we live on this earth we will experience them. Now when we were younger we often could take these storms in stride and they did not set us back as much emotionally, or create the fear that storms later in life can produce. When we were younger we were driven by our dreams and future anticipation of God’s plan in our lives. Yet as we age we can feel more vulnerable. Our physical and mental health issues can cause us to question God’s future plan for our lives and wonder how many more storms we can actually endure.

Perhaps storms that we took as a mere challenge in our younger years, may now seem more existential. Kind of reminds me of the story of the disciples crossing the sea of Galilee with Jesus in Mark 4. Might be important to remember that these were seasoned sailors, or at least most of them were. In any case, I am sure it was not their first storm. Yet this storm was so intense that they feared for their very lives. (Mark 4:35-41)

Of course the context is that they had just spent a day ministering to the crowds, which is why Jesus suggested they take the boat to the other side of the lake for some rest. As we know, he also was tired and fell asleep in the boat. Mark records that the storm came out of nowhere, just kind of like many storms in our own lives. When these storms come, if we have not been in daily connection with Jesus, it is also easy to join these early disciples in wondering if Jesus really cares. If the storm gets bad enough and prolonged enough, even the best of us can give way to fear and despair. What do we do when we lose the hope that we will get to the other side?

 

Jesus is in the Boat

But at the beginning of the journey, Jesus had said, “Let’s go to the other side.” The destination was not in question, just like our destination is not in question. But when life takes a turn we did not expect we can begin to question if we will make it. Storms do not mean we are not in God’s will. After all, they were in the boat with Jesus, but experienced the kind of fear only those who have been in real life threatening storms can relate to. When these storms come out of nowhere its can cause us to lose hope that we will finish the race set before us. Remember Paul’s shipwreck on the way to Rome? Things looked pretty bleak.

During those times it is easy to forget that he promised us his peace in the midst of the storms, “Peace I leave with you; my peace I give you. I do not give to you as the world gives. Do not let your hearts be troubled and do not be afraid.”  Jn. 14:27 (Jn. 16:33) As we saw in a previous episode, if we have not kept our spiritual wells free of debris, these storms can hit us even harder. Like the disciples, we can question his love and care for us, or even his ability and interest to help us through the storm. Storms that we may have laughed at, or seen as merely a challenge or adventure in our younger years, now have the potential to capsize our boat.

When the storms of life inevitably hit us, they reveal what we have built our foundation on. In the disciples’ case it was fear rather than faith in Jesus. He asked them, “Where is your faith?” Jesus promises to take us to the other side, but he has not promised that there will be no storms along the way. He has promised to be with us in the storm and give us his peace along the way. While we don’t know the future, as we maintain a hope that God still has a plan for our lives, we can have faith that he will take us through any storm. (1 Peter 5:7)

So how about you,

What storms are you currently dealing with? Even though you know Jesus, are there areas that you fear or have a lack of trust in God’s undertaking in the situation? How has this affected you at this stage of your life?

 

Our Firm Foundation

The Bible is clear that storms in life are inevitable. James 1:2 encourages us to consider it joy when tests and challenges come our way for they produce maturity in us. Even Jesus learned through suffering and so, as his servants, we also will need to learn to walk that road (Heb. 5:8). It is during these storms that we find out if our lives are built on a firm foundation.

In all our busyness of life and ministry it is possible to neglect looking after the foundations in our lives. It usually happens little by little, not all at once. But without the right foundation we cannot build the courage, hope, perseverance and stability that we need for when the storm hits. When we were younger perhaps we were able to weather some storms with sheer will power and our own fortitude, fulfilling our vision with our own wisdom. But for most of us, at some point a storm will come along that will shake us to our foundations.

In addition, as we age we face storms we never thought would affect us. At those times, Paul encourages us to “. . . not lose heart. Though outwardly we are wasting away, yet inwardly we are being renewed day by day. For our light and momentary troubles are achieving for us an eternal glory that far outweighs them all.” (2 Cor. 4:16-17) He knew that Jesus was in the boat with him and was actually using this storm to refine him and make more like Jesus. (Isa. 48:10; Mal. 3:3). We are actually not to be surprised by the storm (1 Peter 4:12), as with his first disciples, he is wanting us to grow in our faith in Him through the storm (1 Peter 1:7).

It is these times that make us into the person that can better love God and serve others. I don’t know about you, but I have learned much more through sufferings than any of my successes. Might be good to pause again and consider,

 As you spend some time in prayer are there areas of the foundation of your life that have shown cracks and areas you need to re-align to get back to trusting God that way you used to?

Have you tried to avoid suffering in your life or embraced it as a gift from God? Have you consistently put your faith and reliance on God?

 

Hope in the Storm

The enemy of our souls knows us and knows exactly how to design a storm tailored specifically for our fears and weaknesses. He knows what buttons to push in our lives and what is closest to our heart. My storm may seem like nothing to you and what you struggle with, I may find easier to deal with. But whatever our storm, if we lose hope that God still has a purpose in our lives we will question whether we will be able to navigate the storm. We will not be sure that we will make it to the other side as Jesus promised. (Prov. 14:32)

It is during these times that we need to go back and re-dig any spiritual “wells of living water” that we may have neglected. You see the degree of fear we experience in the storm is an indication of how much confidence we actually have in God and his continued purposes in our lives. These storms have a way of showing us those areas in our lives that we have never given to God or perhaps have struggled with on and off throughout our life. Fear is the opposite of faith and so our fear indicates an area we do not fully trust God and his character.

Job dealt with this didn’t he? In his dark valley he says something that is pretty telling about his thought life, “What I feared has come upon me; what I dreaded has happened to me. I have no peace, no quietness; I have no rest, but only turmoil.” (Job 3:25-26) Before we are too hard on Job, we might want to remember that we also have likely thought this at times. This is in contrast to Paul’s admonishment, which has become a favourite of mine during dark times, he says, “Do not be anxious about anything, but in every situation, by prayer and petition, with thanksgiving, present your requests to God. And the peace of God, which transcends all understanding, will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus.” (Phil. 4:6-7)

God’s peace is available in the storm, but to have his peace we need to be connected to him, connected to the vine so that we can receive from him. I am sure you have had times of experiencing his peace even while the storm was raging around you. These storms point out our need of God. When things are going well we can get lulled into thinking we can live life in our own strength, with our own experience and wisdom, but eventually a specific storm tailor made for us will test us at our core. During our final third of life, we are not immune from storms, regardless of how successful we may have been in previous storms. At this stage of life when we feel a bit more vulnerable, storms that at one point were mere challenges can overwhelm us.

 

Peace is Possible

God has promised that when we feel overwhelmed and filled with anxiety he will be there and act on our behalf. Our responsibility is to simply trust in him with everything in our being. This includes learning to manage our thought life. Back to Phil  4, “Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things. And the God of peace will be with you.” (Phil. 4:8-9) As Isaiah writes, peace comes from having our mind steadfast on Him. (Isa. 26:3).

This is part of our responsibility to evaluate what we allow into our mind, which may include how much time we spend on our devices and screens and what feeds we may follow. We may be able to eliminate the majority of our anxiety and concerns by just spending more time with the Lord than we do the news and the noise of all the political commentary or whatever it is that you need to do to daily refocus on eternal rather than temporal matters.

You may be going through a storm right now that seems like it may overwhelm you. It may be something you never thought you would have to go through at this stage of your life. Now the last thing you need is  “3 steps to success” or some proof text from Scripture to repeat as a mantra. I fully understand that it is not so easy. I have been there in the boat with the early disciples yelling above the sound of the wind and the waves, “Where are you Jesus! Don’t you care that I might go under here!”

Yet we are not totally helpless. As we turn our attention to the Master of the storm, he has promised to be there with us. This takes faith in his word over my circumstances and disciplining our mind to focus on him, which requires taking time to reconnect with God. But as we fear him, or respect and reverence him, we will discover that the fear of the storm will become less and less.

We will then experience new hope being restored within us. A hope that God still has a plan and purpose for our lives and that this storm in our lives will not sink us, but will  empower us to go to the other side. That is a supernatural experience and until you have experienced it for yourself it is hard to explain. It does not compute with human logic. But in the storms of life this is exactly what we need, a supernatural intervention. This intervention begins with a change in my focus and believing Jesus’ words above and beyond what I see raging around me in my life. I can then takes steps to guard my heart and all the other disciplines that contribute to peace.

Even in our latter stages of life we will have storms and even though we have gone through many of them, they may seem even more intense during this season of our life. But rest assured, God is still with you and he still has a plan and purpose for your life. Don’t believe any lies to the contrary. It may not happen overnight, but if you consistently change your focus and switch from relying on ourselves to Jesus, we will experience his supernatural peace.

As we conclude our episode, here are a few things to think about,

If you are in the midst of a storm that seems overwhelming meditate on Scripture and spend time with God to give him your fears and allow his peace to speak to your storm.

Longer term, determine which of your spiritual “wells” have become silted up and need re-digging.

Next time we want to continue discussing some of the challenges we face during this stage of life. Our goal is to re-dig some wells so that in the second half of our series we can rediscover the purpose God has for our life. Only then will we finish our race successfully. As always, I hope you’ll be able to join me.

 

 

Episode 5: Disappointment & Failure

Video

Description

In this episode we will continue our discussion by looking at some of the internal challenges that we may face during this season of life. This includes considering our motivation. Why we have been doing what we have been doing? As we deal with this, we will see that it is also important to deal with the inevitable wounds we have received from others throughout our lifetime. How do we deal the disappointment of unrealized expectations and perhaps even failures that we may have experience in our lives? How we deal with these unseen issues in our personal lives will have a major impact on if we finish our race well.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 5 Intro: Internal Challenges

In our last episode we were discussing the issue of burnout and fatigue. In this episode we will continue our discussion by looking at some of the internal challenges that we may face during this season of life. This includes considering our motivation. Why we have been doing what we have been doing? As we deal with this, we will see that it is also important to deal with the inevitable wounds we have received from others throughout our lifetime. How do we deal the disappointment of unrealized expectations and perhaps even failures that we may have experience in our lives? How we deal with these unseen issues in our personal lives will have a major impact on if we finish our race well.

 

Our Motivation

We may not have fallen into a major moral failure in our lives or ministry, but our motivations are an area that are much more subtle and yet potentially just as damaging. If we are going to finish our race, during this final season of life it is important we re-evaluate our motives and why we have been doing what we are doing. (Jer. 17:9-10).

Someone has said that for believers the “sins of our piety” can actually exceed the “sins of our immorality.” What this means is that the sins of immorality are clearly evident. They are hard to hide and have obvious consequences. It is probably evident by this stage of life if someone has fallen into these obvious moral failures. However, “sins of piety,” such as pride and ambition, are often committed in the name of God and are easier to hide under the umbrella of “spirituality.” Case in point would be the Pharisees of Jesus’ day.

These typically originate from not functioning with kingdom values in our lives and ministry. Instead of following Jesus’ example of servant leadership, perhaps we have begun to see ourselves as a “spiritual giant” or at least the “go to guy” or “expert.” The older we get the more tempting it is to fall into this trap. (1 Cor. 2:18-23; Eph. 4:22-24). As we gain more experience and the admiration of others, we can subtly believe that we should be entitled to the adulation and praise of others. (Prov. 16:18)

Yet to finish our race we must resist this temptation and remain humble, even as we age. We can evaluate how much this has affected us by asking ourselves how we respond when a younger, less experienced people are elevated and promoted beyond us? Are we jealous, or do we seek to bless them by mentoring and coaching them so that they can be even more effective than we were? Talking to his disciples about this very issue, Jesus says, “But you are not to be like that. Instead, the greatest among you should be like the youngest, and the one who rules like the one who serves.”  (Luke 22:26)

Jesus is our example. When he was at the pinnacle of his ministry he washed his follower’s feet, he was a servant to the end. Paul writes in Phil. 2 what his true attitude was and how this should also be our attitude. Taking on the very nature of a servant, laying aside our selfish ambition, valuing others above ourselves (Phil. 2:1-8). How about you, have you considered your motivation?

In what ways have you struggled with pride and vain ambition? What do you practically do in your life and ministry to ensure that you do not fall into this trap?

 

Unforgiveness

Over a lifetime it is inevitable that people have hurt us along the way. If we do not give these hurts to God, they will accumulate and poison us with bitterness. Disappointments have a way of damaging our souls. Perhaps at some point along the way we did not receive the position or recognition that we thought was ours and we’ve never really  forgiven the people involved (2 Cor. 2:5-11). Paul encourages us to “Get rid of all bitterness, rage and anger, brawling and slander, along with every form of malice. [Instead]Be kind and compassionate to one another, forgiving each other, just as in Christ God forgave you.” ( Eph. 4:31-32).

By this stage in our lives we all accumulate these grievances which can hinder us from moving forward in our lives (Prov. 14:10). The first step is to acknowledge these incidents and then allow God’s grace to soften our heart and see things from his perspective. This requires us to forgive others as Jesus taught us, “For if you forgive other people when they sin against you, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. But if you do not forgive others their sins, your Father will not forgive your sins.” Matt 6: 14-15.

It is possible, and I would suggest necessary, to forgive those who may not have even asked us, or who may not even be sorry. Forgiveness is about releasing them from owing me anything. My heart is then free. Actually, forgives is more about releasing us from bondage, not even the perpetrator.  Lack of forgiveness only harms us, not the one who has hurt us (Matt. 5:23-24). Though the relationship may not be fully restored we can move forward without bitterness in our hearts.

So as we pause,

Is there anyone who has hurt you that you have not forgiven? Why not spend some time right now with the Lord and allow him to bring to mind anyone that you may need to forgive and then release them from the prison of your hurt and anger.

 

Expectations and Disappointments

As we embark on the latter half or third of our lives, the way that things have turned out may be quite different than the way we thought they would have when we started our journey. As we saw in Episode 1 and 2, we may have some deep disappointments with how our circumstances turned out, or we may be disappointed with ourselves and ultimately even God. If we don’t deal with these unrealized expectations, they have the potential to make us bitter and disillusioned for the future. If they are deep enough, they may hinder what God still may want to do through our lives.

We are not exempt from sufferings, which can be in the form of frustration as Paul writes about in Romans 8, “For the creation was subjected to frustration, not by its own choice, but by the will of the one who subjected it. . .” (Rom. 8:18-21). The Septuagint translation of Solomon’s “meaningless” in Ecclesiastes is the same work used for frustration here (Ecc. 2:17).

I understand that this next comment may be a bit controversial, but I have come to believe that God not only uses these frustrations in our lives, but he may even sometimes cause these frustrations in order to test our motives, prune our intentions, and make us more into the image of his Son. Part of adapting and transitioning through this latter season of life is to accept the way things are and believe that God has been and still is at work in our lives.

Instead of blaming others and asking why, our attitudes needs to be one of giving our disappointments to him and allowing him to heal our hurts from these unrealized expectations. Do we really believe that he is working all things together for good in our lives? (Rom. 8:28). It may be the case that these disillusionments are all part of God’s plan to teach us patience and meekness, so that we can better deal with others. Remember, he prunes those who he loves (Heb. 12:5-11).

Well how about it?

Have you experienced (or are experiencing) a level of frustration that seems to be making your life “meaningless?”

 Consider your areas of disillusionment and disappointments and bring them to the Lord in prayer. Allow him to help you with your unresolved expectations and lead you to a new hope for the future.

 

Our Failures

Our failures can also hinder our future dreams. For some the fear of failure is something that has held them back for most of their lives. But even for those who have taken risks their whole life, as we age it may seem reasonable to take fewer risks and insulate ourselves from the potential  failure of new ventures, for as we know there will be less runway ahead of us recover from potential crash landings.

Though it may seem rather counterintuitive, once we stop taking all risks we begin to shrink and die on the inside, we cease to grow. Remember our previous discussion of the Sigmoid curve. Without taking proactive steps at those inflection points on the upward side of the graph, we will inevitably begin to decline. Now I understand that this becomes increasingly difficult for most of us as we age and this does not mean taking risks just for risk sake or trying to do what we did in our twenties.

So while the risks we take may be more measured and applicable to our age limitations, God will always ask us to remain on the journey with him. He has promised to give us strength for every day that he gives us here on this earth. I believe this also will translate into renewed vision and purpose for every day of our earthly journey.

Many biblical characters wrestled with their failures. Moses, Gideon, Elijah, and Jeremiah, just to name a few, all came to the point of no longer having the confidence or strength to step out with God. Joshua is perhaps the classic example. God came to him and told him not to fear, and this was not a small thing since it was his task to follow his mentor, the giant of faith, Moses. (Josh. 1:6-9). Emerging from the shadow of Moses during the mid-point of his life Joshua would have been justified to feel a bit inadequate. It’s amazing to me that some 40 years later, his good buddy and peer, Caleb, was still up to taking risks.

As we age and seek to finish our final leg of the race, it is easy to rest on our past accomplishments and combined with increasingly physical fatigue and other age related challenges, it can cause us to just sit back and be content to watch others do it. Now I think at this stage we want to become more of a coach for others and open doors for them, rather than sucking up all the oxygen in the room, but this does not mean that God will not have something for us still to accomplish. Instead of shrinking back like Joshua initially did, we can be more like a Caleb, even into our latter years.

To do this, though, we will need to evaluate our priorities to make sure we are in step with Jesus, spending even more time with him and allowing his Word to speak to us and strengthen us (Psa. 119:97-100). As we spend time with Him, he will renew our vision and strength. As we know, “without faith it is impossible to please God, because anyone who comes to him must believe that he exists and that he rewards those who earnestly seek him.” (Heb. 11:6.) And the origin of this faith comes from the Word himself, “… faith comes from hearing the message, and the message is heard through the word about Christ.” (Rom. 10:17)

The eleventh chapter in Hebrews continues by providing a list of what many of the saints of old did through this faith  — and many of these like Noah, Abraham, Sarah and Moses, were no spring chicks. There might be hope for all of us after all! It is never too late to begin. Though rebuilding shattered dreams and disillusionments will take time, God will rebuild our faith as we re-dig these wells. Then we will be prepared to finish the race that he has called us to run.

Now I am aware that the second half of Hebrews 11 lists those who were persecuted and killed in creative ways, but even then it was through their faith that they successfully accomplished the race God had for them. And  in the longer trajectory of eternity their sufferings will have been worth it. And so will ours.

Have you experienced failures that have paralyzed you, particularly at this stage of life when it would be easier to no longer step out in faith to fulfill God’s plan in our lives?

 I hope you have found this episode helpful as you reflect on your own journey. Perhaps  you may have to retool some of your attitudes and perspectives to finish your race. I hope you have the courage to do so. Next time we are going to begin to look at some of the external challenges that come our way and how we can successfully weather these storms in our lives. I am looking forward to having you join me then.

 

Episode 4: Fatigue and Burnout

Video

Description

Have you ever experienced a time in your life when you were no longer the strongest one? Have you ever felt overwhelmed with all your responsibilities and wonder if you have the capacity to meet all these obligations? Live long enough and you’ll probably experience this at some point. What do we do when we come to the point that we no longer feel like the strong one that can carry others? What do we do then others are still looking to us for strength and leadership, but we need others to carry us for a while? Even the great Apostle Paul had a season when he experience this, so in this episode we are going to begin with how we deal with this. How to grapple with fatigue and burnout.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 4 Intro: Assessing our Situation

Have you ever experienced a time in your life when you were no longer the strongest one? Have you ever felt overwhelmed with all your responsibilities and wonder if you have the capacity to meet all these obligations? Live long enough and you’ll probably experience this at some point. What do we do when we come to the point that we no longer feel like the strong one that can carry others. What do we do then others are still looking to us for strength and leadership, but we need others to carry us for a while? Even the great Apostle Paul had a season when he experience this, so in this episode we are going to begin with how we deal with this. How to grapple with fatigue and burnout.

Despairing of Life

In the first few episodes of this series we have been discussing what it means to be in the last half, or even last third of our productive lives. We discovered that it is important to be honest with ourselves as to where we are at and what we have gone through in our lives to this point. We learned that some of us may enter this stage with disillusionments and regrets, while others may be bored or apathetic having realized many of their dreams. We also discussed the importance of redigging some old wells and being proactive to realign our values.

These first three episodes covered the first section of the workbook. This fourth episode begins the second session of the workbook which will be covered in Episodes 4-8 of this series. In this section we want to reflect in greater detail where we currently are at in our life and how this will affect us finishing our race. Before we can establish new meaning and purpose in our lives moving forward this is important. Regardless of our age, God has a plan and purpose for each of us, but to realize this we often have to let go of some of the baggage of the past.

Now it is likely that you will not be able to relate to each of the areas we will cover in the next few episodes, but you have probably lived long enough to identify with many of the issues we will discuss. My goal is not to depress you further as we deal with some heavy issues, but rather to identify areas that we may have to deal with in order to get freedom and renewed vision. If you are following along in the workbook we are beginning on page 11.

As I mentioned at the top, the Apostle Paul was not immune to dealing with overwhelming issues of life. At some point he said that he was even, “despairing of life.” He writes of the overwhelming distress and problems he experienced in Asia, and this from a guy who had a very high pain tolerance. If you question this, just read 2 Cor. 11:23-30. Yet he says that the pressure he was under was beyond his ability to bear, to the point that he was ready to give up on life. Hard to believe coming from the great Apostle, isn’t it? Hard to imagine Paul getting so down that he was at the point of giving up. (2 Cor. 1:8-11)

The obvious point is that if this could happen to such a spiritual giant, we may want  to fasten our own seatbelts. There have likely been times in your life when you have no longer felt like you could be the strong one. If we have always been the one to carry others and come to the point we no longer can, the role reversal can be quite a shock. The reality is that if we live long enough we will go through these times and have these feelings. We will experience events that we cannot just “fix” or even pray away. Now, none of us want to seem weak or even admit to this to others, let alone write about it as Paul did! The fact is that during these times we feel like we are letting others and even God down.

This is particularly difficult for those with Messiah complex or feel that leadership is about being the strongest person in the room,  in contrast to a being a fellow pilgrim or a servanthood model.  (1 Cor. 2:3-5) So we need to begin my being okay admitting to ourselves and others that we not superheroes or spiritual giants. As we age through midlife this can become more difficult to do as other’s expectations of us actually increase. If we have the mentality, when we were younger, that leadership is about us bearing everyone’s burdens on our shoulders, this will become increasingly difficult during the last third of our lives. This unrealistic expectation can actually crush us. The good news is that if we rely on Him, God will provide the strength we need through every stage of life, including the last one. But we have to honest with him and with ourselves and have a realistic approach to what we can handle in every stage of life.

So let’s pause for a second here and consider the following:

Read 2 Cor. 1:8-11. Have you had these feelings and gone through what Paul did? How did you deal with it?

What do you think is the solution to having to always be seen as the strong one, the one with all the answers? How do you think this will impact you over the long haul?

 

Fatigue and Burnout

One characteristic that we notice as we transition to the midpoint and then the last third of our lives, is that we typically cannot carry the same mental or psychological load or keep going at the same pace that we have in the past. We kind of looked at this in our first episodes, when we discussed the realities of our stages of life. It is actually dangerous for our health to not make this transition. Trying  to do things at the same pace we always have, in an attempt to prove our youthfulness, is a recipe for burnout and fatigue.

Some studies have shown that one third of all doctor visits are due to fatigue and that a majority of all visits are due to stress. Long term burnout leaves us feeling drained emotionally, physically, psychologically, and spiritually. Of course this can happen at any stage of life, but can be particularly debilitating at the latter stages of our life as we don’t bounce back as quickly as when we were younger. The classic example of this is Elijah as recorded in 1 Kings (1 Kings 19:9-18). He had just called down fire from heaven, killed hundreds of men with a sword and outran a chariot. That’s a pretty full day. But in this passage we now find him suffering fatigue and burnout. He had lost all perspective and even wanted God to take his life. He was done. Ever been there?

Some of the symptoms can include feelings of high anxiety that come over us at unpredictable times. We can also become more irritable and unable to carry the load of responsibility that we were once were able to carry. While before we could carry others, we can now be shocked to discover that we are struggling just to carry ourselves. Other symptoms include waking up tired, despondency or apathy towards activities we used to enjoy. Eventually this leads to physical symptoms. Maybe you are there right now or have gone through this in the past.

When we are experiencing burnout in our mid to latter stages of life, we feel trapped and this made even worse because it happens at a time when others see us as strong and want to rely on us more and more. Not being able to carry the load we once did can create more anxiety and fear of the future. We know it’s too early to give up or retire and yet not finishing our race can begin to look like a real possibility. In the worst case scenario this can lead to clinical depression or “despairing of life” as the Apostle Paul described. We may want to join Elijah in the shade under the broom tree and say “take me now!”But for most of us it just sets us back and creates enough self doubt to wonder how we will finish our race.

 

Hope on the Other Side

But once we identify what is happening and are honest with ourselves, we can take steps to return to health so that we can fulfill God’s purposes for our lives. When we find ourselves in this situation coming out the other side with our renewed strength can seem rather unlikely. But there is hope on the other side of fatigue and burnout. It begins by re-digging the well of making Jesus our source again. Jesus encourages us to, “Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light.”

We also need to learn to adjust our expectations and our values. Often burnout is the result of bearing loads and responsibilities that God never intended for us to carry. Spiritual and mental burnout doesn’t just happen overnight, it is usually the accumulation of many small choices over an extended length of time. To combat burnout we need to re-dig some spiritual, mental, emotional and physical wells. It begins with reconnecting to Jesus to keep our spirits alive as well as thinking healthy thoughts and keeping  our relationships healthy. This includes learning to manage our emotions in constructive ways and doing the practical steps of getting enough rest, exercise, and eating healthy.

While we may want instantaneous deliverance, as with Elijah, it is more likely we will have to take proactive steps day by day to realign ourselves spiritual, mentally, emotionally and physically. The results of years of negative life patterns will take time to unwind and restore.  So how about we reflect on where you are at right now:

Have you, or are you now experiencing the symptoms of “burnout?” What do you believe has led you to this state?

Are there steps or habits in your life that you can  establish in your life to mitigate experiencing burnout in your life in the future?

 

Choices that lead to Burnout

Unlike a crisis that comes upon us unexpectedly, burnout is usually something that is a result of choices we have made over time. These choices can be described in four areas: Value, Expectations, Purpose, and Unresolved Issues. Let’s briefly look at each of these.

Values

Have our values been consistent with Kingdom values or have we allowed misplaced priorities to lead us into a crisis. Were we functioning as servant leaders or in our ambition building our own kingdom or ministry? Perhaps a bit more subtle is if we have been doing ministry for Jesus in our own strength. We can do that for a while, but it eventually will burn us out. Actually ministry burnout can be an indicator that we have been doing it in our own strength all along.

Expectations

Unrealistic or unmet expectations  can also lead to the crisis of burnout. What have been our expectations of life and ministry? Did we feel that God let down his side of the bargain? Are we even secretly angry with him? Thinking, hey I was serving you, but look how my life, my family, my finances, turned out. You can fill in the blank.  If our expectations were misplaced or unrealistic this will lead to disappointment, anger and even depression. All disappointments can usually be traced back to some unmet expectation.

Purpose

Have you ever asked yourself, “What is the point of all this anyway?” Even life giving activities and ministry can seem to be meaningless if we lose our focus and the real purpose for serving others. We need to redefine or reaffirm why we exist, what our purpose is. Our understanding of our purpose must be based upon who we are rather than upon circumstances or even external achievements.

Unresolved Issues

During the busyness of life and ministry it is easy to postpone dealing with negative issues that have happened throughout our lives. While some unresolved issues are related to tasks, most stem from relational issues. Usually throughout our life or ministry we deal with the task issues, while relational issues are avoided or put off until “later.” But at some point, “later” becomes “now.” So who are those that we need to forgive and allow the wounds from the past to heal?

Wrong choices in these four areas, over time, will lead us to a crisis during this last season of life. This will inevitably  affect our ministry, our relationships with others and our relationship with God. So as we conclude this episode, let’s take a few moments to consider:

Can you identify with any of these areas of choices and, if so, how have they impacted your life and ministry?

Burnout is not a terminal condition. I hope that these few thoughts will stimulate you to take the initiative to renew life patterns that may have led to your own season of burnout. Doing this will help us finish our race with renewed energy and vision. In the next few episodes we will discuss some of the other challenges that face us that can result in us not finishing our race with meaning and purpose. I look forward to having you join me.

 

Episode 3: Some Initial Steps

Video

Description

In our last few episodes, we have been considering our present stage of life and reflecting on some of the baggage we may have accumulated throughout a lifetime of living and serving. We reflected on if we had become disillusioned with life or if we had become apathetic, believing that our best years were behind us. Now, as we conclude these first three introductory episodes, we will discuss three steps we can take in order to move forward in our lives. With every passing day, as we see the runway ahead getting shorter and shorter ahead of us, what steps can we take in order to realign our perspective so that we can hope for the future?

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 3: Re-Digging Wells, Re-Examining Values

In our last few episodes, we have been considering our present stage of life and reflecting on some of the baggage we may have accumulated throughout a lifetime of living and serving. We reflected on if we had become disillusioned with life or if we had become apathetic, believing that our best years were behind us. Now, as we conclude these first three introductory episodes, I want to discuss three steps we can take in order to move forward in our lives. With every passing day, as we see the runway ahead getting shorter and shorter ahead of us, what steps can we take in order to realign our perspective so that we can hope for the future?

Being Proactive is a Choice

Welcome back, if you are following along in the workbook, we are now on pages 7-10, as we finish off the first section of the “Finishing the Race” Guide.

As with every stage of life, being proactive is the key to success. One thing I have observed is that most of us tend to live each stage of life based on principles we have learned that have worked previously in our life. Often, it is not until we are well into the new stage of life do we recognize the need to make changes. But the reality is that the principles and strategies that worked in our thirties, for example, are not the same ones that will work in our forties or in fifties, and so on.

Yet we kind of get locked into a certain way of thinking or doing things, don’t we? We tend to keep functioning in the same way, particularly if they have been successful in the past. As Einstein said, We can’t do the same things and expect different results. So as we age we need to learn to adjust our approach if we are going to finish our race successfully. I would suggest that instead of waiting until we are well into the next stage of life before making changes, it is much more effective to be proactive to make changes ahead of time. Changing our actions, maybe even some of our values, as we anticipate the next stage of life around the corner.

In Matt. 9:16-17, Jesus teaches this principle by using the illustration of wineskins and patches on old clothes. As with the process of aging wine and wineskins, we have to remain flexible in order to accommodate the new wine. In other words, we have to continue being flexible in how we do things as we age. It is the same principle illustrated with putting a shrunken patch on unshrunken new clothing. They both need to be in sync.

The Sigmoid Curve

Another way of describing this is using the “Sigmoid Curve.” This diagram illustrates those inflection points in life we all go through. The basic principle is that the attitudes and activities that have made us “successful,” are not necessarily going to be the same ones that will keep us there. The tried and proven ways in which we have functioned in the past, will likely not be same ones that will help us successfully navigate the future.

Throughout every stage of life, we eventually come to a point of stagnation. If intentional steps are not made at these inflection points in our ministry, our marriage, or personal and relational life, we will begin to decline and not reach our potential. Continuing to just do the same things, usually at some point no longer work. The challenge is to be proactive and not wait until we are on the downward portion of the curve before taking steps for ongoing growth. Being proactive before we plateau will actually result in the beginning of a new upward curve.

The danger is to resist change at this latter stage of our life and career. Let’s face it, it gets harder to change the older we get, right?! The pitfall is to rely only on our past wisdom and experience, which by this stage we have more of than another other time in our life. But if we do this, we will stop learning and growing and decline in our lives. I remember showing my father how to use a cell phone, not a big deal, but he was in his nineties! It’s amazing, he remained curious about life until he passed away at 102. Okay, full disclosure, I did get a few pocket dials at 2 and 3 in the morning, but for the most part he learned a new skill, even at that age. As I now age, I realize how hard it is to continue to be a learner and curious about life as we get older. I am becoming even more impressed by his example.

Change in Tough

I think we can always be learning something. The life lesson for me is that the time to begin the next phase of what God’s wants to do in my  life is when I still have remaining resources and energy from the previous stage. The longer we wait the harder it becomes. We get set in our ways, relying on our past. The irony of taking steps before we notice the decline  is that this means making a change when things may be going well. I have taught this principle to churches and organizations and have observed that it is as counterintuitive for us as individuals as it is for organizations.

Those who have had the most success in life will find this very difficult. Our tendency is to try to ride the top of the curve as long as possible – too long. We then get “stuck” and if we continue doing the same things for too long we will plateau in our lives. Decline at that point is inevitable. If we wait too long to make a change, at some point we will lack the resources, energy and time to begin a new curve in our lives.

In the ancient prophetic writings, God encourages us to, “Forget the former things;  do not dwell on the past. See, I am doing a new thing! Now it springs up; do you not perceive it? I am making a way in the wilderness and streams in the wasteland.” (Isa. 43:18-19) That is the kind of God we serve, always changing, always doing something fresh and new. And since we are made in his image, it kind of makes sense that we would have some of this same DNA in us doesn’t it? The really good news is that he has  promised that he will give us enough strength to equal however many days that he gives us on this earth (Deut. 33:25).

At this point, let’s pause and consider:

Have you taken steps in your life in order to not be content with past successes? How do you continually challenge yourself and your approach to life?

What strategies do you have that help you maintain personal and professional growth?

 

Re-digging Old Wells

In the first book of the Torah, we read of the patriarch, Isaac, reopening wells that had been dug years earlier by his father Abraham. Their enemies, the Philistines, had filled them in after Abraham had died and they had become useless. (Gen. 26:18) There can be many reasons that the wells of our lives become plugged, ranging from activities of our enemies’ to our own neglect. But how do we redig these ancient wells in our lives?

When we are young, it seems we can function with a few plugged up wells, and have enough self-strength to keep going…..or maybe that is self-delusion. “No problem,” we think, “When I get a chance I will deal that stuff.” Of course in the busyness of life and work we never get around to it. For a time we can keep all the plates spinning. But at some point in our lives, those plugged wells will begin to affect our health, our effectiveness and our relationships. These “wells” are illustrative of our access to life giving water, our spiritual life. Redigging wells means that we remove whatever is hindering that vibrant relationship with Jesus. For this is really where the power is going to come from for us to finish our race. After all, it is “Christ in us” that is the hope of glory.

Over a lifetime it is easy for these spiritual wells to be filled in by a lack of cultivating our relationship with Jesus. It is so easy and subtle to become dry ourselves, even while serving water to others. We can be so busy serving others that we forget to drink of it ourselves. Or we may think we have been drinking because we have been up to our elbows in water. But until it gets to our mouth, it does us no good. As we enter the final stages of life, it become apparent if we have been filling up on achievement and success, rather than on Jesus and the life that he gives. Only his life is what will sustain us for the long haul.

As we face the challenges during this season of life, are we willing to be emptied of our own strength and wisdom so that we can more fully rely on Christ? Is Jesus enough? That is a question that became very real to me during this time. Yes, we know the right answer to the question, but does my life really reflect that? This requires an attitude of humility and relinquishment. If we allow him, he will prune us in order to release us from the baggage of life that we have been dragging around and that has choked up the wells of life. (Heb. 12:4-13).

Do we still see Jesus as our source? Are we aware of the importance of “being” rather than “doing?” Do we still seek the approval of others or is Jesus all we need? (Gal. 1:10) These are all matters related to redigging wells. This requires some patience and grace on our part, because unhealthy habits that have developed over decades do not change easily or quickly. Even with intentionality it will take time to transition our lifestyle to reflect new values.

Well, that’s some pretty heavy stuff, but it’s so important. So let’s pause here again and reflect on the wells in our lives:

As you look over your life can you identify “wells” that may have been neglected and need “re-digging?” What do you think God wants to do in your life to prepare you for this final phase of your life?

Reflect on any lessons or Scriptures God has already been dealing with you and allow him to speak to you in a new way.

Re-examining our Values

As we transition to our final years of life and productivity, we have the opportunity to realign our priorities, focussing less on ambition and success and more on the importance of a relationship with Jesus. This is particularly important for those of us who have spent a lifetime serving others.

One of the occupational hazards of ministry is that we can get our identity and fulfillment from service, rather than from an intimate relationship with him. Over a lifetime of service it is easy to have spent most of our time giving bread to others, while failing to eat of the Bread of Life ourselves. This can also happen in whatever our career happened to be.

If we have wrongly associated “serving” God with having a “relationship” with God, we will likely come to the last lap of our race tired and burned out. Like the elder brother in Jesus story of the loving Father and Prodigal son, it is possible to have been in the Father’s house, and yet not having cultivated a real relationship with him. (Luke 15:11-31) Serving God is no substitute for spending time with God.

Meaning and purpose do not come from doing things FOR God, but rather from spending time WITH him. It is only out of this relationship that we will have the strength to finish our race. Navigating these waters successfully at this stage of life will result in us having renewed energy and vision like Caleb of old.

I am sure you remember him, he was one of the spies that scouted out the promised land. He has got to be one of my favorite biblical characters. Yet through no fault of his own – remember he wanted to go into the land right then – he ended up wandering around in the sandy desert for the next 40 years, and then burying all his friends and peers in that same sand. Yet, instead of getting bitter, in his eighties he is still full of passion and purpose. I find that pretty inspiring. (Josh. 14:6-12).

Let’s pause now to consider:

In what ways have your values shifting and need to be realigned? Have you substituted service for God for cultivating a relationship with God?

As you reflect on Caleb’s life what lessons can you apply to your life?

But how did Caleb pull this off? For sure, it just doesn’t happen because we wake up in the morning. He must have been intention not get bitter. As we close this episode, we are going to transition in the next few episodes to the important task of assessing what life has dealt us and how we have become who we are. We all know lots of older folks that are nothing like Caleb. What is the difference? How do we get there? We are going to come around full circle back to Caleb at the end our series, but we need to first review a bit of our past, and who we have become, before we can then consider moving forward with vision and purpose. Next time I hope you’ll join me as we discuss how to avoid fatigue and burnout.

Episode 2: Regrets Anyone?

Video

Description

In our last episode we opened up our series by considering the realities of entering this last lap of our race and the importance of facing these head on in order to maintain meaning and purpose in life. We looked at both physical and relational markers on our journey and this time we want to look at the reality of regret. As you reflect on your life, do you have regrets? Are they so intense that they jeopardize your future? This time we want to discuss two typical scenarios that people face as they age. As people reflect on how their life has gone, they will either find themselves regretful and disillusioned or apathetic and bored. We will either feel that life has treated us poorly, or we may feel that we have had a pretty good run and so the future will never be as bright as the past.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 2 Intro: Disillusioned or Apathetic

In our last episode we opened up our series by considering the realities of entering this last lap of our race and the importance of facing these head on in order to maintain meaning and purpose in life. We looked at both physical and relational markers on our journey and this time we want to look at the reality of regret. As you reflect on your life, do you have regrets? Are they so intense that they jeopardize your future? This time we want to discuss two typical scenarios that people face as they age. As people reflect on how their life has gone, they will either find themselves regretful and disillusioned or apathetic and bored. We will either feel that life has treated us poorly, or we may feel that we have had a pretty good run and so the future will never be as bright as the past.

The Reality or Regret

If you are following along in the workbook, we are going to be on pages 4-6 in this episode. In our last episode we looked at the physical and relational realities that we typically face during this time of life. But another gnawing reality that can hit us during this season is regret. By this stage of life we have typically lived long enough to regret some of the experiences we have had or gone through. While this is inevitable, if we do not deal with these regrets they can really cripple us moving forward.  I wonder, Do you have peace or are you filled with regrets over situations in your personal life or in your career or ministry?

As he reflected on his life and failures, which by the way included murder and adultery, just to name the top two, King David wrote “My guilt has overwhelmed me like a burden too heavy to bear.” (Psa. 38:4) Perhaps you feel like that over some situations in your life. Regrets can blind us to the possibilities of the future, or if we even have a future. In chapter forty David continues that his troubles are without number and his sins have overtaken him, to the point that his heart was failing within him (Psa. 40:12).

Some of our regrets, like David, are due to bad choices we have made, but they could also just be a result of the way things in our lives turned out. Regret is usually under the surface and can stay there gnawing at us for years. It can then be expressed in other emotions, such as anger or depression. Forgiving ourselves and others is the only way we can move beyond it. Throughout our lives, if we have not been “taking out the trash,” so to speak, it is likely that these regrets may have accumulated and become overwhelming. This is why it is crucial that we address these issues and come to a place of peace so we can move forward.

Receiving Forgiveness and Restoration

John reassures us that even if our hearts condemn us, God is greater than our hearts and he knows everything (1 Jn. 3:20). The writer of the Hebrews offers some real hope, “let us draw near to God with a sincere heart and with the full assurance that faith brings, having our hearts sprinkled to cleanse us from a guilty conscience.  .” (Heb 10:22).

While we cannot go back and change the past events, we can take them to the Lord and leave them at the cross. We can then move on and not choose to not dwell on these mistakes and regrets of the past. Failing to do this will mean regret will consume us and eat away at our future. It’s so important that we learn to accept God’s grace for us as we forgive ourselves and others. This will free us, but it only happens as we make the choice to gain a new perspective on our past. Spending time with the Lord and meditating in His Word will position us to healed by him.

The good news is that we are not alone in this. There have been many imperfect men and women throughout the pages of Scripture that illustrate our need to receive God’s forgiveness and restoration. Men like Moses, David, Jacob or even the Apostles Peter and Paul. As we read Paul’s epistles, it does not take much imagination to envision what he must have had to overcome to go from being a persecutor of Christians to planting churches and a key leader among these same Christians. I guarantee you he had a few regrets he had to get over with the help of the Lord.

If we take the time to do this during this stage of life we will find new strength to finish our race. It is not a successful strategy to just work harder or ignore past pain. While we may have been able to pull this off during our younger years, we will find this increasingly difficult the older we become. To finish our race we will need to deal with the issue of past regrets in our lives, trusting that God was and is in control of our life. He is still all about exchanging beauty for our ashes.

At this point let’s take a few moments and reflect on our own lives:

Do you have regrets about how things went in life? Be honest with yourself and your spouse  about the  things from life that have disappointed you and caused you to live with regret.

Have you taken the time to bring them honestly to the Lord and allow him to heal your heart? Again, take some time in the Word and with the Lord to allow him to heal these hurts.

Two Scenarios: Disillusionment

At this stage of life, we will either find ourselves disillusioned with the way life has gone, or we may find ourselves bored and apathetic as we have accomplished most of our goals and expectations. Each of these have their own dangers and challenges.

It is inevitable that by this point in our lives we likely will have to accept that certain dreams we had when we were younger will not be accomplished. It may have been dreams as to how our family was going to turn out, or what we were going to accomplish in our professional or ministry life. Dealing with the unrealized dreams can create a deep sense of disappointment and even depression. Sometimes we are not even aware of what is gnawing on our insides. We go to bed with a heaviness and wake up with that same weight on our souls in the morning, assuming we sleep at all!

There are many reasons why dreams do not get fulfilled. Let’s face it, some of our dreams were just fanciful ideas with no basis in reality. Yet other dreams we had maybe were legit, but perhaps as we aged we realized that they were not for us, but for others to accomplish. This is the beauty of mentoring, our dreams outlive us and have continuity to what God is doing in the next generation. If you want to take a deeper dive into the whole art of mentoring check out my Mentoring Intelligence podcast and materials.

Remember the dream that was initially given to Abraham, that he would be the father of a might nation? But it was nowhere near being fulfilled in his lifetime. It was only following generations who began to see it’s fulfillment. But in order to regain meaning during this latter season of our life, it is important we deal with the grief of lost or unrealized dream. As we re-evaluate those dreams and rediscover God’s real purpose for us, we can resolve this inward pain and live of life of faith and passion.

Sometimes our experiences may be similar to that of the Apostle Paul. He had wanted to go back to Asia, but in a dream was thwarted by God. After several other attempts, he eventually went to Macedonia, which as it turned out, was God’s ultimate plan anyway. (Acts 16:6-15). Even when he finally gets to Rome, it does not seem to turn out the way he intended. I am sure preaching to Caesar by being under arrest was not his plan A. Yet he eventually gained new perspective as to why he was in chains. He saw his life and experiences through the lens of God’s perspective. (Phil. 1:12-18). Nor sure about you, but this is where I want to get to in my life, seeing it all from God’s perspective.

Unfortunately, this was not always the case during our younger, more ambitious years. I am sure we can all identify with having plans that we tried to make happen in our own strength. If this has been a habit pattern, now is a good time to adjust and change. Instead of just keeping busy with life and work, we can learn to listen to what God’s direction is for us. Without this attitude, we’ll likely never gain God’s perspective as to what he is doing in our lives. During this season we can have confidence that God has been leading and guiding our lives and is making all things work out for our good(Rom. 8:28).

If we allow him, God will cut away those things that have held us back and graciously prepare us for future effectiveness, even in the latter years of our life. We can be prepared for even greater effectiveness as we realign your priorities and allow him to prune us during this transitional time of life. (Job 42:12; Haggai 2:4-9).

Let’s take a few moments and consider:

What dreams of yours have not been fulfilled? How are you dealing with the reality that they may never be fulfilled as you envisioned they would be?

On an emotional level, do you believe that God is good and has directed every aspect of your life? Are you willing to allow him to prune you during this time, even if it is painful?

Two Scenarios: Apathetic/Bored

On the other hand, instead of being disillusioned, you may have had most of your dreams fulfilled. Life may have exceeded your expectations. It was not perfect, but as you look back at your life you may not have many regrets and may feel like you had a pretty good run.

If this is where you find yourself, the danger on the other side of the road is the ditch of boredom or apathy. You may have begun to notice that activities that used to energize you and fill you with meaning no longer do. Those who arrive with this frame of mind at the stage of life, tend to feel a loss of meaning and purpose for the future. You may even feel that your best days are behind you. The result is the same as those who are disillusioned. We are in danger of losing hope that God still has a purpose for our life.

While there are many reasons that this happens, it always results in a feeling of emptiness. Even if we are continue with our career or ministry, there is no more joy and no sense of meaning in our daily life. Instead of having energy and joy, we can feel emotionally and physically worn out. At times we may even wonder what purpose there  is to carry on.

The danger of spending a lifetime of gaining fulfillment from achievements, is that this can become addictive. We don’t notice we were addicted, until we find ourselves no longer have that influence, responsibility, or position. What gives us meaning when we can no longer achieve as we once did? We may have even taught others that true satisfaction only comes from union with Christ, but we may have been so busy working for God that we did not apply these truths to our own life.

As Peter, in the face of others clothing us and leading us where we do not want to go, will we still love Jesus and feed his sheep? (John 21:18)

As we conclude this episode, let’s consider some questions that may have led us down a path of unhealth. When it comes to our personal and relational health,

How many hours per week do you work?

How much time have you taken off in the last three years?

Do you have a hobby that is unrelated to your work or ministry? Do you exercise?

How much time do you spend with your wife per week?

Do you feel guilty when you take time to rest  and not think about the ministry?

 

When it comes to our relationship with the Lord,

How much quiet time do you spent with the Lord (not including time spent in preparation for ministry to others)?

 

Putting it all together,

What do your answers indicate regarding your health and balance in life and ministry?

As you consider your present situation, do you tend to be disillusioned or apathetic?

Have your dreams not come true or have you done more than you thought you would? How do you think this will impact your future?

 

The goal of this study is to give you tools to regain joy and meaning as you rediscover the purposes that God still has for your life. As long as we are on this earth, he is not done with us. He wishes to continue to give us meaning everyday as we walk hand in hand with him on this journey. Our journey will culminate as we make our final transition from our present reality to our new eternal one.  Join me next time as we discuss some of the initial steps we can take to achieve this meaning in our lives.

 

Episode 1: Denial is not a Strategy

Video

Description

It seems amazing to me that the one inevitability in life is aging, and yet it is the one thing we want to avoid and don’t really want to talk about it or make preparation. I wonder if this describes your attitude? Have you taken time to reflective on what you have been through in life – the good, the bad and the ugly – and considered how it has made you who you are? Have you considered changes that you need to make as you enter the last third of your productive life? De-nile may be a river in Egypt, but if we camp there things usually don’t turn out well. So this series we will discuss some of these issues and then offer some steps that I think you’ll find helpful on your own journey of finishing the race that God has given you.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 1 Intro: Denial is not a Strategy

Well, How are you doing? I know we use that line as a greeting without really expecting a response. But I really mean it, How are you doing at this stage of your life? It seems amazing to me that the one inevitability in life is aging,  and yet it is the one thing we want to avoid and don’t really want to talk about it or make preparation. I wonder if this describes your attitude?  Have you taken time to reflective on what you have been through in life – the good, the bad and the ugly – and considered how it has made you who you are? Have you considered changes that you need to make as you enter the last third of your productive life? De-nile may be a river in Egypt, but if we camp there things usually don’t turn out well. So this series we will discuss some of these issues and then offer some steps that I think you’ll find helpful on your own journey of finishing the race that God has given you.

Life Context

At some point along our journey we come face to face with our own mortality. For some this occurs as a result of a dramatic event and for others it happens more gradually as they age. The Psalmist reflect on the brevity of life when he prayed, “Show me, Lord, my life’s end and the number of my days; let me know how fleeting my life is. You have made my days a mere handbreadth;  the span of my years is as nothing before you. Everyone is but a breath, even those who seem secure.” (Psa. 39:4-5). In the New Testament, James describes our life on this earth as but a mist in light of eternity (James 4:14).

Now this can seem rather depressing, particularly if you believe that our life here is all there is. If that would be the case, “living for today” and “getting all we can out of this life” would makes perfect sense. However, as believers we have a hope in a future that transcends our short life here. Paul puts it like this, “Do you not know that in a race all runners run, but only one gets the prize? Run in such a way as to get the prize.” (1 Cor. 9:24-27). He seems to be making the point that our life here is important in light of eternity and so it matters how we run the race.

As we know, life expectancy in most societies has increased since those days, but even 100 years is not much in light of eternity. But this longevity means that current generations are dealing with more and varied stages of life. We are dealing with issues that previous generations did not have to deal with. At a time when we have the luxury of re-evaluating our lives, most in previous generations were already dead. So, depending upon the life expectancy in your society, life stages and transitions may happen at different times and could look quite different, but there will be transitions and stages.

Ideally this latter stage of life should be characterized by a time of self-assessment, reflecting upon our journey thus far and how we can prepare for what God may still have for us in the future. So in the first few episodes of this series we will begin by looking at some of the  issues that often surface during this time and then discuss ways we can recalibrate our lives to finish our race with passion and purpose.

Of course, as we get older, we realize we have less life in front of us than we have behind us. But if we don’t take intentional steps to adapt and adjust, it is possible to not finish our race well. And how we finish our race here has implication as we prepare for the eternal plans and purposes that God has for us. All this talk of our eternal home can be seen as some as a kind of escapism or maybe a lack of engaging in this life.

But the biblical authors did not hold that view. They actually talked a lot about our eternal home. It seems that they were making a connection between how we run our race here, with our life to come. I mean beyond salvation and just making it into those pearly gates, they connected our quality of discipleship here with our future life. The two are not two completely separate realities.

Aging Attitudes

I like Paul’s attitude when he wrote to the Philippians, “I press on toward the goal to win the prize for which God has called me heavenward in Christ Jesus.” (Phil. 3:14). But how do maintain this positive perspective throughout our lives? How do we keep engaged here and “press on” knowing this is but a mist?

For some of us, at this stage of life, there could be a sense of grief as we realize that some, or even maybe many, of our dreams will never be fulfilled. All of us come to that point when we have to acknowledge that some of the dreams of our youth will likely not happen. This can be rather painful.  Again denial is not a strategy at this point, so we have to address the elephant in the room. But even if we have processed this loss and are relatively emotionally healthy, we will likely have to deal with watching the next generation surpass us. Instead of being the smartest people in the room, we notice we are getting a bit slower and others are overtaking us. This is inevitable, but how do we deal with that? Do we try to hang on to the past or are we secure enough that we can pass on influence and authority to the next generation?

As we progress through the stages of life we can pretend we will stay young forever, but it is inevitable that this approach will eventually catch up with us. Even the great Apostle Paul wrestled with this in 2 Cor. 4. Yes, it is God’s power within us, but this does not mean we are not hard pressed on all sides and often feel perplexed and at times struck down. (2 Cor. 4:7-12). You can read the litany of his problems in his writings.

But Paul also wrote of another reality, “Therefore we do not lose heart. Though outwardly we are wasting away, yet inwardly we are being renewed day by day. For our light and momentary troubles are achieving for us an eternal glory that far outweighs them all. So we fix our eyes not on what is seen, but on what is unseen, since what is seen is temporary, but what is unseen is eternal.” (2 Cor. 4:16-18).

As believers, we know that death is a mere transition from our life on this earth, to what will be our new reality. But this journey into the unknown happens to all of us only once, usually, and so there is no mulligan or dress rehearsal. We don’t get to practise first. It is a skill that we need to learn, which is why we may need a change of perspective and be proactive in assessing our situation and learning to adapt as we age. Of course, the adjustment is not always so easy, it can actually even be a bit frightening. Perhaps for the first time in our lives we may not feel in control of what is happening to us, as the changes keep coming.

Remember, Jesus’ words to Peter after he encourages him to keep on keeping on – to feed His sheep. Now, I know he was describing Peter’s death, but I think there is a wider application as we age. He says, “… when you were younger you dressed yourself and went where you wanted; but when you are old you will stretch out your hands, and someone else will dress you and lead you where you do not want to go.” (John 21:18) Yup, the longer we live the more this will become a reality for each of us.

Grief and Loss

For some, recognizing they are entering this final stage of life, is triggered by a major crisis or traumatic events. As I mentioned, this is kind of what happened in my case. These crises or events usually confront us with the reality that we are in the final third of our lives. This can be really a challenge if we have not been incrementally dealing with the losses of life along the way. If we have been in denial by keeping busy with activities, friends, vacations, or even ministry, this can hit us like a ton of bricks. At some point we do have to deal with our issues or we will not finish our race with an attitude of grace and gratitude that Paul had. The danger is to get stuck and not be able to move forward to fulfill God’s purposes in our lives.

For others, they may only experience the need for minor readjustments as they run the last lap of their race. But regardless if it a traumatic experience, or gradual realization, it is an important during this season to reflect upon our lives, including any unwanted baggage we may have picked up along the way. Only then can we can move forward in a healthy way.

Over a lifetime, I realized that I had developed lots of strategies to deal with personal, organizational, and ministry issues, including setbacks and painful experiences, but I am not sure I was intentional enough in preparing for this last stage of my life. How about you? Have you been intentional in considering how you can finish this last leg of life? As we discuss some of the things I have learned in this process I am pretty sure that you will be able to identify with at least some of these lessons and be able to apply them in your life.

In his classic book, “Seasons of a Marriage,” Norman Wright explains that men seem to be more surprised by their mortality than women, almost as if life has played a dirty trick on them.  He goes on to say that some men even create an interesting illusion about life. They equate work success as a means of protecting themselves from the eventuality of death. In the chase to keep death at bay, many continue to avoid the reality of their own demise.  But in seeking success in whatever field, we discover that if we are avoiding this fundamental fear of death by just keeping busy, we will actually create greater tension for ourselves as we age.

Wright continues that, “in order to guard against this fear, many men just work harder, longer, faster, all in an effort to keep death at bay.” As we get closer to the end of our lives, how we view this transition will have a huge impact on how we run the race we have left. For those who throw themselves into their work or ministry in order to guard against the fear of no longer being relevant, there is the very real danger of blowing a gasket with the resulting physical and mental health outcomes.

In this series, we want to take some time to consider questions that will help us apply these principles in our  own lives. You may wish to pause the episode at that point or do so at the end of the episode. So let’s pause at this point and consider a couple application questions:

 What do you see in your life that indicate that you are facing a transitional stage in your journey?

What steps have you already taken to prepare for this?

Physical Realities

As we conclude this episode, let’s  look at two issues that may help us recognize that we are in the last third of our journey. The first of these are Physical and Mental realities and the second are some Relational Indicators.

If you are following along in the notes we are now on the top of page three, looking at Physical Realities. It’s a fact of life that at some point we realize that we cannot take our body for granted. Perhaps you can still remembers those days when you could pull a few all nighters to get work done, and then not miss a beat the next day. Well, if you are anything like me, those days are in the rear view mirror! If I try to do that now, I need a couple days to recover. Yah, it’s a bit humbling getting older, isn’t it?

I am not sure when it happened for you, but I can still remember when I began to notice the ol’ body just didn’t function the same as it used to. To keep it going takes a bit more care and attention, kind of like with an old vintage car. Until we get our resurrected bodies, this is just a part of our physical existence that is not much fun. But as Paul encouraged us, “Do not lose heart. Though outwardly we are wasting away, yet inwardly we are being renewed day by day.” (2 Cor. 4:16). Elsewhere he says that while we are in this tent we groan and are burdened, longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling. (2 Cor. 5:1-10). The  reality is that we all will face this transition — from brown hair to gray hair, to no hair, to increasing belt and dress sizes, and perhaps even more serious health issues if we live long enough.

But in addition to the physical changes, it can be more concerning when we notice how aging begins to impact our mental capacity and memory. I remember the days when I used to be able to go down several rabbit trails in a message and always find my way back to the main point. However, I have now discovered  that now if I get too far off my track, I can get in trouble. It is likely I’ll get that faraway look in my eye, which is me thinking,  “Where in the world was I going with that!”

Now most of these new realities are not insurmountable, they happen to all of us and we take them in stride. But it would be a mistake to misjudge their accumulative impact on our capacity moving forward. To finish well adjustments will need to be made.

 So where are you at? Consider:

What physical realities have you begun to notice and have you accepted these? How have they impacted your ability to do what you once did?

What steps do you think you can you take in order to slow the aging process and maintain a level of health?

Relational Realities

Now another indicator that we have entered this latter stage of life are the relational changes that occur during this time. Typically, our children are now adults and this brings about different challenges. This can be particularly painful if grown children are no longer following  Jesus or are estranged from their parents.

It is also during this season that some couples decide to split up after 30 or 40 years together, which of course makes this time of life even more painful. The fact of the matter is that if we have not put the work in throughout the decades of our marriage, the relationship will likely run out of gas at this point. Once the kids are gone, and it is just you and your spouse again, one day you may look at that other person in the house and wonder, Who is that stranger? Though a challenge, it is not impossible to reconnect during this time. But it will take effort.

For others there is the pain of dealing with the “empty nest” of no children around. This can be somewhat mitigated by grandchildren, but it is a time of painful transition for some.  All this requires redefining our family lifestyle. It is true that before we had children we were a family unit, and though children were a happy and welcome addition to our family, once they are gone we as a couple are still a family unit.

It might be good to make a few comments here about grown adult children. I have observed many parents who carry the burden of children who are not following the Lord. This is a pain that never really goes away, does it? But it is not helpful or healthy for parents of estranged children to unnecessarily beat themselves up, wallowing in shame and guilt over children that have left the faith. I think some of this guilt begins with a faulty theology based on a wrong interpretation of several biblical passages.

You know we read, “Train up a child in the way he should go  and he will not depart when they are old.” (Prov. 22:6) thinking this is a proof text or guarantee. But it’s not, it’s a proverb, which by definition means that this is the way things normally go, but not a guarantee that things will always turn out sunshine and roses. God has given all of us, even our children, a free choice. Actually, love requires such a choice.

The fact of the matter is that many Christian parents, have done their best and trained up their child, and yet have  nonetheless watched their grown children renounce their faith, fall into addictions, or choose alternate lifestyles. The pain they experience into their old age can be all consuming and overwhelming. But I think it’s important to be reminded that we are responsible TO our grown children – to pray and provide unconditional love – but we are not responsible FOR them or their choices. They are responsible for the choices they make as adults and often for your own health you have to allow them to make their choices, just like you did. Depending on the situation, you may even need to create boundaries in your life for our own ongoing health and well being.

There are a range of books on this topic from basic parenting strategies, to dealing with difficult situations when adult children are dealing with addictions, unhealthy, or even dangerous behavior. But spoiler alert, each of these books is more about you as a parent changing and learning new healthy ways of dealing with our adult children. I’ve listed a books on the screen for you to look at.

Of course, much more could be said on this, but it is worth mentioning  that even the most perfect parent in the universe, God our Father, still has many wayward children. He did everything right and they have still chosen to reject his love. Actually, at one point we were there also. Love means giving someone the free will to make their own choices. While it may hurt deeply, you do not need to live under guilt and shame for the rest of your life. The “what if’s” and “could have’s”  are endless.  I would encourage you to accept God’s grace, we were not perfect. While we take ownership for how we may have contributed to their issues, we (and they) at some point acknowledge that we did our best.

You also may need to experience God’s grace if you have gone through the pain of the breakup of your marriage. Regardless if you decided to stay alone or enter a new relationship later in life, you will have a new set of challenges and issues to deal with. Sometimes this can be compounded as we age, but we will discuss this in greater depth in a later episode.

So as we wrap up this first episode, here are a couple more questions to consider:

What are you noticing about your relational and family situation during this season?

How is this affecting your health, your mental state, and your vision of your future moving forward?

In the next episode, we will  look at two typical scenarios we face at this stage of life, disillusionment or apathy. What are some of the first steps we can take to move towards finding new meaning and purpose in this transition? I hope you’ll join me as we discuss this next time.

 

Finishing the Race: Series Intro

Video

Description

In this series we will be exploring how we can continue to have meaning and purpose as we enter the latter stages of our life. As the Apostle Paul neared the end of his life he wrote, “ I have fought the good fight, I have finished the race, I have kept the faith.” (2 Tim 4:7)  But what does it mean to “finish well,” and how do we accomplish this goal while navigating through all the twists and turns of life? In this series Phil will provide some principles and strategies to help us navigate these waters. Together we will evaluate where we have been, where we currently are, and then what God may still want to do in and through our lives.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Finishing the Race videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Podcast Resources

Listeners of this Leadershipmatters podcast may want to download the “Finishing the Race” workbook.  If you would like any of our other materials go to our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Finishing the Race: Series Intro

Welcome to another one of my podcast series. Regardless if this is your first series or if you are a frequent listener or viewer, thanks for joining me. In this series, which I’ve titled, Finishing the Race, we will be exploring how we can continue to have meaning and purpose as we enter the latter stages of our life.

Over many years of ministry, I have the privilege of living in other countries as well as travelling internationally, as I have taught leadership seminars, been involved in coaching ministry teams and doing consulting work with churches. It all came to a screeching halt when the pandemic hit and I was grounded like so many others. To say this was an adjustment and a shock to the system would be a understatement, to say the least.

Of course, I was aware that the day would come that I would not be able to travel internationally as much and I had been preparing for that. But the immediate change of lifestyle and having the face this reality sooner than I was expecting, really caught me a bit off guard. The good news is that some of the issues that I faced during that time resulted in this series. So this material is just not theory but what I also went through.

At that time, I was entering my  fourth decade of ministry and my sixth decade of life and so that combined with some other issues I was going through, all culminated in a time of reflection and re-evaluation. So this material and these podcasts are a result of my own journey as I transitioned into what some have called the “Final Third of our productive lives.”

Finishing Well

As the Apostle Paul neared the end of his life he writes, “ I have fought the good fight, I have finished the race, I have kept the faith.” (2 Tim 4:7)  But what does it mean to “finish well,” and how do we accomplish this goal while navigating through all the twists and turns of life? In this series I hope to provide some principles and strategies that have helped me navigate these waters.

When we actually realize that we have more life behind us than in front of us, varies for all of us. For many of us, midlife was the first time we  take stock and re-evaluated where we have been and where we are going. But regardless if you went through that in your midlife or not, it is likely that as you enter the last stage of your life, it will be a time of reflection and realignment.

Whenever we go through these transitions in our life stages, it can be rather disorientating as we have to reevaluate our priorities and adjust some of our expectations. This time of recalibration can actually be quite disruptive as it affects every area of our life — including our sense of identity.

As I read some of Paul’s other writings, it is clear that one of the purposes of our life here is preparation for our eternal home. Having meaning and purpose in this life is just the opening act in what God’s has planned for us. I don’t think any of us truly understand how our eternal life will in some way have a continuity with this life. Once I really grasped this, it provided even more motivation to finish this first stage of my race well. God’s plans for us here, I believe, connects our current life with our ultimate redemption when we spend eternity with Him.

Rediscovering Purpose

Each episode in the series is based on my workbook notes, which I think you will find helpful and can be downloaded from our website. We will begin by discussing some of the challenges of this latter stage of life. We will then take some time to reflect on how our journey thus far has impacted us, before then considering how we can adjust to the new realities of what the future may look like.

You may not feel you are quite there yet and so may wonder if this series is really for you. But you are not alone, I have done this in a retreat format and seminar setting and have had many participate who are in their mid life and even younger. They have commented on how helpful they found it as they prepare for the inevitable aging process. Maybe if more of us began preparing earlier, much of what we cover in this series would not even be necessary. So even if the “last third,” as some call it, is far away, or if for you it is just around the corner, I am sure you will find our discussions helpful.

Let me emphasize, “finishing the race” is not just about making it through this life so that we can make it to heaven where we can spend our days sitting on clouds and playing harps into eternity. Yah, that doesn’t seem very appealing to me either! But eternity will not be a time of doing nothing. Scripture is pretty clear that our life here is just the first, and the shortest, lap of our eternal life. It is just the first stage of a long never ending life full of exciting adventures and meaningful service in a place that God has created for us.

But before then, we need to finishing our earthly race well. This lap of the race really matters. My hope is that in our time together you will pick up some life strategies that will enable you to reach that goal. In our time together we will evaluate where we have been, where we currently are, and then what God still wants to do in and through our lives.

So I hope that you will join me on this journey as we discover how we can Finish our Race with meaning and purpose.

 

Episode 8.50: Teaching Capacity

Video

Description & Rationale

The primarily function of this gift in the Body is to acquire and live with wisdom. While the obvious focus is the teaching of Scriptures a holistic approach means that it must include life transformation and daily application; discipleship is at its core. Leaders who have proficiency in the teaching gift are those committed to equipping all believers come to maturity and the fullness of Christ. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 8.50 Teaching Capacity

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 8.50 Teaching Capacity

8.51 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The primarily function of this gift in the Body is to acquire and live with wisdom. While the obvious focus is the teaching of Scriptures a holistic approach means that it must include life transformation and daily application; discipleship is at its core. Leaders who have proficiency in the teaching gift are those committed to equipping all believers come to maturity and the fullness of Christ. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better understanding of the teaching gift and a balanced New Testament application within the Body of Christ.
  • Become more aware of the skills required in order to function in this equipping gift as a servant leader.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experiences as to the need of this gifting in the Church today and how to function with this equipping gift.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

“Equipping Gifts Capacity” selection in Christian Ministry Reading Guide

Selected Reading as determined by MCNet Network Coach/mentor

  • The candidate will complete the Teaching Capacity Assessment and be prepared to discuss this with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 4-5 page summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance and role of this equipping gift within the Body of Christ.
  • Assist the candidate in recognizing their particular gifting in this area and the skills that are required to express this gift in a healthy mature manner.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their capacity to function in this ministry gift.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the equipping gifting mix that best expresses their role and calling.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 8.40: Pastoral Capacity

Video

Description & Rationale

One of the key functions of the church in to be a witness of the Good News to the world; each member is to be messengers of the Gospel of the Kingdom. Leaders who have proficiency in the evangelistic gift are those who are uniquely equipped and called to help the church engage in this important task. While all believers are witnesses, those with evangelistic calling have the unique ability to equip them to do so. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 8.40 Pastoral Capacity

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 8.40 Pastoral Capacity

8.41 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The pastoral function of the church is a more obvious one as it reflects the ministry of the Great Shepherd. The focus is to nurture community through care, the Word, healing, worship and fellowship. Leaders who have proficiency in the pastoral gift are those who are empathetic and seek to create and maintain a healthy community by defending from threats and encouraging maturity. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better understanding of the pastoral gift and a balanced New Testament application within the Body of Christ.
  • Become more aware of the skills required in order to function in this equipping gift as a servant leader.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experiences as to the need of this gifting in the Church today and how to function with this equipping gift.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

“Equipping Gifts Capacity” selection in Christian Ministry Reading Guide

Selected Reading as determined by MCNet Network Coach/mentor

The candidate will complete the Pastoral Capacity Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.

  • The candidate will also complete a 4-5 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance and role of this equipping gift within the Body of Christ.
  • Assist the candidate in recognizing their particular gifting in this area and the skills that are required to express this gift in a healthy mature manner.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their capacity to function in this ministry gift.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the equipping gifting mix that best expresses their role and calling.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 8.30: Evangelistic Capacity

Video

Description & Rationale

One of the key functions of the church in to be a witness of the Good News to the world; each member is to be messengers of the Gospel of the Kingdom. Leaders who have proficiency in the evangelistic gift are those who are uniquely equipped and called to help the church engage in this important task. While all believers are witnesses, those with evangelistic calling have the unique ability to equip them to do so. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 8.30 Evangelistic Capacity

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 8.30 Evangelistic Capacity

8.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

One of the key functions of the church in to be a witness of the Good News to the world; each member is to be messengers of the Gospel of the Kingdom. Leaders who have proficiency in the evangelistic gift are those who are uniquely equipped and called to help the church engage in this important task. While all believers are witnesses, those with evangelistic calling have the unique ability to equip them to do so. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better understanding of the evangelistic gift and a balanced New Testament application within the Body of Christ.
  • Become more aware of the skills required in order to function in this equipping gift as a servant leader.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experiences as to the need of this gifting in the Church today and how to function with this equipping gift.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

“Equipping Gifts Capacity” selection in Christian Ministry Reading Guide

Selected Reading as determined by MCNet Network Coach/mentor

  • The candidate will complete the Evangelistic Capacity Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 4-5 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance and role of this equipping gift within the Body of Christ.
  • Assist the candidate in recognizing their particular gifting in this area and the skills that are required to express this gift in a healthy mature manner.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their capacity to function in this ministry gift.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the equipping gifting mix that best expresses their role and calling.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 8.20: Prophetic Capacity

Video

Description & Rationale

As a prophetic community, the church has a twofold function of keeping the focus on its covenant with God as well as its relationship with others, based on covenant love rather than covenant duties. Leaders who have proficiency in a New Testament prophetic gift are those who direct the church to God as well as outward in the community championing justice and providing a call to righteousness. They provide a balance between the vertical and horizontal engagement of the church. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 8.20 Prophetic Capacity

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 8.20 Prophetic Capacity

8.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

As a prophetic community, the church has a twofold function of keeping the focus on its covenant with God as well as its relationship with others, based on covenant love rather than covenant duties. Leaders who have proficiency in a New Testament prophetic gift are those who direct the church to God as well as outward in the community championing justice and providing a call to righteousness. They provide a balance between the vertical and horizontal engagement of the church. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better understanding of the prophetic gift and a balanced New Testament application within the Body of Christ.
  • Become more aware of the skills required in order to function in this gift as a servant leader.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experiences as to the need of this gifting in the Church today and how to function with this equipping gift.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

                “Equipping Gifts Capacity” selection in Christian Ministry Reading Guide

Selected Reading as determined by MCNet Network Coach/mentor

  • The candidate will complete the Prophetic Capacity Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 4-5 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance and role of this equipping gift within the Body of Christ.
  • Assist the candidate in recognizing their particular gifting in this area and the skills that are required to express this gift in a healthy mature manner.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their capacity to function in this ministry gift.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the equipping gifting mix that best expresses their role and calling.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 8.10: Apostolic Capacity

Video

Description & Rationale

This is the key function of the church in maintaining its core mission. It involves creating innovative structures in order to maintain the church’s relevance in the culture. It is always outward looking with an emphasis of expanding the Gospel through establishing new communities of believers. Leaders who have proficiency in the apostolic gift are those who are engaged in keeping the church/organization focused on the big picture and keeping the wineskins of ministry flexible in order to fulfill this function. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 8.10 Apostolic Capacity

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 8.10 Apostolic Capacity

8.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

This is the key function of the church in maintaining its core mission. It involves creating innovative structures in order to maintain the church’s relevance in the culture. It is always outward looking with an emphasis of expanding the Gospel through establishing new communities of believers. Leaders who have proficiency in the apostolic gift are those who are engaged in keeping the church/organization focused on the big picture and keeping the wineskins of ministry flexible in order to fulfill this function. This competency focuses on the skills necessary in order to grow and mature in this foundational equipping gift in order to best serve the Body of Christ.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better understanding of the apostolic gift and a balanced New Testament application within the Body of Christ.
  • Become more aware of the skills required in order to function in this gift as a servant leader.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experiences as to the need of this gifting in the Church today and how to function with this equipping gift.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

“Equipping Gifts Capacity” selection in Christian Ministry Reading Guide

Selected Reading as determined by MCNet Network Coach/mentor

  • The candidate will complete the Apostolic Capacity Assessment as well as follow up questions and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 4-5 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance and role of this gift within the Body of Christ.
  • Assist the candidate in recognizing their particular gifting in this area and the skills that are required to express this gift in a healthy mature manner.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their capacity to function in this ministry gift.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the equipping gifting mix that best expresses their role and calling.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 7.30: Multiplication

Video

Description & Rationale

This competency focuses on the missional mindset of the candidate and their capacity for initiating and multiplying ministries. This will include some missional conceptual knowledge but will focus more on the practical skills necessary to begin a church. While the assessment is for church planters, these principles and skills are also necessary for the beginning of any ministry. The goal is to instill in the candidate a missional approach to one’s ministry that focuses on multiplication.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 7.30 Multiplication

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 7.30 Multiplication

7.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

This competency focuses on the missional mindset of the candidate and their capacity for initiating and multiplying ministries. This will include some missional conceptual knowledge but will focus more on the practical skills necessary to begin a church. While the assessment is for church planters, these principles and skills are also necessary for the beginning of any ministry. The goal is to instill in the candidate a missional approach to one’s ministry that focuses on multiplication.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding of the skills and attributes required to plant a church or start a new ministry.
  • Be able to do a self-analysis of their own particular strengths and weakness and consequently the skills that other team members need to complement their own.
  • Be aware of the need for a missional approach that focuses on multiplication for every ministry in which they are involved.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can guide them as they implement these tools in their church and ministry.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2 Chapter 4.3 pp. 147-168.

                Coaching Guide, Section 5, pp. 43-46; 70-78.

                “Having a Multiplication Mindset” in Christian Ministry Reading Guide

  • The candidate will complete the Church Planter’s and Leader’s Competency Assessment (CPLC) and Reflective questions.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-4 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • Assist the candidate have a fuller appreciation of the necessary skills to plant a church or begin a ministry.
  • To help the candidate become aware of their own strengths and weaknesses and what type of team members will be required for them to succeed in their own calling.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate to develop the skills necessary to be a multiplier in the Church.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding their understanding and implementation of ministry models within their particular context.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate implement the principles from this competency.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 7.20: Bridging Cultures

Video

Description & Rationale

With a basic understanding of Cultural Intelligence from the previous chapter, as well as practical skills that are necessary for the leader to be effective within an increasingly multicultural global ministry context. In this competency we will discuss more specifically how to share the Gospel in a relevant way in specific cultures with the goal of transforming and redeeming culture rather than “destroying” culture. Proficiency in this competency will be achieved as the candidate learns specific skills necessary to bridge cultures and subcultures with the Gospel message.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 7.20 Bridging Cultures

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 7.20 Bridging Cultures

7.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

With a basic understanding of Cultural Intelligence from the previous chapter, as well as practical skills that are necessary for the leader to be effective within an increasingly multicultural global ministry context. In this competency we will discuss more specifically how to share the Gospel in a relevant way in specific cultures with the goal of transforming and redeeming culture rather than “destroying” culture. Proficiency in this competency will be achieved as the candidate learns specific skills necessary to bridge cultures and subcultures with the Gospel message.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding of culture and the skills required to be a messenger of the Gospel between cultures.
  • Learn the skills necessary in order to be a messenger of a Gospel that can transform and redeem cultures.
  • Be able to design ministries that will be culturally relevant, able to reach beyond cultures/subcultures.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide guidance and input as the candidate begins to experiment with methods to reach into different cultures and subcultures within their own sphere of influence.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

                Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 12.0 pp. 123-139.

                Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 4.2 pp. 125-146.

  • The candidate will complete the Bridging Cultures Assessment.
  • The candidate will also write a reflective 4-5 page summary paper based on the Assessment and the FOUR ways of viewing your community (Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, pp. 134-135) and steps you can take to bridge each of these.

Mentoring Goals

The goal of the mentor is to:

  • Guide the candidate in their understanding of the need to bridge cultures and ways that they can learn to do this.
  • Assist the candidate in developing the skills necessary to apply the skills necessary to bridge the Gospel between various cultures and subcultures.
  • Using the Assessment Evaluations, the mentor will design a Development Plan for the candidate to better understand their role as a leader in sharing the Gospel across cultures as well as guiding others to bridge cultures in their ministries.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate’s can take this new knowledge and implement it in their ministry.

Development Plan

  • Based on the Evaluation, a Development Plan will be designed to help the candidate increase their skill set in learning to bridge various cultures.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 7.10: Cultural Intelligence

Video

Description & Rationale

As with Emotional Intelligence and Mentoring Intelligence, Cultural Intelligence is a skill that the effective leaders needs to grow into. As with the other “quotients,” these are not necessary skills the leaders is born with but rather must learn the skills and implement them in their lives and ministry. This competency chapters focuses on defining Cultural Intelligence and then how this skill then is applicable within ethnically diverse settings as well as within subcultures within similar cultures.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 7.10 Cultural Intelligence

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 7.10 Cultural Intelligence

7.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

As with Emotional Intelligence and Mentoring Intelligence, Cultural Intelligence is a skill that the effective leaders needs to grow into. As with the other “quotients,” these are not necessary skills the leaders is born with but rather must learn the skills and implement them in their lives and ministry. This competency chapters focuses on defining Cultural Intelligence and then how this skill then is applicable within ethnically diverse settings as well as within subcultures within similar cultures.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better conceptual knowledge of Cultural Intelligence and how it can impact one’s ministry.
  • Be able to use the tools provided to increase their own cultural intelligence and begin to implement this knowledge within their own team.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experience and how a greater cultural intelligence has impacted their lives and ministry.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

MultiCultural Team Building Chap. 1-5.

                Mentoring Intelligence, Jeske, Chapter 1

  • The candidate will complete the Comprehensive Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-5 page reflective summary paper comparing and contrasting their cultural default with their overall cultural intelligence in dealing with others.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance of Cultural Intelligence and how this can impact their ministry.
  • Assist the candidate implement skills that will increase their own cultural intelligence.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their organizational cultural awareness.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their own cultural intelligence.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 6.30: Fivefold Ministry

Video

Description & Rationale

This final competency in this module focuses on applying what has been learned into the real life of Body. This begins by understanding basic organizational theory and how new wineskins or forms are needed in order implement new functions. By viewing various structures of ministry in light of Jesus’ ministry, the candidate will appreciate the genius of the fivefold functions. The next step will be to use two practical tools, the Organizational Flow Chart and Organizational Life Cycle, in order to apply these principles into the life of the Church and their particular ministry.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 6.30 Fivefold Ministry

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 6.30 Fivefold Ministry

6.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

This final competency in this module focuses on applying what has been learned into the real life of Body. This begins by understanding basic organizational theory and how new wineskins or forms are needed in order implement new functions. By viewing various structures of ministry in light of Jesus’ ministry, the candidate will appreciate the genius of the fivefold functions. The next step will be to use two practical tools, the Organizational Flow Chart and Organizational Life Cycle, in order to apply these principles into the life of the Church and their particular ministry.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding of the Christology of the fivefold functions and a balanced approach to implementing all five in ministry.
  • Understand key concepts of organizational theory and implications for the fivefold approach in church.
  • Have confidence in using the Flow Chart and Life Cycle tools in their church/organization.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can guide them as they implement these tools in their church and ministry.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

The Fivefold Ministry, Chapter 3, Jeske pp. 39-60.

  • The candidate will complete the Organizational Flow Chart and Life Cycle Assessments and Reflective questions.
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • Assist the candidate have a fuller appreciation of Jesus’ fivefold ministry and how this Christological approach can impact their own ministry.
  • To help the candidate become aware of the importance of looking at their ministry as a system and understanding the natural forces acting upon the wineskin that solidifies structures.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate to become proficient in using the Flow Chart and Life Cycle in their ministry.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding their understanding and implementation of ministry models within their particular context.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate implement the principles from this competency.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

 

Episode 6.20: Fivefold Leadership

Video

Description & Rationale

This competency will begin to apply the biblical foundation laid in the previous competency into the life of the leader as well as their team. The fivefold gifts will be described as “functions” and discussed in relation to a leader’s attributes, personality, calling, leadership role, and ministry. These fivefold functions will then be viewed from the perspective of both the leader as well as the church (organization). The goal of this study is to help the leader understand their own personal fivefold gifting mix, but also to begin to appreciate how they need to be integrated with the Church’s ministry as a whole. In order to not fall into historic extremes (Reductionism or Hierarchicalism), it is essential to see how teams need to have all five gifts functioning.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 6.20 Fivefold Leadership

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 6.20 Fivefold Leadership

6.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

This competency will begin to apply the biblical foundation laid in the previous competency into the life of the leader as well as their team. The fivefold gifts will be described as “functions” and discussed in relation to a leader’s attributes, personality, calling, leadership role, and ministry. These fivefold functions will then be viewed from the perspective of both the leader as well as the church (organization). The goal of this study is to help the leader understand their own personal fivefold gifting mix, but also to begin to appreciate how they need to be integrated with the Church’s ministry as a whole. In order to not fall into historic extremes (Reductionism or Hierarchicalism), it is essential to see how teams need to have all five gifts functioning.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • View the fivefold functions a based in the Godhead and with this perspective gain a wider appreciation and application of them in their life and ministry.
  • Gain a greater understanding of how the expression of the fivefold functions are impacted by their personality, calling, giftings, and role.
  • Begin to appreciate the importance for the Church to have a fivefold approach to ministry.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide guidance and input as the candidate begins to view these fivefold gifts from a broader new perspective in both their lives and the life of the church.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

                The Fivefold Ministry, Chapter 2, pp. 21-37.

  • The candidate will complete the Leadership Personal Assessment and the Team Unity Assessment as well as have a colleague/mentor complete the Third Party Assessment.
  • The candidate will also write a reflective 2-3 page summary paper discussing what they have learned about themselves and their team with regards to their role and the fivefold functions.

Mentoring Goals

The goal of the mentor is to:

  • Guide the candidate in their understanding of their own fivefold function mix and how this relates to their current role in the Church.
  • Help the candidate understand the importance of the Church functioning from a fivefold approach and identifying any deficiencies of these on their ministry team and changes necessary.
  • Using the Assessment Evaluations, the mentor will design a Development Plan for the candidate to better understand their role in light of their fivefold functions as well as that of their team.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate’s can take this new knowledge and implement it in their ministry.

Development Plan

  • Based on the Personal and Third Party Assessment, a Development Plan will be designed to help the candidate function within their fivefold gifting mix and help develop their team to do the same.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 6.10: Fivefold Functions

Video

Description & Rationale

The premise each of the competencies in this module is that the fivefold functions of Ephesians are still to be expressed in the Body of Christ today and that the Church is best served if they are functioning in balance on ministry teams. This competency will lay a biblical foundation and historical context of these gifts as functions, based on a Christological framework. In addition, the theology of servant leadership and how this influences the exercise of these gifts will be discussed. This will be foundational for the other two competencies in this module.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 6.10 Fivefold Functions

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 6.10 Fivefold Functions

6.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The premise each of the competencies in this module is that the fivefold functions of Ephesians are still to be expressed in the Body of Christ today and that the Church is best served if they are functioning in balance on ministry teams. This competency will lay a biblical foundation and historical context of these gifts as functions, based on a Christological framework. In addition, the theology of servant leadership and how this influences the exercise of these gifts will be discussed. This will be foundational for the other two competencies in this module.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better conceptual knowledge of the historic context of how the fivefold gifts have been viewed and review a theology of servant leadership and true authority in the Body of Christ
  • Have a great understanding of the biblical text of Ephesians 4, having completed an in depth study of the context and application of the fivefold gifts from a fresh perspective.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experience and understanding of the fivefold functions in the Church.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

The Fivefold Ministry, Chapter 1, Jeske, pp. 1-20.

  • The candidate will complete the Comprehensive Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance the Fivefold approach to ministry life and leadership that is based on a servanthood model.
  • Assist the candidate in looking at Eph. 4 in a fresh, new way that is informed more by the text and New Testament practice than church tradition.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their organizational cultural awareness.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in identify and change organizational culture.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

 

Episode 5.80: Leadership Transition

Video

Description & Rationale

The goal of leadership is not to create a position or function that will last forever, but to develop and equip others so that they may be able to continue the work that was started. Releasing others does not diminish the leader’s effectiveness or sphere of influence but rather enhances an increases it. The very nature of servant leadership is to pass the baton of leadership to others while still in one’s prime. The art and practice of leadership succession is a competency that results in healthy organizations that fulfill their purpose beyond just the founder, charismatic leader or one generation.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.80 Leadership Transition

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.80 Leadership Transition

5.81 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The goal of leadership is not to create a position or function that will last forever, but to develop and equip others so that they may be able to continue the work that was started. Releasing others does not diminish the leader’s effectiveness or sphere of influence but rather enhances an increases it. The very nature of servant leadership is to pass the baton of leadership to others while still in one’s prime. The art and practice of leadership succession is a competency that results in healthy organizations that fulfill their purpose beyond just the founder, charismatic leader or one generation.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Become more aware of the need to be preparing to pass on leadership to others at every stage of life.
  • Have completed the “Leadership Succession Assessment” to determine their level of commitment to this principle.
  • Have the tools to begin to mentor others so that the organization continues to fulfill its purpose.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them in the process of succession or at least being sensitized to the need for this at some point in their ministry lives.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Coaching Guide, Section 4: Transitional Ministry, pages 37-41.
Between Pastors by Cam Taylor & Alan Simpson, “Section 1: The Transitional Ministry,” pages 5-28.

  • The candidate will complete the “Leadership Succession Assessment” and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-4 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the critical need of developing others in preparing for a succession plan.
  • Through the assessment, help the candidate identify their current appreciation of this principles and steps they can take to prepare for its reality.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve greater competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what lifestyle changes need to be made by the candidate in order to prepare for succession one day.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate increase in the knowledge and practice of a personal and organizational succession plan.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 5.70: Leadership Development

Video

Description & Rationale

The long term health of an organization is directly related to the ability of the organization to develop its own leaders. Without increasing its capacity in this regard, the organization remains vulnerable to external influences for its own human resource capacity. Being able to grow one’s own leadership means that the organization is sustainable and able to reproduce itself and its vision. However, though individual leaders may have the value of mentoring the next generation, there are organizational factors that can work against these good intentions. It is the leader’s responsibility to develop a climate that fosters leadership development.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.70 Leadership Development

To download the Mentoring Guide to assist you in mentoring others.

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.70 Leadership Development

5.71 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The long term health of an organization is directly related to the ability of the organization to develop its own leaders. Without increasing its capacity in this regard, the organization remains vulnerable to external influences for its own human resource capacity. Being able to grow one’s own leadership means that the organization is sustainable and able to reproduce itself and its vision. However, though individual leaders may have the value of mentoring the next generation, there are organizational factors that can work against these good intentions. It is the leader’s responsibility to develop a climate that fosters leadership development.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Grow in their appreciation and ability to mentor others as they personally develop others.
  • Become aware of the need to create an organizational climate that fosters mentoring and learn strategies that accomplish this.
  • Continue to increase their own leadership MQ as well as the MQ of their organization and team.
  • Have had opportunity to continue to be mentor by a leader who is a advocate for mentoring in their own ministry and organization.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships – Guide 2, Chapter 3.3, pp. 85-105.
Ministry Guide – The Essentials, “Developing Others 2,” pp. 17-22.

  • The candidate will complete the Leadership Development Assessment as well as MQ for Organizations Assessment and be prepared to discuss this with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete the two Reflective Summary writing assignments.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate fully understand and appreciate the importance of mentoring as the process for leadership development.
  • To help the candidate fully understand and appreciate the role of leadership in creating a cultural climate in the organization that fosters leadership development through mentoring.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in begin to practise these principles as a lifestyle.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding ways they can mentor and create a climate that others in their organization can mentor others.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate become a more effective mentor and advocate of mentoring in their organization.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 5.60: Resource Management

Video

Description & Rationale

A strategic plan cannot be successful without a realistic assessment of the organization’s available resources (human resources, finances, buildings and other physical assets). In this regard, not all visions are attainable at any given time, if the organization’s capacity is not developed and increased. The function of leadership is to provide the means to assess current resources and then increase the capacity of the organization so that it can increase its vision and fulfill its purpose. As there is always limited resource and competing resources, it is imperative that leadership factor this in their overall strategic plan.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.60 Resource Management

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.60 Resource Management

5.61 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

A strategic plan cannot be successful without a realistic assessment of the organization’s available resources (human resources, finances, buildings and other physical assets). In this regard, not all visions are attainable at any given time, if the organization’s capacity is not developed and increased. The function of leadership is to provide the means to assess current resources and then increase the capacity of the organization so that it can increase its vision and fulfill its purpose. As there is always limited resource and competing resources, it is imperative that leadership factor this in their overall strategic plan.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a clearer understanding of the importance of resources in the fulfillment of an organization’s goals.
  • Have a working knowledge of how to assess an organization’s resources and learn strategies to increase the organization’s capacity.
  • Be aware of the challenges of lack of resources and learn how to mobilize and motivate others.
  • Have spent time with an accountability partner or mentor who has greater experience in organizational planning and can provide guidance.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mission-Based Management by Peter C. Brinckerhoff, chapter 3 (pages 31-37) and chapter 5 (pages 55-71).

  • The candidate will complete the Resource Management Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page paper reflecting on the Assessment questions, discussing areas in which they need to grow in this area.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate fully understand the importance of evaluated resources in fulfilling the purposes of the organization.
  • Assist the candidate with strategies to motivate others and mobilize the organization to increase its capacity.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding servant leadership and ways the candidate can grow in their servanthood.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their ability to manage an organization’s resources.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 5.50: Strategic Planning

Video

Description & Rationale

In order for an organization or ministry to reach its potential in fulfilling its purpose leaders need to be proactive in assessing where the organization is at, what obstacles are in the way and then guide a renewal process that includes recasting the vision, setting realistic goals, making a plan to achieve those goals and then taking the steps to implement these changes. This process is not a one-time event, but an ongoing process for leadership and the organizations which they lead. Without a working knowledge of how to design and implement a strategic plan, leaders and their organizations will flounder and never reach their potential.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.50 Strategic Planning

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.50 Strategic Planning

5.51 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

In order for an organization or ministry to reach its potential in fulfilling its purpose leaders need to be proactive in assessing where the organization is at, what obstacles are in the way and then guide a renewal process that includes recasting the vision, setting realistic goals, making a plan to achieve those goals and then taking the steps to implement these changes. This process is not a one-time event, but an ongoing process for leadership and the organizations which they lead. Without a working knowledge of how to design and implement a strategic plan, leaders and their organizations will flounder and never reach their potential.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater appreciation for need for strategic planning and learn the steps to accomplish this.
  • Have discovered tools that will help them in implementing a plan with their organization.
  • Understand the pitfalls and obstacles in strategic planning and ways to mitigate their negative impacts on their organization.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor with more experience who can guide them through the process..

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Organization Planning Guide (OPG), Friesen/Jeske pp. 1-29.

  • The candidate will complete the Strategic Planning Assessment and be prepared to discuss this with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-5 page summary regarding the key components of a strategic plan as well as how they plan to proceed to implement this within their organization.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the need for strategic planning and learning the steps to do so.
  • From their own experience, the mentor will guide the candidate in how they do strategic planning and help them do the same in their organization.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve proficiency in this competency.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding both the theory and practices of strategic planning in an organization.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their capacity as a leader to guide others through a strategic planning process.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 5.40: Organizational Change

Video

Description & Rationale

In order to keep the wineskin or structure of a ministry relevant and flexible change is inevitable and ongoing. One of the greatest challenges of the leader is to continue to change themselves, and then be a catalyst to bring about change in their organization and ministry. If the organization does not have a process for continued renewal and change it will eventually die, which is defined as no longer fulfilling its purpose. Yet how to bring about organizational church is not easy and at times seems to even require actions that are not necessary “common sense.” Therefore the leader needs to learn the skills necessary to bring about such change in order to keep their ministry and organization healthy and reproducing.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.40 Organizational Change

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.40 Organizational Change

5.41 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

In order to keep the wineskin or structure of a ministry relevant and flexible change is inevitable and ongoing. One of the greatest challenges of the leader is to continue to change themselves, and then be a catalyst to bring about change in their organization and ministry. If the organization does not have a process for continued renewal and change it will eventually die, which is defined as no longer fulfilling its purpose. Yet how to bring about organizational church is not easy and at times seems to even require actions that are not necessary “common sense.” Therefore the leader needs to learn the skills necessary to bring about such change in order to keep their ministry and organization healthy and reproducing.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Better understand the process of change and how they as a leader can facilitate such change.
  • Have completed the Organizational Change Assessment and discuss with mentor.
  • Have been introduced to the Life Cycle and know how to implement this in their team and organization.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can guide them as they implement change in their organizations.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

The Ministry Guide, “Change Dynamics,” pp. 33-42.
The Coaching Guide, “Chapter 4 & 6,” pp. 23-26; 29-34.

  • The candidate will complete the Organizational Change Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page reflective summary of what they have learned about the need and implementation of change within an organization.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the need to always be changing as a leader and how this is crucial in order to bring change system wide in an organization.
  • To guide the candidate in understanding and utilizing the Life Cycle within their organization.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate to be more proficient as a catalyst of change for their team and organization.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding the candidate’s attitude towards change and ability to facilitate change system wide.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate increase their change capacity and skill.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 5.30: Ministry Models

Video

Description & Rationale

Having the appropriate structure or form in order to accomplish ministry goals is essential. While these forms (like wineskins) need to always remain flexible, the “how” of ministry is as important as the “what.” The key is to align the values of the leaders and members of the organization with the models of ministry that will best fulfill the purpose of the organization. Misunderstanding the importance of utilizing appropriate models will lead to frustration in the leadership and a lack of purpose in the organization. Consequently, it is critical for the effective leader to be able to evaluate ministry models in the context of the values and purpose of the organization.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.30 Ministry Models

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.30 Ministry Models

5.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Having the appropriate structure or form in order to accomplish ministry goals is essential. While these forms (like wineskins) need to always remain flexible, the “how” of ministry is as important as the “what.” The key is to align the values of the leaders and members of the organization with the models of ministry that will best fulfill the purpose of the organization. Misunderstanding the importance of utilizing appropriate models will lead to frustration in the leadership and a lack of purpose in the organization. Consequently, it is critical for the effective leader to be able to evaluate ministry models in the context of the values and purpose of the organization.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding and appreciation of various ministry models and how they can best be used to fulfill common ministry purposes.
  • Be able to communicate with their team these concepts and be able to lead them in determining the best models for their ministry.
  • Have begun to introduce the Flow Chart to their organization and implement their findings.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can guide them as they implement changes.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 4.3, pp. 147-168; 209-215.
Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 4.0, pp. 73-87.

  • The candidate will complete the Ministry Models Assessment questions and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page reflective summary and proposal paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate become aware of the broad ministry models and apply this to their own ministry context.
  • To guide the candidate in the implementation of any changes that may need to occur in their ministry as a result of this chapter.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve greater competency in understanding and implementing ministry models.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding their understanding and implementation of ministry models within their particular context.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate implement the principles from this competency.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 5.20: System Analysis

Video

Description & Rationale

In order for the “new wine” not to be wasted on the ground, it is important that the “wineskin” remains flexible and adaptable. This “wineskin” can be described as the “structure” or form of the organization. An organization is a system with many parts and leaders need to learn how to analyze each part but also how changes in one area will affect the whole organism. System analysis is a learned skill set which as a discipline helps the leader determine if the organization is fulfilling its purpose and what changes need to be made in order for it to be a healthy reproducing organism.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.20 System Analysis

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.20 System Analysis

5.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

In order for the “new wine” not to be wasted on the ground, it is important that the “wineskin” remains flexible and adaptable. This “wineskin” can be described as the “structure” or form of the organization. An organization is a system with many parts and leaders need to learn how to analyze each part but also how changes in one area will affect the whole organism. System analysis is a learned skill set which as a discipline helps the leader determine if the organization is fulfilling its purpose and what changes need to be made in order for it to be a healthy reproducing organism.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • Begin to appreciate the importance of looking at the organization as a system and be able to identify tools to help them accomplish this.
  • Be aware of how the life cycle of an organization impacts its use of resources and ability to fulfill its purpose and possible interventions that can bring health back to an organization.
  • Have an understanding of practical tools to help analyze an organization and begin to take steps to do so within their own organization, team, and ministry.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide guidance and input as the candidate begins to learn a system’s approach to organizational development.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

The Coaching Guide, pp. 11-19.
The Coach as Consultant (unpublished) Jeske, pp. 16-19.

  • The candidate will complete the System Analysis Assessment.
  • The candidate will also write a reflective 2-3 page summary paper discussing what they have learned from the System Analysis Assessment, which they should also be prepared to discussed with the mentor.

Mentoring Goals

The goal of the mentor is to:

  • Assist the candidate appreciate the importance of a system wide approach to organizational development and its applicability to Christian organizations and churches.
  • Help the candidate take the first steps in analyzing the organization which they lead or are a part of, particularly Senge’s Eleven Laws of a System and the Seven Step Evaluation approach.
  • Using the Assessment Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a Development Plan for the candidate learn to view organizations from a systems perspective.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate’s can take this new knowledge and implement it in their ministry.

Development Plan

  • Based on the System Analysis Assessment and the Evaluation of that Assessment, a Development Plan will be designed to help the candidate become a better team leader.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 5.10: Organizational Culture

Video

Description & Rationale

Understanding organizational culture is essential if the leader is going to be able to understand what is happening within their organizational ministry and then be able to assess if the actions and purposes of the organization are aligned with its values. Culture can be easiest defined as “the way things are done around here,” and each group of people who are joined to fulfill a purpose (an organization), develops a certain culture. However, if leadership is not aware of how this culture is affecting the whole organization’s purpose and values then they will be controlled by this culture rather than being able to manage it.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 5.10 Organizational Culture

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 5.10 Organizational Culture

5.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Understanding organizational culture is essential if the leader is going to be able to understand what is happening within their organizational ministry and then be able to assess if the actions and purposes of the organization are aligned with its values. Culture can be easiest defined as “the way things are done around here,” and each group of people who are joined to fulfill a purpose (an organization), develops a certain culture. However, if leadership is not aware of how this culture is affecting the whole organization’s purpose and values then they will be controlled by this culture rather than being able to manage it.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better conceptual knowledge of how the culture of an organization impacts its ability to fulfill its purpose.
  • Become more aware of the influence of leadership on culture and how they can learn to manage what at times may see irrational behavior of those in the organization.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback from their own experiences within the organization in which they serve and  what they have learned in dealing with this.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

The Coaching Guide, pp. 1-10.
The Coach as Consultant (unpublished) Jeske, pp. 13-16.
Organizational Planning Guide, p. 9.

  • The candidate will complete the Organizational Culture Assessment as well as follow up questions and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-4 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate better understand the importance of understanding organizational culture, particularly as it impacts the candidate’s ability to equip others using their gifts.
  • Assist the candidate in learning to recognize the factors that indicate that an organization’s activities are not congruent with their values.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can increase their organizational cultural awareness.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in identify and change organizational culture.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 4.30: Applied Theology

Video

Description & Rationale

The discipline of studying Christian theology has limited value if it is not understood in terms of how it shapes understanding of personal spiritual growth, cultural issues, ethics, morality, relational dynamics, as well as organizational applications. Christian leaders not only need to know and understand theological content, they also need to be able to apply this knowledge to their own lives as well as to those they serve.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 4.30 Applied Theology

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 4.30 Applied Theology

4.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The discipline of studying Christian theology has limited value if it is not understood in terms of how it shapes understanding of personal spiritual growth, cultural issues, ethics, morality, relational dynamics, as well as organizational applications. Christian leaders not only need to know and understand theological content, they also need to be able to apply this knowledge to their own lives as well as to those they serve.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • Be able to identify the key questions which are essentially theological in nature and how to address them.
  • Be aware of issues which require an empathetic theological response and gauge one’s own practical experience in addressing these.
  • Learn how to identify, through the questions of others, the theological issue which requires addressing.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback as to how the candidate is growing in this area and ways they have implemented this in their lives and ministry.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

How to Think Theologically, by Howard W. Stone and James O. Duke, Fortress Pres, OR
Chapter 25 of The Portable Seminary, (theportableseminary.com) Christian Ethics, David Horton, general editor, Bethany House OR locally approved substitute.

  • The candidate will complete the Applied Theology Self-Evaluation.
  • The candidate will write a reflective 3-5 page summary paper discussing what they have learned from the Applied Theology Self-Evaluation, which they should also be prepared to discuss with the mentor.
  • Based on the reading, the candidate will also write a 3-5 pages discussing how theological belief shapes a person’s worldview, ethics, decision making and understanding of Christian ministry.

Mentoring Goals

The goal of the mentor is to:

  • Assist the candidate in appreciating the importance of having a theological method to ministry and provide practical tools to help them develop in this area.
  • Help the candidate with the development of their own theological method and providing constructive feedback as to how the candidate can better apply theology to the issues of their day and culture.
  • Using the Assessment Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a Development Plan so candidate can apply theology within their own ministry and life.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how the candidate can apply theology within their own ministry and life.

Development Plan

  • Based on the Applied Theology Assessment and the Evaluation of that Assessment, a Development Plan will be designed to help the candidate apply theology in their lives in a practical way.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 4.20: Basic Theology

Video

Description & Rationale

As a Christian leader, the candidate’s view of the world should be shaped by their theology rather than their theology shaped by the world. Leaders in a Christian ministry are front line theologians; communicating truth to those influenced by their leadership. The following will evaluate the candidate’s understanding of theological concepts and language.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 4.20 Basic Theology

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 4.20 Basic Theology

4.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

As a Christian leader, the candidate’s view of the world should be shaped by their theology rather than their theology shaped by the world. Leaders in a Christian ministry are front line theologians; communicating truth to those influenced by their leadership. The following will evaluate the candidate’s understanding of theological concepts and language.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better conceptual knowledge of Basic Theology and how it relates to their leadership.
  • Become more self aware of areas where they are lacking in their theological understanding and steps they can take to improve in these areas.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide them with feedback regarding their theological understanding and share any discrepancies between their understanding and practice.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Discipling thru Intentional Relationships Guide 1, Chapters 1.0 and 6.0.
Discipling thru Intentional Relationships Guide 2, Chapters 7.0; 8.0, 9.0, and 11.0.

  • The candidate will provide written responses to the questions in each of the chapters assigned from Discipling thru Intentional Relationships Guides 1 and 2.
  • The candidate will complete the Basic Theology Assessment as well as follow up questions and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-4 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the importance of theology, particularly as it relates to Christian leadership.
  • Assist the candidate in becoming more self-aware of their own theological understanding  and discuss ways to increase their knowledge in weak areas.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this important area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what areas of theology the candidate needs to grow in order to be an effective leader.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their theological understanding.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 4.10: Historical Theology

Video

Description & Rationale

Each generation builds upon previous ones and so it is important to know one’s own particular historic context. This is important in every area of life and particularly important for the Christian leader in their understanding of theology. This competency provides a historical context for our theological roots and the era and setting in which they were developed. It is important to understand this historical context in order to not repeat errors of past generations. Those who do not know history are doomed to repeat it.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 4.10 Historical Theology

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 4.10 Historical Theology

4.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Each generation builds upon previous ones and so it is important to know one’s own particular historic context. This is important in every area of life and particularly important for the Christian leader in their understanding of theology. This competency provides a historical context for our theological roots and the era and setting in which they were developed. It is important to understand this historical context in order to not repeat errors of past generations. Those who do not know history are doomed to repeat it.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding and appreciation of how Christian theology developed over the last two thousand years.
  • Become aware of the historical context that various theological concepts were forged and how these contexts impacted not only how they developed but how they have influenced the leader today.
  • Begin to take practical steps to increase their understanding of either personal blind spots from history or areas they need to focus on.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them on this journey.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

A Brief History of Christianity, by Douglas Friesen [included in CL Reading Guide] The Mission of the Church, by Dr. Jeske [included in CL Reading Guide]

  • The candidate will complete the Historical Theology Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete all written assignments.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate determine their level of knowledge of the history of the mission of the Church over the last two thousand years.
  • To assist the candidate grow in both knowledge as well as understanding as to how this history affects their own application of theology in their lives and ministry.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve greater competency in applying theology in their generation and cultural context.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what areas of historical theology that the candidate sill needs greater understanding.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate gain insight from history as to the important and need to have a practical, coherent theology.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 3.30: Biblical Communication

Video

Description & Rationale

In addition to having a good understanding of the content of Scripture, as well as skill in interpretation and application, it is important for a Christian leader to be able to communicate biblical truth to those they influence. This competency will focus on the ability of the candidate to prepare and deliver biblical knowledge effectively in various contexts.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 3.30 Biblical Communication

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 3.30 Biblical Communication

3.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

In addition to having a good understanding of the content of Scripture, as well as skill in interpretation and application, it is important for a Christian leader to be able to communicate biblical truth to those they influence. This competency will focus on the ability of the candidate to prepare and deliver biblical knowledge effectively in various contexts.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding and appreciation of the need to develop the skills necessary for effective communication.
  • Become aware of areas of growth needed through the various Assessments and reflective questions.
  • Begin to take practical steps in order to grow in their ability to communicate effectively in their personal and professional relationships.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them on this journey.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings: A book on communicating biblical truth (homelitics)  written in their own language.
  • The candidate will write a brief (one paragraph) summary of each chapter or section of the assigned reading focusing on the main teaching point and how it applies to their skill as a communicator of biblical truth.
  • The candidate will complete the Communication Skills Self-Assessment as well as the Communication Skills Third-party Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate assess the level of effectiveness of their current communication skills  and areas they need to grow and develop.
  • To assist the candidate to develop new communication skills and become more self aware of their communication style and how it affects others.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve greater competency as a communicator.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what areas of communication that the candidate sill needs to grow.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their effectiveness as a communicator.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 3.20: Biblical Interpretation

Video

Description & Rationale

It is essential for all believers, and particularly those who share the Word with others to equip them for service, to be able to study and know how to interpret the Scriptures. This process of Biblical Interpretation includes getting to the original meaning of the text (exegesis) and then applying this in the “here and now” in whatever culture they are ministering within (hermeneutics). The competency will provide the basic tools to help the minister of the Word be able to handle the Scriptures in a way that brings life to others.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 3.20 Biblical Interpretation

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 3.20 Biblical Interpretation

3.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

It is essential for all believers, and particularly those who share the Word with others to equip them for service, to be able to study and know how to interpret the Scriptures. This process of Biblical Interpretation includes getting to the original meaning of the text (exegesis) and then applying this in the “here and now” in whatever culture they are ministering within (hermeneutics). The competency will provide the basic tools to help the minister of the Word be able to handle the Scriptures in a way that brings life to others.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • Be able to understand the various tools required to engage in both interpretation process.
  • Be more skilled in the exegesis of Scripture and how to come to the main, original meaning of the text.
  • Also be able to then properly apply the Scripture to their current cultural, ecclesiological context.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback as engage in the hermeneutical process and guide them in the effective practise of equipping others to then do the same.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Discipling thru Intentional Relationships – Guide 2, Chapter 9, pp. 72-80.
MCNet “Biblical Foundations” Workshop Notes    

  • The candidate will complete the Biblical Interpretation Assessments.
  • The candidate will also write a reflective 3-5 page summary paper discussing what they have learned from the readings and be prepared to discussed with the mentor.

Mentoring Goals

The goal of the mentor is to:

  • Assist the candidate in appreciating the importance of a disciplined approach to biblical interpretation and help the candidate learn practical tools to help them in their exegesis and hermeneutics of Scripture.
  • Help the candidate engage with various Scriptures in order to practically apply interpretative principles and be able to observe their process and conclusions.
  • Using the Assessment Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a Development Plan for the candidate to be a more effective team leader.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how well the candidate is applying their knowledge of biblical interpretation in their ministry.

Development Plan

  • Based on the Assessment and the Evaluation of that Assessment, a Development Plan will be designed to help the candidate become a better handler of the Word and be able to equip others.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 3.10: Biblical Knowledge

Video

Description & Rationale

Having a firm grasp of the content of the Bible is crucial for the leader who feels called to serve the body of Christ. They must be able to faithfully handle the word of truth in order to help others do the same. While this competency focuses on the actual biblical content, as other competencies have already assessed, it is important for the candidate to also internalize and “live” this Word if they are going to be effective leaders within the church. Factual knowledge is important, but only a starting point. The Word of Truth needs to become experiential knowledge as well.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 3.10 Biblical Knowledge

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 3.10 Biblical Knowledge

3.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Having a firm grasp of the content of the Bible is crucial for the leader who feels called to serve the body of Christ. They must be able to faithfully handle the word of truth in order to help others do the same. While this competency focuses on the actual biblical content, as other competencies have already assessed, it is important for the candidate to also internalize and “live” this Word if they are going to be effective leaders within the church. Factual knowledge is important, but only a starting point. The Word of Truth needs to become experiential knowledge as well.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better understanding regarding their own level of biblical knowledge and the need to continually be growing in their understanding of the biblical narrative or redemptive storyline.
  • Become more self aware of areas of biblical content in which they are weak or deficient and be committed to taking steps to improve in these areas.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide them with feedback regarding their level of biblical understanding and provide tools to help them improve in weak areas.

Core Requirements

  • Depending upon the candidate’s assessment they will be required to fulfill various readings from the following books:

Encountering the New Testament, by Walter A. Elwell & Robert W. Yarbrough.
IVP Introduction to the Bible,  Edited by Philip S. Johnston
Encountering the Old Testament, by Bill T. Arnold and Bryan E. Beyer
Online Resource: www.bibleproject.com

  • The candidate will complete all Bible Knowledge Assessments to determine their level of knowledge in each biblical genre.
  • The candidate will also complete a 5 page summary paper of the unifying redemptive narrative from Genesis to Revelation.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the importance growing their biblical knowledge, particularly as it relates to understanding and communicating the unifying redemptive narrative of the Bible.
  • Assist the candidate in becoming more aware of their strengths and weaknesses with regards to their understanding of the Scriptures.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this important area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). In each genre of Scripture, the candidate will be assessed and then provided with a  personal plan for development.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their biblical knowledge and understanding.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 2.70: Cultural & Generational Intelligence

Video

Description & Rationale

Cultural Intelligence, is an indicator of one’s capacity to adapt to others cultures and work with those from other cultures to accomplish common goals. This may be across diverse ethnic cultures in other countries or one’s own passport country, as well as with cultural subgroups within a homogeneous ethnic society. As with the other “Intelligent Quotients” (EQ – Emotional Intelligence; and MQ – Mentoring Intelligence) this is a learned skill and the leader can increase their capacity in this area. This skill, coupled together with a better understanding of generational differences is critical in becoming an effective leader in an increasingly globalized world.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 2.70 Cultural & Generational Intelligence

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 2.70 Cultural & Generational Intelligence

2.71 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Cultural Intelligence, is an indicator of one’s capacity to adapt to others cultures and work with those from other cultures to accomplish common goals. This may be across diverse ethnic cultures in other countries or one’s own passport country, as well as with cultural subgroups within a homogeneous ethnic society. As with the other “Intelligent Quotients” (EQ – Emotional Intelligence; and MQ – Mentoring Intelligence) this is a learned skill and the leader can increase their capacity in this area. This skill, coupled together with a better understanding of generational differences is critical in becoming an effective leader in an increasingly globalized world.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Become more aware of the need to be self aware of one’s own cultural values and how these affect others from different values and generations.
  • Also have completed the “Six Contrasting Cultural Values Assessment” increasing their understanding and behaviors in dealing with those from other cultures.
  • Have the tools to begin to form teams from diverse cultures and generations and see the value of such teams in fulfilling their calling to serve others.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them process these issues and guide them in implementing changes in their attitude in behavior that may be necessary to be effective.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mentoring Intelligence, Chapter 1, pp. 13-42 (in CL Reading Guide).
MultiCultural Team Building, Chapter 1-3, pp. 1-24.

  • The candidate will complete the “Six Contrasting Cultural Values Assessment” and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-5 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the value of working with those from different generations and cultures/subcultures.
  • Through the assessment, help the candidate identify their values acquired through their culture as well as steps that may be necessary to increase their own CQ.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve greater competency in this area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what disciplines still need to be developed in order for the candidate to prepare to be a learning throughout their personal and ministerial life.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the disciplines that foster lifelong learning.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 2.60: Marriage and Family

Video

Description & Rationale

The leader’s marriage and family is foundation to all that a leader does in ministry. It is impossible to build strong teams in ministry without first having a strong marriage team (The First Team). The key components covered in this competency relate to the health of the leader’s marriage, which includes necessary discussions about the biblical role of men and women, personality differences, communication, boundaries, finances, intimacy as well as specific issues those married go through in ministry.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 2.60 Marriage and Family

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Download the First Team Manual (includes all Assessments and Supplemental materials).

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 2.60 Marriage and Family

2.61 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The leader’s marriage and family is foundation to all that a leader does in ministry. It is impossible to build strong teams in ministry without first having a strong marriage team (The First Team). The key components covered in this competency relate to the health of the leader’s marriage, which includes necessary discussions about the biblical role of men and women, personality differences, communication, boundaries, finances, intimacy as well as specific issues those married go through in ministry.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Understand the importance of a healthy, strong marriage to be effective long term in the ministry.
  • Be able to identify those areas of weakness in their own marriage and be willing and able to take steps to improve their marriage relationship.
  • Begin to develop skills to be able to help others in their marriage relationships.
  • Have had opportunity to discuss marriage issues with an accountability partner or mentor.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

The First Team marriage manual.

  • The candidate will complete the First Team Marriage Assessment and be prepared to discuss this with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete the questions included in the Assessment and discuss these with their spouse and mentoring couple if possible.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the importance of taking the time and developing the skills to have and maintain a healthy marriage.
  • Provide the tools necessary for the candidate to have a healthy marriage as well as show them how to use these tools to help others within their ministries develop strong marriages.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to improve their marriage (or prepare to be married).

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding marriage and ways the candidate can improve their marriage.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their marriage as well as in their ability to help others with their marriages.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 2.50: Interpersonal Health

Video

Description & Rationale

Leaders invest a lot of time developing the obvious leadership skills of vision, strategy, executing a plan and motivating people. While these skills, among others, are important the skill that influences all the others is the ability to establish healthy personal relationships. After all, what is a leader if they have no one to work with? This section will examine interpersonal health by focusing on the importance of healthy personal boundaries in the life of a leader.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 2.50 Interpersonal Health

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 2.50 Interpersonal Health

2.51 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Leaders invest a lot of time developing the obvious leadership skills of vision, strategy, executing a plan and motivating people. While these skills, among others, are important the skill that influences all the others is the ability to establish healthy personal relationships. After all, what is a leader if they have no one to work with? This section will examine interpersonal health by focusing on the importance of healthy personal boundaries in the life of a leader.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a clearer understanding of the importance of healthy relationships in leadership practice.
  • Have a greater awareness of healthy personal boundaries and how to develop and practice them lead to healthy personal relationships.
  • Have started to take the necessary steps to grow in their areas of healthy personal relationships.
  • Have had opportunity to articulate with an accountability partner or mentor their understanding of the importance of personal boundaries leading to effective leadership.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

The Ten Laws of Boundaries, by Henry Cloud and John Townsend. This can be accessed as a free PDF at www.boundariesbooks.com. (It is also chapter 5 of Boundaries by Cloud and Townsend.) OR your mentor or Regional Network Coach can provide a substitute in your language.

  • The candidate will complete the Interpersonal Health Self-Assessment.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-5 page discussing what they learned from the assessment questionnaire and the importance of healthy personal boundaries for leaders.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate become more self aware as to the nature of their personal relationships and how having healthy personal boundaries can help.
  • From their own experience, the mentor will guide the candidate to identify any potential weaknesses and how to serve from a place of health and not personal need.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this foundational area of interpersonal relationships.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding interpersonal relationships personal calling and how the candidate can become a more effective servant leader.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their particular sphere of influence.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 2.40: Mentoring Intelligence

Video

Description & Rationale

Mentoring Intelligence is a person’s capacity and ability to develop others. As with EQ (Emotional Intelligence or Quotient), MQ is a learned skill, not something the leader is born with. Mentoring is a process by which, through a personal relationship, one leader helps another person reach their God-given goals. To be effective in passing on leadership, an individual needs to be intentional for this to occur and then learn the skills to implement this in their daily lifestyle. Mentoring others is essential in fulfilling God’s calling in the leader’s life, for without this it will be unlikely that they will finish well in ministry.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 2.40 Mentoring Intelligence

Download additional mentoring materials.

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 2.40 Mentoring Intelligence

2.41 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Mentoring Intelligence is a person’s capacity and ability to develop others. As with EQ (Emotional Intelligence or Quotient), MQ is a learned skill, not something the leader is born with. Mentoring is a process by which, through a personal relationship, one leader helps another person reach their God-given goals. To be effective in passing on leadership, an individual needs to be intentional for this to occur and then learn the skills to implement this in their daily lifestyle. Mentoring others is essential in fulfilling God’s calling in the leader’s life, for without this it will be unlikely that they will finish well in ministry.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a clear understanding of mentoring and be motivated to make mentoring a key part of their life and ministry.
  • Have completed the Mentoring Assessment for Individuals and discuss with mentor.
  • Initiate a mentoring relationship with another person using the tools provided in this program.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can guide them as they begin to mentor others.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1 pp. 1-48.
Ministry Guide – The Essentials, “Developing Others 1,” pp. 1-16.

  • The candidate will complete the Mentoring Intelligence Assessment (for Leaders) and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-5 page reflective summary of what they have learned about their own MQ and steps they can take to begin mentoring.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate recognize the importance of mentoring for their life and ministry.
  • Provide tools to the candidate to assist them as they begin to mentor others; coaching them as they take the initiate a mentoring relationship.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to help them become an effective mentor of others.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding the candidate’s gifts and how they can be more effective in the future.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate increase their mentoring quotient (MQ).
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 2.30: Communication

Video

Description & Rationale

Communication is the indispensable skill required for every leader. However, few are born with the skills required for good communication and need to learn these skills. The skills of communication include speaking, listening and responding, as well as reading and writing. It is important to recognize that each of these skills is influenced by the leader’s experience, awareness, focus, personality, emotional intelligence, degree of sincerity and level of respect for others. This competency focuses on personal communication and how this is reflected in conversation.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 2.30 Communication

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 2.30 Communication

2.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Communication is the indispensable skill required for every leader. However, few are born with the skills required for good communication and need to learn these skills. The skills of communication include speaking, listening and responding, as well as reading and writing. It is important to recognize that each of these skills is influenced by the leader’s experience, awareness, focus, personality, emotional intelligence, degree of sincerity and level of respect for others. This competency focuses on personal communication and how this is reflected in conversation.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding and appreciation of the need to develop the skills necessary for effective communication.
  • Become aware of areas of growth needed through the various Assessments and reflective questions.
  • Begin to take practical steps in order to grow in their ability to communicate effectively in their personal and professional relationships.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them on this journey.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Overview of Communication Skills and Competencies

  • The candidate will complete the Communication Skills Self-Assessment as well as the Communication Skills Third-party Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete all written requirements included in the Overview of Communication Skills and Competencies.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate assess the level of effectiveness of their current communication skills  and areas they need to grow and develop.
  • To assist the candidate to develop new communication skills and become more self aware of their communication style and how it affects others.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve greater competency as a communicator.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what areas of communication that the candidate sill needs to grow.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their effectiveness as a communicator.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 2.20: Team Dynamics

Video

Description & Rationale

This competency measures the ability to build cohesive groups (combining diverse people into an effective group which fulfills a common purpose), identify and empower others in their gifts and skills, and communicate in such a way that others gain a strong sense of ownership and responsibility for a common vision. This is a critical competency for a leader’s expanding influence and is best achieved by expanding the leadership base of an organization. The New Testament shows us (first through Jesus then through the Apostle Paul) that ministry success is seen in developing others and working together in Kingdom ministry.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 2.20 Team Dynamics

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 2.20 Team Dynamics

2.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

This competency measures the ability to build cohesive groups (combining diverse people into an effective group which fulfills a common purpose), identify and empower others in their gifts and skills, and communicate in such a way that others gain a strong sense of ownership and responsibility for a common vision. This is a critical competency for a leader’s expanding influence and is best achieved by expanding the leadership base of an organization. The New Testament shows us (first through Jesus then through the Apostle Paul) that ministry success is seen in developing others and working together in Kingdom ministry.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • Be able to identify the components of building effective teams and explain their importance in accomplishing common goals.
  • Be more aware of their strengths and weaknesses in building cohesive groups; promoting the gifts of others and creating ownership of ministry.
  • Have a better understanding of how to build a strong team and begin to implement this within the teams that they lead and are a part of.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback as they implement these changes, as well as visiting their teams and providing constructive input.

ore Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

                Ministry Guide – The Essentials, TeamBuilding, pp. 23-28.
                Multi-Cultural Team Building (Jeske), pp. 19-24; 28-32.

  • The candidate will complete the Team Dynamics Assessment as well as have a mentor or colleague complete it as a Third Party Assessment.
  • The candidate will also write a reflective 2-3 page summary paper discussing what they have learned from the Team Dynamic Assessment, which they should also be prepared to discussed with the mentor.

Mentoring Goals

The goal of the mentor is to:

  • Assist the candidate in appreciating the importance of a team approach to ministry and provide practical tools to help them develop strong teams.
  • Help the candidate with the development of their team by spending time together with the team and providing constructive feedback as to how the candidate can improve.
  • Using the Assessment Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a Development Plan for the candidate to be a more effective team leader.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how congruent the candidate’s life and ministry is with their core values.

Development Plan

  • Based on the Team Dynamics Assessment and the Evaluation of that Assessment, a Development Plan will be designed to help the candidate become a better team leader.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 2.10: Emotional Intelligence

Video

Description & Rationale

Emotional intelligence is the ability to recognize and understand your emotions and how they positively or negatively affect your responses to circumstances and people as well as recognizing your emotional impact on others and how they respond to you. It is also the ability to recognize the emotional state of others and what emotions are evoked in your reaction to them. Leaders often work in stressful or potentially stressful circumstances associated with demanding situations and people, as well as carrying the responsibility of the organization. High emotional intelligence enables the leader to manage their emotions and work well under pressure.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 2.10 Emotional Intelligence

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 2.10 Emotional Intelligence

2.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Emotional intelligence is the ability to recognize and understand your emotions and how they positively or negatively affect your responses to circumstances and people as well as recognizing your emotional impact on others and how they respond to you. It is also the ability to recognize the emotional state of others and what emotions are evoked in your reaction to them. Leaders often work in stressful or potentially stressful circumstances associated with demanding situations and people, as well as carrying the responsibility of the organization. High emotional intelligence enables the leader to manage their emotions and work well under pressure.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Gain a better conceptual knowledge of Emotional Intelligence and how it relates to their leadership.
  • Become more self aware of areas where they are lacking in emotional intelligence and steps they can take to improve in these areas.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide them with feedback regarding their emotional intelligence and share any discrepancies between their own self awareness and how others perceive them.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will view the four part video series “Emotional Intelligence for Pastors” presented by the Pursue God Network at www.pursuegodnetwork.org/emotional-intelligence-for-pastors-series/ OR an equivalent assignment in your language if not available.
  • The candidate will complete the following reading and exercise:

Four Quadrants of Leadership Relationships (included in this chapter).

  • The candidate will complete the Emotional Intelligent Assessment as well as follow up questions and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-4 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the importance of emotional intelligence, particularly as it relates to Christian leadership.
  • Assist the candidate in becoming more self-aware of their own emotional intelligence quotient and discuss ways to increase their quotient in weak areas.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this important area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what areas of emotional intelligence the candidate needs to grow in order to be an effective leader.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their emotional intelligence.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 1.80: Lifelong Learning

Video

Description & Rationale

Lifelong learning is an attitude that drives a leader toward continual development in leadership/ministry understanding and skills. Characteristics common to this attitude include, curiosity, catalytic thinking, resource awareness, a learning perspective, and a reflective approach. Lifelong learning is a necessary leadership practice that is important for continued growth, adapting to change, dealing with challenges, and perseverance over the marathon of ministry.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.80 Lifelong Learning

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.80 Lifelong Learning

1.81 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Lifelong learning is an attitude that drives a leader toward continual development in leadership/ministry understanding and skills. Characteristics common to this attitude include, curiosity, catalytic thinking, resource awareness, a learning perspective, and a reflective approach. Lifelong learning is a necessary leadership practice that is important for continued growth, adapting to change, dealing with challenges, and perseverance over the marathon of ministry.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a great appreciation of the need to be a lifelong learner to be an effective leader.
  • Also have completed a Lifelong Learning exercise to assess their own dedication to lifelong learning.
  • Have begun to take steps to develop several disciples that will ensure they form habits for continual learning throughout their lifetime.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them from their own experience.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 10, pp. 97-98.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 2.1, pp. 110-112.

  • The candidate will complete the Lifelong Learning Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the importance of being dedicated to lifelong learning.
  • Through the assessment, help the candidate identify missing components in their strategy to be a lifelong learner, using their own experience as motivation and context.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this important area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what disciplines still need to be developed in order for the candidate to prepare to be a learning throughout their personal and ministerial life.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the disciplines that foster lifelong learning.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 1.70: Leadership Capacity

Video

Description & Rationale

Leadership Capacity is having a realistic understanding of leadership capability and function based on skill development and experience while taking into consideration issues of character, gifts, motivation and growth potential. Being aware of leadership capacity helps a leader have an accurate view of their capability which can guide them through times of transition and making decisions regarding personal goal setting and opportunities that may present themselves.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.70 Leadership Capacity

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.70 Leadership Capacity

1.71 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Leadership Capacity is having a realistic understanding of leadership capability and function based on skill development and experience while taking into consideration issues of character, gifts, motivation and growth potential. Being aware of leadership capacity helps a leader have an accurate view of their capability which can guide them through times of transition and making decisions regarding personal goal setting and opportunities that may present themselves.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a better understanding of the importance of building leadership capacity in their lives.
  • Be able to identify those areas which are hindering their ability to increase their leadership capacity.
  • Have skills to implement strategies to mitigate hindrances to developing leadership capacity in their lives.
  • Have had opportunity to discuss this competency with an accountability partner or mentor.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 3.2, pp. 65-84.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 3.3, pp. 85-105.

  • The candidate will complete the Leadership Capacity Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 1-2 page paper reflecting on the Assessment questions, as well as a three to four page paper discussing how leadership capacity integrates with the following: godly character, spiritual disciplines, spiritual gifts, ministry calling, as well as understanding phases of leadership.

Mentoring Goals

  • To guide the candidate in understanding leadership capacity and helping them become more self-aware of their own particular capacity.
  • Assist the candidate identify areas which may be hindering their leadership capacity and life strategies that can help them mitigate hindering habits and behaviors.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency as they grow in their leadership capacity.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding leadership capacity and ways the candidate can increase it in their lives.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their leadership capacity.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 1.60: Leadership Philosophy

Video

Description & Rationale

A Philosophy of Leadership is the integration of a leader’s understanding and practice of godly character, core values, personality, gifts and overall calling and role within a biblical model of servanthood, which leads to a clear understanding as to how and why one should serve the Body of Christ and what ultimately defines success in ministry. A leader’s philosophy of leadership based upon a biblical model of servanthood will influence every decision the leader makes and how congruent their activities are with their values and identity.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.60 Leadership Philosophy

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.60 Leadership Philosophy

1.61 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

A Philosophy of Leadership is the integration of a leader’s understanding and practice of godly character, core values, personality, gifts and overall calling and role within a biblical model of servanthood, which leads to a clear understanding as to how and why one should serve the Body of Christ and what ultimately defines success in ministry. A leader’s philosophy of leadership based upon a biblical model of servanthood will influence every decision the leader makes and how congruent their activities are with their values and identity.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a clear understanding Jesus model of servant leadership and how this impacts their own ministry.
  • Have a comprehensive framework, based on the previous chapters and this one, as to how their character, personality, gifts, and calling impact who they are as a servant leader.
  • Begin to make changes in any of their ministry activities that contradict a servant leader model.
  • Have spent time with an accountability partner or mentor who can help them better understand servant leadership and how this is reflected in their calling.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Ministry Guide – The Essentials, Developing Others 1, pp. 1-7.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 3.1, pp. 49-63.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 4.1, pp. 107-123.

  • The candidate will complete the Servant Leadership Assessment and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 1-2 page paper reflecting on the Assessment questions and address areas they scored low in, as well as a five page paper integrating each of the previous competencies into their role as a servant leader in the Body of Christ.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate fully understand the importance of servanthood as a foundation for all service and ministry.
  • Assist the candidate identify areas where their philosophy of ministry is not reflected in how they function in their role in the Body of Christ.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this foundational area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding servant leadership and ways the candidate can grow in their servanthood.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow as a servant leader.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 1.50: Ministry Calling

Video

Description & Rationale

All believers have been called to be ministers of reconciliation in a fallen world (2 Cor. 5:18). This calling is not limited to a few believers but is for all; we are all a chosen people and a royal priesthood (I Peter 2:5, 9-10). However, according to our gifts, some have been given the opportunity and responsibility to have a role of equipping other believers in the Body of Christ. This sphere of influence or “ministry” is not so much a position as it is an avenue of service to others. This study focuses on this sphere of leadership and so it is crucial for the leader to fully comprehend the purpose of God in their life in order to be effective.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.50 Ministry Calling

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.50 Ministry Calling

1.51 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

All believers have been called to be ministers of reconciliation in a fallen world (2 Cor. 5:18). This calling is not limited to a few believers but is for all; we are all a chosen people and a royal priesthood (I Peter 2:5, 9-10). However, according to our gifts, some have been given the opportunity and responsibility to have a role of equipping other believers in the Body of Christ. This sphere of influence or “ministry” is not so much a position as it is an avenue of service to others. This study focuses on this sphere of leadership and so it is crucial for the leader to fully comprehend the purpose of God in their life in order to be effective.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a clearer understanding of their role in the Body of Christ as someone with an equipping gift.
  • Have a greater awareness of how their “calling” is influenced by both their personality, giftings and role.
  • Have started to take the necessary steps to grow in their areas of influence and calling, mitigating any weak or immature tendencies.
  • Have had opportunity to articulate with an accountability partner or mentor their understanding of their role and calling in ministry.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 1.3, pp. 83-98; 188-190.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 4.1, pp. 107-123.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 1.1, 49-64 (Personality Style).

  • The candidate will complete the Ministry Calling Survey questions. If they have not previously completed the Personality Style Survey, and Personal Calling Statement, these should also be completed at this time.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-5 page summary paper incorporating observation from each of these requirements.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate become more self aware as to their calling and potential motivations they may have to serve the Body of Christ in this capacity.
  • From their own experience, the mentor will guide the candidate to identify any potential weaknesses and how to serve from a place of health and not personal need.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this foundational area of calling.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding personal calling and how the candidate can become a more effective servant leader.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their particular sphere of influence.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 1.40: Spiritual Gifts

Video

Description & Rationale

The Spiritual Gifts are special abilities and qualities given my God to believers in order to fulfill the purpose of his Body here on earth. While it is important for a leader to discover their natural abilities and talents, in order to be most effective in serving the Body of Christ, they need to also identify the gifts that God has given them to serve His people. Together with a leader’s character and values, understanding one’s gifts is essential in fulfilling one’s life and ministry purpose as a leader.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.40 Spiritual Gifts

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.40 Spiritual Gifts

1.41 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The Spiritual Gifts are special abilities and qualities given my God to believers in order to fulfill the purpose of his Body here on earth. While it is important for a leader to discover their natural abilities and talents, in order to be most effective in serving the Body of Christ, they need to also identify the gifts that God has given them to serve His people. Together with a leader’s character and values, understanding one’s gifts is essential in fulfilling one’s life and ministry purpose as a leader.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a clearer biblical understanding of what the gifts are and what some of the gifts they have.
  • Have completed the Spiritual Gift Assessment and have a deeper awareness of how God has used them in the past and ways he may want to use them to the serve the Body of Christ in the future.
  • Have started to take prayerful, practical steps to not only identify their gifts but identify which gifts they need to be effective in their calling.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can provide feedback as to what gifts they see in the candidate’s life and encourage them to exercise them more fully.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 11, pp. 111-121.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 1.2, pp. 65-82.

  • The candidate will complete the Gift Survey and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 3-5 page summary of what they have learned.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate identify their current gifts and potential latent gifts.
  • Help the candidate learn how they can use their gifts more effectively and how their calling in ministry corresponds to these gifts.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to help them use their gifts more competently.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding the candidate’s gifts and how they can be more effective in the future.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the use of their gifts.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

Episode 1.30: Spiritual Disciplines

Video

Description & Rationale

The Spiritual Disciplines are specific activities and practices taught throughout Scripture that facilitate a personal relationship with God and leads to a greater understanding and growth in our faith. The spiritual disciplines are not practiced in order to gain God’s favor or out of duty, but rather to maintain a listening heart to the Lord and daily connection with him. This is the source of the leader’s spiritual strength that helps to resist temptation and avoid becoming stagnant in their faith which results in unrealized leadership potential.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.30 Spiritual Disciplines

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.30 Spiritual Disciplines

1.31 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The Spiritual Disciplines are specific activities and practices taught throughout Scripture that facilitate a personal relationship with God and leads to a greater understanding and growth in our faith. The spiritual disciplines are not practiced in order to gain God’s favor or out of duty, but rather to maintain a listening heart to the Lord and daily connection with him. This is the source of the leader’s spiritual strength that helps to resist temptation and avoid becoming stagnant in their faith which results in unrealized leadership potential.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a greater understanding and appreciation of the spiritual disciplines and how to implement them in their lives with grace rather than in a legalistic way.
  • Have completed the reflected questions of the Spiritual Discipline Assessment and receive feedback from their mentor regarding their responses.
  • Begin to take steps to implement the spiritual disciplines in their life that fosters a deeper walk with God.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them on this journey.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 2.0, pp. 39-53 and Chapter 5.0, pp. 89-104.
Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 2, Chapter 10, pp. 83-103.
Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 2.1, pp. 99-113.

  • The candidate will complete the Spiritual Disciplines Assessment questions and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor.
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page reflective summary and proposal paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate assess the health of their relationship with God and how the Disciplines can help them grow in their faith.
  • To encourage the candidate to implement the Disciplines in their life in a greater way, identifying those areas in which they are weak.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve greater competency in personal growth.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what disciplines they still need to grow in so that they maintain a healthy relationship with God throughout their life.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in the spiritual disciplines.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

 

 

Episode 1.20: Core Values

Video

Description & Rationale

Core values are the traits, convictions and passions that form the basis for character development and ministry effectiveness. Core values are different from beliefs and assumptions in that values usually are the expression or reflection of these. Having an understanding of, and being able to clearly articulate core values, allows a leader to have congruency between what they are doing and how they are doing it as it relates to ministry emphasis and priority. Using a series of reflective questions this section will provide the opportunity for discussion and reflection, as well as point the candidate to a development plan.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.20 Core Values

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.20 Core Values

1.21 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

Core values are the traits, convictions and passions that form the basis for character development and ministry effectiveness. Core values are different from beliefs and assumptions in that values usually are the expression or reflection of these. Having an understanding of, and being able to clearly articulate core values, allows a leader to have congruency between what they are doing and how they are doing it as it relates to ministry emphasis and priority. Using a series of reflective questions this section will provide the opportunity for discussion and reflection, as well as point the candidate to a development plan.

Objectives

Upon completion of this competency the candidate should:

  • Be able to define core values and have a working knowledge of their importance.
  • Have completed an introspective analysis of their core values based on the Evaluation Questionnaire.
  • Begin to formulate how their core values impact their ministry and eventual impact for the Kingdom.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them focus their ministry based on their core values.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

                Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 1.3, pp. 83-98; 187-188.

  • The candidate will complete the Core Values Assessment and be prepared to discuss responses with their mentor. If not done previously, they should also complete their Timeline.
  • The candidate will also write a reflective 2-3 page summary paper discussing what they have learned from the questions on core values. This will also then be discussed with the mentor.

Mentoring Goals

The goal of the mentor is to:

  • Assist the candidate in appreciating the importance and purpose of identifying core values as well as completing a Timeline.
  • Help the candidate bring focus to their core values and see how they apply to their current and future ministry.
  • Using the Assessment Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a Development Plan for the candidate.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding how congruent the candidate’s life and ministry is with their core values.

Development Plan

  • Based on the Core Values Assessment and the Evaluation of that Assessment, a Development Plan will be designed to help the candidate integrate their core values in their life and ministry.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

 

Episode 1.10: Godly Character

Video

Description & Rationale

The foundational competency of the Christian leader is self-competency in the area of their character. The guideline for this is based on God’s Word, which is the measure of our growth in this area. While ministry is often considered “doing,” according to God’s standards, who we are, our “being” must precede all ministry activities. Even before one’s gifts and skills are assessed, we must consider the degree to which we understand and obey the commands to have Christ’s character within us.

Resources

Download the Materials for Competency 1.10 Godly Character 

From our Resource Page each of the 40 competencies in the program can be downloaded.Each includes the complete syllabus, assessments and reading materials.

Check out our full list of Christian Leadership Institute videos.

To view other leadership resources available as downloads.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

To view our other leadership video series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Syllabus: 1.10 Godly Character

1.11 Syllabus

Description and Rationale

The foundational competency of the Christian leader is self-competency in the area of their character. The guideline for this is based on God’s Word, which is the measure of our growth in this area. While ministry is often considered “doing,” according to God’s standards, who we are, our “being” must precede all ministry activities. Even before one’s gifts and skills are assessed, we must consider the degree to which we understand and obey the commands to have Christ’s character within us.

Objectives

Upon completion of this Competency the candidate should:

  • Have a biblical understanding of what God requires of those who equip others in the Body.
  • Have completed an introspective analysis of their own Character as compared with biblical requirements and Christ’s own character.
  • Begin to take steps to work on those weak areas of their character through the spiritual disciplines.
  • Have an accountability partner or mentor who can help them on this journey.

Core Requirements

  • The candidate will complete the following readings:

Discipling thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 1.0 & 3.0, pp. 25-37; 55-71

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships, Guide 1, Chapter 2.2, pp. 115-135.

  • The candidate will complete the Character Qualities Assessment (based on I Timothy 3:1-7 & Titus 1:5-9) and be prepared to discuss their responses with their mentor
  • The candidate will also complete a 2-3 page reflective summary paper.

Mentoring Goals

  • To help the candidate appreciate the need to focus on character before service.
  • Assist the candidate identify those weak areas of their character and encourage them to grow in these areas.
  • Using the Candidate Evaluation and other resources provided, the mentor will design a development plan for the candidate in order to achieve competency in this important area.

Candidate Evaluation

  • The candidate will be evaluated as to their level of development in this competency (Undeveloped, Developed, or Proficient). Using the chart provided, the mentor will facilitate a discussion regarding what areas of character growth are still needed in order for the minister to be effective in their area of service.

Development Plan

  • Based upon the Candidate Evaluation, an appropriate development plan will be designed to help the candidate grow in their godly character.
  • This will include further work from the core readings, additional comprehensive learning, supplemental assignments, and various practicums.

 

Episode 16: The Barnabas Factor

Video

Description

In this final episode in this series, Dr. Phil leads the listener to consider doing a relational inventory to determine if they have a healthy balance of relationships in their lives. Are you a mentor to others? Do you have various mentors in your own life? The series wraps up with the New Testament narrative of Barnabas in the book of Acts, someone who opened doors for others. It is unlikely he would have done this without understanding Jesus’ teaching of servant leadership. He investing in others like Paul and John Mark, and likely many others not specifically mentioned in the Scriptures. Without his selfless efforts we likely would not have had much of the New Testament including one quarter of the Gospels. Phil’s final challenge is for all of us to be like Barnabas. Being willing to be the unsung heroes in the background, investing in others without caring who gets the credit. This is the real influence and authority of leadership. If we do this we will be amazed at what God will do through our lives.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 16 Intro: Be the Unsung Hero

You likely may never have done a relational inventory, but if we are going to finish our race well, our relationships are arguably our most valuable asset. In this last episode I am going to challenge you to consider your current relationships to see if there are obvious gaps. Do you have peer mentors? How about upward mentors? Are you functioning as a mentor to someone else? As we wrap up, my hope is that you will take practical steps in your life and ministry to be a Barnabas in your generation.

Your Relational Network

As we grow and progress throughout the stages of our life and ministry, to be effective leaders at every stage we need many types of relationships. Having a variety of relationships that form a balanced relational network is one of the most strategic indicators of a leader who will finish well. This network includes spouses, family members, senior leaders, ministry team members, mentors, mentorees, as well as various levels of peer relationships.

I’d like to provide you with a few steps to manage your relational network. I understand we are usually not this intentional in evaluating our relationships, but I would suggest that the relationships in our lives are arguable our most valued resource. We manage our money, our time, our stuff, so why not be intentional in managing our relationships? How would this help us finish well? The reality is that in order to achieve our full potential, while remaining healthy spiritually, emotionally, mentally and physically, we must have a varied network of relationships.

The first step in this process is to identify what stage of life we are in and make an assessment of our own developmental needs. As with doing a Timeline, this requires introspection and self-awareness. Next we need to make a list of all our relationships and identify if we have a variety of mentors and determine where we are functioning as a mentor. Then we need to identify the opportunities that exist for new relationships or ways to enrich current relationships.  If there seem to be few options, an individual needs to look beyond one’s own church or group or organization and prayerfully ask the Lord to lead them to those relationships that can produce mutual benefit. As we increase our own interpersonal skills we will be able to better relate to others. As we go through this exercise, do we notice gaps in our existing relational network? Do we have those who we gain strength and are investing in us. Are there those we are mentoring? Do I have peer relationships who I am on the journey with?

A Tale of Three Leaders

As we wrap up our series on mentoring, I would like to spend a few moments with likely one of my favorite characters from the New Testament. He did not get much press in the early church, but without him we would not have had most of the New Testament, or a quarter of the Gospels, not to mention far fewer church plants. You may be thinking that I am referring to the famous Apostle Paul. Good guess but I am thinking of someone else.

In Acts 4 we see an early church firing on all cylinders. People are coming to Jesus, they are living in community, exciting things are happening. Almost as an afterthought my favorite character is introduced, he was a Levite from Cypress. Need another hint? Okay his original name was Joseph? Hmm. How about this, his nickname was “son of encouragement.” Of course, I am speaking of none other than the illusive Barnabas.

After Acts 4 we don’t hear from Barnabas for a while. Before we hear from him again, the author introduces us to who was to become the main character in the early church. This guy was busy imprisoning and killing the followers of the new sect called The Way. He felt that it was his duty to stamp it out. He had actually just witnessed its first martyr. These were also heady days for this Pharisee of Pharisees, this expert in the law, this all around smug guy. Of course that was all before that fateful ride to Damascus. You know the story I am sure. In Acts 9 a certain Saul is on his way to persecute  those who were  part of this Christian sect.

Well we know what happens next. There was a bright light, an unceremonious fall off a horse, followed by darkness and a visit from a local prophet. The day was not really going the way he expected, to say the least. Within days,  Saul has a dramatic conversion, sees the light and goes to the synagogue proclaiming that Jesus was indeed the Son of God. Well as you can imagine that did not go over very well with his employers. Meanwhile, those he had only days earlier been persecuting were scared spitless of him. For good reason, they probably all had friends and relatives still in jail because of him. So he tries to join the disciples in Jerusalem, which was ground zero of this new sect, but they were all too fearful of him and likely questioned his intentions.

It is at this point that Barnabas enters the narrative again. I actually think this is one of the most consequential verses of the Acts narrative. In Acts 9:27, Luke writes, “But Barnabas.”  We know that Barnabas was recognized and had credibility in the early community of believers. Remember he was known as the son of encouragement. Now he lays all his capital on the line. He obviously sees something in this gifted, yet flawed, upstart and risks his reputation. He vouches for Saul and personally introduces him to all his buddies, the higher ups in Jerusalem. He was taking a substantial risk on this new guy. What a model for us.

At this point Luke continues to follow the exploits of Peter. It is not until Chapter 11 that we see Barnabas again. Now he is in the church in the city of Antioch. He needs some help and he remembers this guy Saul that he vouched for and invites him to join him. They teach there for a year and then in Chapter 13 they are sent by this church to do foreign missions work. Now Barnabas, being the networker that he was, thinks it would be a good idea to take his young cousin, John Mark with them. At first, things were are going well, but at some point between Paaphos and Perga things went sideways. Not sure if Saul made Mark carry his bag or if he was expecting to do more of the preaching, but for whatever reason, he deserts the team and heads back to the familiarity of Jerusalem. In this chapter there is another subtle change that is worth noting. Up to this point the team is known as the Barnabas and Saul ministry team. But after giving his first recoded sermon, he is known as Paul and from verse 46 onward Luke  referred to the duo as the Paul and Barnabas missions team, not the original Barnabas and Paul team.

I am sure Barnabas could have been thinking, Who does this guy think he is? Why am I now having to play second fiddle to him? After all, where would he be if I hadn’t stuck my neck out and introduced him to my buddies in Jerusalem?  Now that may have been what I would have thought, but it seems Barnabas got the memo of what kingdom leadership was all about, serving others, not self. He never wrote a nasty email to all the Jerusalem leaders saying, “Ya, I made a mistake with Paul, look he is now taking over!”  In 15:36 they embark on their second missions trip and true to form, Barnabas has a great idea. “Hey let’s give young John Mark another chance.” Well as you know that did not go over very well with Paul. Of course with all his talent and ambition he had a lot of lost time to make up for, he had places to be, people to teach, Epistles to write. Actually there was such a disagreement between them that they went their separate ways – Barnabas with John Mark and Paul with Silas. Again, though, there was no name calling, questioning motives, nasty messages on the social media of the day. So there is a side lesson there for sure.

Full Circle: Barnabas, Paul, Mark

I don’t think it stretches the meaning of the text to see that they did not share the same values when it came to developing others. Barnabas was a mentor at heart. He had opened doors for Paul when he was still Saul no one would give him the time of day. Now he was doing the same with John Mark. Who knows how many other leaders in the early church he mentored that we do not even know about. Now to Paul’s credit, much like Peter eventually coming around, he eventually did get his priorities and values sorted out. Throughout his Epistles we see Paul with team members like Timothy, Titus, Onesimus, Epaphroditus, and the list goes on. He realized that ministry was a team sport and you have to build your team.

At the end of his life, when Paul is in prison, there is a passing reference (2 Tim 4:11) that I think speaks volumes. Apparently, many had deserted him by this point and only Luke was still with him. So he asks Timothy to bring Mark to him, “for he is helpful for me in my ministry.” Interesting. Now how do you suppose Mark became helpful for the mighty Paul in his ministry. My guess is had something to do with a guy called Barnabas… a guy who faded from the limelight of Acts, but continued to develop young leaders like Mark. He opened up doors for him, training him, mentoring him. The same thing he did for Paul all those years early. A guy willing to work in the background, but whose life had great influence. How much of the New Testament would we have without Barnabas opening doors for a mistrusted Paul? How many church would not have been planted without the leaders he mentored?

Be a Barnabas!

Are we willing to be a Barnabas? Yes it requires a heart and mind transformation to view leadership differently than others in our culture and our church. We have to be willing to see others go beyond us. We have to risk our own ministry and reputation to open doors for the next generation. But if we are not concerned about who gets the credit, we may be amazed one day what God will be able to do through our lives. Remember God’s plan in our lives encompasses more than just our generation, he is the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. Ministry and life is a marathon, let’s play a good long game, not focus so much on our short game. Developing others through mentoring will not only provide you with a fulfilling, meaningful life but will ensure you will leave a legacy in this life and the life to come.

We began our series with the question, Why is mentoring not as common as it could or should be? Why is it not the go to means by which to develop the next generation of leaders? We discovered that we needed to define our terms and clarify the Kingdom values as taught by Jesus. We also discovered that it is virtually impossible to mentor someone else and see them develop even beyond us, without the heart of a servant. A final discovery has been that mentoring is really difficult when our church and organizational cultures are based on values that hinder such relationships. Even if there is a lack of mentors, I hope you have been encouraged with the possibility of peer mentoring. I hope this series will help you develop your teams and be even more effective for the Kingdom.

Thanks again for joining me. You may have noticed this topic is a bit of a life passion of mine and has informed most of my ministry and leadership activities. If you missed any episodes, I would encourage you to check them out as each episode builds on previous ones. Any feedback you have is appreciated. I look forward to having you join me in one of my other Leadershipmatters Podcasts. God bless.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

What did you discover through the Relational Network exercise? Are there gaps you need to prayerfully consider filling?

What did you learn from the story of Barnabas? How could you be a Barnabas within your spheres of influence?

In what ways can you create a lifestyle of mentoring in your ministry and leadership?

Episode 15: Throw ’em the Keys

Video

Description

Continuing from the previous episode, Phil continues his teaching on the four phases of mentoring relationships and how an understanding of this dynamic leads to healthy peer mentoring. The key to the four phases of a mentoring relationship is understanding that a separation is necessary to maintain a healthy relationship. The separation phase is a time to redefine the relationship. This redefinition stage leads to several levels of peer mentors, from mere contact, to close, to confidants. He describes each of these and what some of the factors are that determine what level of peer mentoring can be expected after a more intensive mentoring relationship. Using examples from his own life and ministry he illustrates how these close intimate mentoring relationships need to transition to a new type of peer relationship as the mentoree grows and develops.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 15 Intro: Redefining the Relationship

In our last episode we discovered that upward mentoring relationships have a shelf life, so we need to be prepared to transition the relationship into more of  a peer mentoring one. This will require an intentional separation and redefinition of the relationship. Failing to do so will be unhealthy for both the mentor and the mentoree. In this episode in the series, we will conclude our discussion on peer mentoring by asking, “What determines what level of peer relationship will develop?” and “What are the options possible for a peer mentoring relationship?”

 Breaking Up is Good to Do

Even if one has been fortunate enough to have an upward mentoring relationship, it will eventually need to transition into a peer mentoring one. The nature and purpose of the mentoring relationship, as well as how complementary both parties felt the relationship was, are strong indicators as to the success of the transition to a peer relationship.  The type of peer mentoring relationship that will develop is dependent upon many variables. Peer mentoring provides many of the same benefits as other mentoring relationships, but there are also certain additional benefits. One advantage is that each party can be both the mentor and the mentoree at the same time. It is also the case that peer mentors are usually more available in each stage of life and ministry.

“Throw me the Keys!”

The Four Phases of a mentoring relationship that we looked at highlight the importance of preparing to redefine the relationship. Perhaps I can illustrate it this way. I don’t know if you have ever taught someone to drive a car, but if not I am sure you can relate from having become a driver yourself. I remember first teaching our daughter to drive while still living in Berlin.

Like many, we first began by driving around parking lots. She eventually progressed to the road and was able to go pass her driving test. What happens the first weekend after she gets her license? Let’s assume she comes to me and says, “Hey Dad I want to go out this Friday, can I have the keys to the car.” Well, you see I am still thinking old phase and so I say, “Sorry I am busy, I won’t be able to go.” She then states the obvious. “I don’t want you to go, Dad, I want to go with my friends. All I need is your car!”

Well my hands might get clammy, my blood may run cold as I realize a serious flaw in my plan in assisting her to get her licence. I hadn’t connected the dots that this meant my “little” girl was going to be out there on the dangerous roads in a metal weapon on four wheels all by herself. But wasn’t that the very reason for her to have a licence in the first place? So that she can drive a vehicle independently on her own?  So now all I need to do is “Throw her the keys.” Now, at that point, I can fumble around in the my pocket and mumble something about, Sorry, I don’t know where the keys are, you’ll have to stay here were it is nice and safe.” Well if you’ve had kids, you know how good that will go over!

At some point in the mentoring relationship, our mentoree is going to ask the equivalent of “Throw me the keys.” We will then have a choice to make. If it was about control we will hang on to them and not allow the natural separation and redefinition phase of the relationship take place. Is not the whole point of the mentoring relationship to equip them in order to release them? If we understand this separation phase as healthy, then we will not fight it or fight them. We will take the initiative to redefine the relationship, just like we do with adult children. This is the flaw of the spiritual fathering model that seeks to hang on and keep someone under our control. The reality is that they will eventually get someone to throw them the keys. If we don’t, someone else will and we will no longer have any influence in their lives. At that point we’ll wish we had given them our keys. We can be part of the transition or force them to tear away from us. Those are the only really two options.

Back to my driving analogy.  Let’s assume my daughter went on to become a famous driver on the Formula 1 circuit, obviously becoming a very proficient, famous driver. So I invite some buddies over on a Saturday night to watch her on TV. When she wins the race that takes the trophy, what do you think will go through my mind? Will I be thinking, “Who does she think she is, driving faster than me? And by the way, when she took the trophy, she did not even mention my name, and I taught her how to drive!” No, of course not! I am more likely going to brag to my buddies, “Yup, that’s my girl, taught her everything she knows!” Okay the last part may not be totally true, but I am going to be proud of her and take as much credit as I can!

Isn’t that what we should do with those that we mentor? We should be proud when they surpass us, when they go beyond what we were able to do. The last thing we should be doing is trying to hold them back. Yet, you and I know that this unfortunately happens all the time with threatened, insecure leaders. Part of this is due to wrong leadership values and a wrong understanding of the mentoring relationship.

Peer Mentoring Continuum

Not only is life a marathon, but it would seem this series is also become a marathon! Thanks for coming along for the ride. If your eyes are glazing over keeping track of the material, why not download the free workshop notes by following the link in the description box or on the website as was just mentioned. It is all organized and easy to follow and best of all its free. You might also want to share this info with someone else.

As we saw last time through the story of King Saul, , even if we can’t find a mentor, we can take a page from David’s playbook. We can develop our own team that can potentially walk the rest of the journey of life and ministry with us. Referring back to our diagram, in the redefinition phase of a mentoring relationship, the relationship can transition to three different types of peer relationships.  After a healthy separation both of us need to discover what new form the relationship will take. Let’s look at three levels or types of peer mentors: Contact, Close or Confidant. These range from the lowest level of commitment to the highest level.

The Contact Peer demands little time and provides information regarding organization and ministry/career. There is typically limited personal experience shared and generally provides perspective related to ministry or work. Since there is limited trust there is minimal personal feedback. On the other hand, the Close Peer begins to share direct and honest feedback and there is more self-disclosure. There is more trust and self-expression. Since there are moderate levels of trust, there are widening boundaries of sharing. However, there is still limited exploration of family and work issues. In a lifetime most people usually only two to four such relationships.

Now the Confidant Peer is equivalent to a best friend where there is a strong sense of bonding with a wide range of support for family and ministry/work issues. One is most vulnerable in this relationship and free to share dilemmas, both personal and professional. We are the most open to share who we really are at this level, as it has the greatest self-disclosure and self-expression. These relationships are rare and we usually only have one or two of such relationship in our lifetime. While these type of relationships are resilient, they take great effort and years to develop. It’s important to note though that relationships that begin as Contact peers can develop into Close or Confidant relationships over time.

But what determines the movement along the continuum from Contact to Confidant? What are some of the factors at play in this happening? Do we have control in this process? Well, yes and no. As with other mentoring relationships, the needs of the individual affect the movement of the peer relationship from Contact to Confidant. Stages of life is also a factor. During the earlier stages of life and ministry the needs are different than for someone in the later stages of life and ministry.

Besides ministry/career needs, the level of intimacy of the other relationships in one’s life also determines how close the peer relationship will become, as does the level of interpersonal skills impact how quickly the relationship will develop along the continuum. Another factor which we have also previously discussed is the culture of the group of which we are a part. Are we part of a structure, or wineskin, that encourages or discourages the development of these types of relationships?

If throughout the relationship there has been a strong bond that has been mutually beneficial, then there is a high likelihood that the peer relationship will be in the range of close or confidant on the continuum. If there has been less of a connection and little chemistry, then it is most likely that the relationship will transition into merely that of an acquaintance with only occasional future interaction, what I am calling a contact peer.

For example, I have mentored many young men over the years. I have lost contact with some of them, while others like Karl have become part of our team and I consider them close friends and colleagues. As a peer mentor, I learn from him and others on the team. To be honest, I am getting the better end of the deal, as I gain more from them that I give to them. These relationships, many in our MCNetwork,  have been one of the greatest blessings in my life.

Peers and Life Stages

Throughout the various stages of our life, peer relationships can meet different needs and offer varied functions. Let me just briefly go over these. You can refer to the chart on the screen.

Our 20’s are generally considered the Establishment Stage of our life. During this season, the Contact Peer provides info as to how to learn the ropes of navigating life. A Close Peer typically focuses on the need to get ahead and develop a professional identity. They are peers, but we are still in some way “looking up” to them. The Confidant Peer is more rare. They can help us to develop a sense of competence so there is still a certain amount of looking up to a peer for guidance.

Now during the Advancement Stage in our late 20’s & 30’s, the Contact Peer provides help in advancing in ministry opportunity and increased visibility. The Close Peer assists with opportunities and feedback , while the Confidant helps with dealing with family and work dilemmas. The level of commitment is such that they can provide help in progressing in one’s life potential.

During the Middle Stage of life, in our 40’s and 50’s, the Contact Peer is not as important as most of the peer relationships are younger at this point. Those in this stage generally are reworking old issues and learning new ways to approach life and ministry; beginning to depend on others to accomplish the tasks and ministries. Close Peers during this stage can provide valuable feedback in how to mentor others as well as teach how to be coaches. Confidant Peer have a greater trust and so can help at a personhood level, managing fears of obsolescence and the reassessment and redirection that may need to occur.

Yes, we still need peer mentors during  the Late Life Stage, which is typically in our 60’s and beyond. Contact Peers can help by providing information to help us stay connected with the church/organization so that we remain effective.  A Close Peer assists the person in this stage of life transition to a consultative role and pass on responsibilities to colleagues. Confidants have a unique role to play by providing emotional support and help in the preparation for retirement. Confidant peer relationships are rare, but essential during this stage.

Understanding these dynamics can help us remain healthy and productive throughout our entire life. Of course there are other factors, but our relationships are an extremely important factor in a successful, fulfilling life. Since many will not be able to find an upward mentoring relationship, the only option may  be to develop peer relationships that fulfill these needs in our lives.

In our last episode I will wrap up this series and provide a few more thoughts on developing your relational network. This is something you likely may never have thought of, but doing a relational inventory could change the trajectory of your relationships as you run your race. I’ve enjoyed our times together sharing these principles and some of my stories. Hope you’ll join me for the wrap up next time.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

What has been your experience in releasing or not releasing those you have been mentoring?

In what ways will the principle of separation and redefining help you in your mentoring relationships?

What kind of peer mentoring relationship do you have? What steps could you take to foster new ones?

Episode 14: Peer Mentoring

Video

Description

What do you do if you cannot find an upward mentor or if the previous generation is throwing spears at you? In previous episodes, Phil observed that existing leaders often throw spears at the next generation rather than empowering and releasing them. Using the biblical story of King Saul and David, Phil provides some insights for young leaders who may be in this situation. How does one ensure that they have a heart like David’s instead of becoming like King Saul, a threatened, insecure leader? From this Old Testament narrative, we discover that David developed his own team before he was in the palace. Phil encourages young leaders today to take a page from David’s handbook and be intentional to invest in others along the journey. This is the practice of peer mentoring, which is then continued in the next episode. The episode concludes by outlining the important subject of the four phases of mentoring relationships.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 14 Intro: When There are No Mentors

What do we do if we are in an organization that does not encourage mentoring? Worse yet, what if we are having spears thrown at us by the very leaders who should be mentoring us? There was a young man exactly in that situation many years ago during the period when the Israelites wanted a king like the other nations. Well, they got their  king, but discovered that kings like him don’t have their best interests at heart and don’t leave a legacy – they make terrible mentors. But how can we make sure that we do not become like King Saul?

A Viable Option

Often emerging generations find themselves looking for someone to mentor them, but discover that the previous generation is too busy or too threatened.  What is the answer for an emerging generation that wants to be mentored, but cannot find those who will be willing to mentor them? The lack of those from previous generations willing, or able, to be mentors, is why peer mentoring can be a viable — and often the only — alternative.

Peer mentoring is often the only option, particularly when there is a lack of leaders willing to be mentors. Let’s revisit the story from 1 Samuel of King Saul and the young David. As we saw in Episode Four, the people wanted a king like the other nations and so even against God’s objections, they got what they thought they wanted. But we see that as Saul aged, instead of mentoring the next generation, he tried to pin him to the palace wall with a spear…. and yes if you are wondering, this is usually fatal.

As I have taught on this subject in many different cultures I have consistently had young leaders share a similar story as they would talk to me after the session. I can now pick them out of a crowd. They all had that same fearful yet hopeful look in their eyes, a hesitancy that one gets by looking over one’s shoulder, wondering where the next spear is coming from. These are classic indicators of young leaders who are dodging spears thrown by leaders they thought they could trust. They had signed up for leadership, but were now in a “palace” that was controlled by leader who had no interest in helping  them fulfill their calling.

Dodging Spears

Young David was in such a situation. Remember he had just killed the main enemy of the country, a giant of a man. And this did not go unnoticed by the songwriters of the day. They had written a catchy little number that had two verses.  Now the first verse of the song really appealed to the narcissism in King Saul. It went something like, “Saul has killed his thousands!” Has a nice ring to it, what’s not to like about that. But then – wait for it – there was a second verse. Same tune, different words: “And David has killed his tens of thousands!” Ya, that didn’t go over too well with King. Power driven leaders don’t like sharing the limelight. My guess is that the song writers never ran that by Saul first, not sure what happened to them. But we do know that Saul got predictably angry, which may explain all the yelling and spear throwing. Imagine, he was the king for 40 years and yet was threatened by an young upstart. Pretty sad. It’s unfortunate isn’t it that this still happens today, yes, even in the church.

A couple things I’ve learned that I tell young leaders from this story. First thing, never  throw the spears back. Having killed a bear, lion and a giant, do you not think David could have skewered an aged King Saul to the wall? Probably, likely. But if he would have done this, the story we know would be quite different. Instead of becoming a leader after God’s own heart, he would have become like King Saul. We reproduce who we are. There are some people who you don’t want to allow to mentor you. Who they are will rub off on us. Opening our hearts to the King Saul’s in our lives will mean being mentored in how not to be a leader. It’s a tough test for an ambitious young leader.

Not My Kingdom

David never did become a leader after the pattern of King Saul. How do we know that? Well years later when David is an older man, his own son tries to take the kingdom from him. As a young leader David resisted taking the throne by force and in his old age he was not willing to keep the throne by force. Unlike Saul, he fled the city and would not raise his hand against Absalom. As a younger leader I kind of thought this was rather weak look for David. “Come on David, stand up for what is right!” But David knew that the kingdom was not his to own or to fight for. He was merely a steward of it. At his heart he was a worshiper and knew he could go back to that. His identity did not rest in his position, track record or title as king. Imagine if we all held our positions and ministries that loosely.

Young David was willing to wait for God’s timing. He was called, but God still had some preparation to do in this life. This is the second thing I tell young leaders. You may be gifted and called, but do you have enough character to sustain your gifting at this point. It’s important to wait for God’s timing. But what did David do while he was waiting for God’s plan to unfold?  (If you can get your hands on a great little classic book by Gene Edwards, A Tale of Three Kings, it will be one of the most thought provoking books you’ll read on leadership.)

In 1 Samuel 22, we find a David running for his life from his potential mentor, the King. Not a pretty picture. But it was in the desert and the caves that God taught him many valuable lessons. It says in verse two that all those that were in distress, or in debt, or discontented gathered around him.” Great  team eh? Try that out next Sunday, “Hey we are going to start a small group of leadership training, but we only want those who are distressed, in debt of discontented to join.” Many will likely sign up. And that is exactly what David had to work with. I would suggest that as they were living, eating and running together David was mentoring them. They saw what he did when he could have killed Saul on several occasions, but did not. I am sure they even heard him pour out his heart as he sang his psalms.

Developing a Team

So years later when David later stepped into his role as king of the nation, from where did he populate his top government positions? Well I know it was not from the existing experienced politicians who had been around Saul….because their heads had already been detached from their bodies. No, it was from these same men that had been with David in the trenches. In those years of running he had developed his own team, way before there were  any palace perks to offer. It was these men who were in distress and debt that one day became known as “David’s mighty men of valor.” Unlike Saul, David’s band of brothers had been mentored with a different set of values. Peer mentoring, like this, can be a powerful tool as we develop others to form a team so that we can together fulfill God’s purposes.

So, to begin with,  I tell these shaken, often insecure young leaders to not throw the spears back. Secondly, to wait for God’s time and thirdly, while they are doing that, develop others even if they seem unlikely leaders now. One day they may be the very ones who are part of our core support network. This is the power of peer mentoring. This biblical account is a ray of hope for us if we find ourselves either alone, or having to run from a leader who is narcissistic and an egomaniac, intent of keeping us in your place. To do this we have to find those who share our values and these will likely be peers who we can develop and run the race with.

Now there are times, that we have to get out of Saul’s palace. This may not be an easy decision but it is not necessary godly to stay in an unhealthy situation. On one hand we don’t want to run from what God wants to use to make us into the leaders he wants us to be. But on the other hand, there are times to re-evaluate our situation and make a change in order to run the race with those who share our values.

Phases of a Mentoring Relationship

Next episode, I will spend a bit of time exploring the peer mentoring relationship. But before we do that, I need to spend a few moments to explain the Four Phases that all mentoring relationships go through. To try to maintain this type of mentoring relationship at an intense level forever becomes counterproductive  for it can lead to one person controlling another and this will cause frustration in the other person. Relationships like this become unhealthy. To receive the full benefit of a mentoring relationship we have to plan for a healthy separation.

Mentoring relationships provide various functions for both the mentor and the mentoree. Healthy mentoring relationships need to transition into one of four types of a peer relationship. But for this to occur, we need to understand the four stages through which all mentoring relationships progress. These are: Initiation, Cultivation, Separation, and Redefinition.

Initiation Phase

Initiation Phase is the first predictable phase of the mentoring relationship. This may last from a few weeks to several months and is the time when the relationship becomes important to both individuals. During this phase, motivation is high and expectations of what each party wants from the relationship are strongest.

Cultivation Phase

The Cultivation Phase is the second and last the  longest. It is the time in which the mentoree benefits the most from the mentoring relationship and the relationship is generally seen as positive with the fewest conflicts and uncertainty. This is when the growth occurs. This period can last from a year to several years. As the bond develops, the mentor is able to provide guidance in both ministry and personal functions as we have been looking at.

Separation Phase

Now the Separation Phase is third and often overlooked necessary phase of the relationship. As the mentoree grows and gains more confidence, there inevitably emerges a change in the dynamics of the relationship. It is a period of change which signals the ending of the relationship as it currently is. This transition can be damaging to both parties, particularly if it is not anticipated and prepared for. During the separation phase the mentoree typically assumes greater independence and autonomy, which normally will lead to a reassessment of the relationship. But if we don’t prepare for this, it can lead to misunderstanding and harm the development of the emerging leader.

Opinions vary regarding this, but it is my view that these intense mentoring relationships should have a limited duration and transition to slightly different type of relationship. If we try to maintain them at an intensive level forever, they can become destructive for they begin to no longer meet the needs of the individual. Within a Christian context, it is the failure to understand this dynamic that can perpetuates the unhealthy approach of “fathering” as a model for mentoring.

Redefinition Phase

The separation phase then leads to the fourth phase, Redefinition. Most mentoring relationships develop into peer relationships during this phase. It is at this point that the relationship can take on even more meaning and purpose. From an intensive mentoring relationship, often a friendship is formed. This leads to several options of peer mentoring that we will look at. Healthy, intensive mentoring relationships will naturally go through the above four phases. To the degree that we do not fully appreciate this, is the degree to which we will not be prepared to make the necessary transitions as the mentoring relationship begins to change.

While the duration of each of these phases will vary, the general progression through each of them is rather predictable and important to consider. As a mentoree grows and becomes more autonomous, he no longer looks to the mentor for the same kind of guidance and support he or she used to. Intensive mentoring relationships seem to have a lifespan and so the question becomes what happens after such a relationship. My experience has been that one person can usually not sustain this level of relationship with another over a lifetime. This is why we have multiple, varied mentors at any given point in our lives.

So to keep the relationship healthy, during the reevaluation phase, the choice should be made to embark on more of a peer relationship.  These peer relationships offer some of the same functions as other mentoring relationships and in most cases are more available. Peer mentorship can be a viable alternative if upward mentors are not available. As with other mentoring, though, there are many types and levels of peer mentoring. Yet they are available at every life stage. They can last decades, rather than the intensive mentoring relationship, which tends to last for only a maximum of several years.

As we saw earlier, these mentoring functions can be divided into Personhood Functions and Ministry/ career functions. This is also the case with peer mentoring. Personhood functions include emotional affirmation for each other as we share our perspectives, values and beliefs through the various stages of life. They also provide support as we listen and counsel each other through transitions and stress. Some even progress beyond work related issues and become a personal friendship.

The Ministry or Career functions of a peer mentoring relationship include sharing information with each other regarding how to navigate ministry, organizations and so on. In this context we can discuss and learn from each other’s spheres of responsibility and ministry. It provides the opportunity for feedback concerning ministry-related matters that help to clarify our own strengths and weaknesses.

In this episode I have suggested that peer mention is a viable option if someone cannot find an upward mentor. This can provide us hope if we are in organization that is not conducive to mentoring relationships.  Having introduced the phases of a mentoring relationship, in the next episode I want to provide a few more thoughts regarding peer mentoring. I hope you’ll join me.

 Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

Have you been dodging spears? What have you learned from David’s example?

Do you have peer mentors? How would you describe what you receive/give in these types of relationships?

Considering the phases of a mentoring relationship, do you struggle with the need to separate and redefine the relationship?

Episode 13: Changing the Culture

Video

Description

This episode continues on the subject of organizational culture and why this is as critical factor in determining if mentoring relationships are fostered or hindered. The key principle is that it is virtually impossible to change culture of a group without changing the values and underlying assumptions. He points out that changing values is a transformational, heart issue, not just adjusting external activities. In Jesus’ analogy, the wineskin needs to be appropriate for the new wine or the new vision will be lost. In many circles, servant leadership and mentoring is like new wine. Just trying to fit this into existing inflexible organizational structure never works. Organizational culture or structure are more influential than even new ideas and vision. The episode is concluded by looking at specific characteristics of organizations that encourage mentoring types of relationships.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 13 Intro: Changing Organizational Values

We are continuing our discussion from last time on the impact of organizational culture on mentoring relationships within our churches or organizations. Without understanding the dynamics of structure and its importance we will inevitably be controlled by something we do not even recognize or understand. Unlike King Saul, we should not create an atmosphere – a culture if you will – that makes it acceptable to throw spears at the next generation. But to change the culture of an organization, you can’t begin by changing the outward activities or just what is visible, without changing the values that are underlining those actions.

Changing Culture

The culture of a church is based upon the values, beliefs, and assumptions of the leaderships and the members. It is also based upon the combined experiences of the members as they deal with life together. As new members and leaders join the church, their new beliefs, values, and assumptions affect the development of the culture within the group. This then affects mentoring relationships. Without the right kind of ministry structures and corresponding culture, succeeding generations will not have the opportunity to receive the full benefit of mentoring relationships. We need to view all of our activities through the values of a servant-leadership model as well as the various factors which affect a mentoring culture in our organizations/churches.

Changing Values

These values and assumptions must first be understood if we are going to be able to make the changes necessary to foster mentoring relationships. To just force change, as I mentioned, rarely works, because it’s a heart issue, it’s a values issue. Again, this is why we spent all that time discussing the values of servant leadership and how this impacts mentoring. Without transformation at a values level , mentoring becomes just another program and not life-giving. To force widespread change overnight usually results in church splits, chaos in the organization and wounded people lying in the ditch along the road of yet another great idea by the leadership. This happens because  leadership did not take the time to understand what the assumptions and values of the group were that caused the problems. Having not understood this, it is impossible for them to begin a healthy process that is needed to help move people in a new direction.

Let me illustrate it like with this simple diagram. Value and underlining Assumption are unseen which is why they can be frustrating, as they act upon us and we don’t know what is happening. So let’s say we belong to the “Rectangle” Group. The values and assumptions of everyone is Rectangles. We believe in Rectangles. This is reflected in our visible actions or culture. We have a culture of Rectangles based on our values. Now suppose we want or need to change from a group believing in Rectangles to a group who believes Triangles is the way of the future. What we typically do at this point is focus our energies on changing the outward actions of the group….the stuff above the line in the diagram. This usually leads to conflict and church splits. Why? Because at a deeper, even an unconscious level, people are still believing Rectangles are the way to go. They have been committed to Rectangles for years. Remember, culture eats new vision for lunch — unless we approach things differently.

How do we make a change from a Rectangle to a Triangle culture? To begin with, we need to focus on the values and assumptions of the group, not the outward culture. Once the values change, then changing the corresponding outward activities, or culture, is not that difficult. But this takes time and intentionality. If a group is based on hierarchal, power driven leadership, even if nice biblical terms are used, and we try to force these relationship, mentoring relationships like we have been talking about will almost be impossible. People don’t share those values, they see ministry as competitive, or a zero sum game, or a means to climb the ladder of success. The leadership values have to first change. Only then will mentoring be possible.

A Transformation Process

Trying to change the way we do things without changing values only causes frustration. This is why inserting mentoring in a rigid top down organizational structure never works. So changing the culture of a church requires unlearning certain values and assumptions and relearning new ones – it is a transformation process. Just an Christ does this work in the life of an individual through the sanctification process, so leaders are called upon to facilitate such transformational change in the churches and organizations which God has called them to serve.

For example, when a person joins the church or organization they hear what people say, they observe how people interrelate with one another, and they intuitively “feel” certain feelings. These are the visible aspects of the group and reflect how it views the mandate of the church. They are the most obvious aspects of the culture of the church. However, these observable actions are not the foundation of the culture, but merely what is visible above the surface, as we saw in the diagram. What is not so obvious are the values and assumption upon which these activities are based.

Through repetition, often over decades, the assumptions  and values of the group become the norms and beliefs that guide the church. Assumptions are at an even deeper level. Underlying assumptions are values that have been so taken for granted that there is little variation within the group regarding these. The “way we do things around here” is based upon these unspoken assumptions. They are not open for debate; they have become the non-negotiables of the group.

Essential Cultural Characteristics

If a culture has developed that hinders mentoring relationships, then as leaders we need to work on first changing the values and assumptions. Leaders who are not even aware of the culture of their church can be frustrated by the “way things are done around here,” without understanding what is behind these actions. They are then controlled by what may seem to be abstract forces which they cannot define. As you’ve probably noticed, this is what I have been trying to do in this series. It’s not effective long term to just try mentoring without having certain change of values.

Well the obvious next question is what are the characteristics of an organization that encourages mentoring type of relationships? While the details and mechanics of a mentoring relationship are important for it to be successful, we also have to deal with the underlying values, both in our own lives as well as the organizations in which we are embedded. Certain characteristics are essential in order to encourage mentoring types of relationships within a church or organization. There must be open and frequent communication and interaction between leaders at different ministry stages must permeate the organization. This fosters cohesive teamwork, rather than a competitive culture.

Low trust and minimal communication make mentoring types of relationships in the organization virtually impossible. When there is a culture of closed or superficial communication and lack of trust for leadership, mentoring relationships will struggle. If there are distinct levels of superior/subordinate relationships which allow for minimal communication, there will likely not be the level of trust necessary for open and authentic relationships.

How the transition of leadership occurs is also an indicator of the type of relationships that are valued in the church or organization. If those currently in power attempt to retain their position as long as possible, they will thwart any attempt by the next generation to become involved. This leads younger leaders to have to prove themselves and expend great amounts of time and energy in order to push past these obstacles. Many just give up in the process.

King Saul’s Palace: Accepted Practices

Unfortunately, many of our churches and Christian organization share more of the values of King Saul’s court than we would like to admit. But as leaders we can make a positive impact on the culture of our churches and ministries. This begins with our own values being transformed to line up with Jesus’ teaching of Kingdom leadership. Then we can be change agents in our organizations through teaching and modelling kingdom values.

This includes being aware of what we focus on and what we pay attention to, as well as what we measure and what behavior we reward publically and privately. What do we reinforce and give exposure from the platform or in our leadership meetings? How does what we do in a crisis reflect our values? How we allocate resources, both financial and human, speaks volumes as to our values. Is investing in others and releasing them into ministry financed and championed throughout the church or organization? What we model as leaders makes a huge impact on our organizations. The only way people will know our values and what kingdom leadership looks like is through our actions.

Eating with the Masses

I used to travel to Russia several times a year to teach young leaders at a seminary in Moscow. On one occasion, I had just finished teaching on servant leadership and how the relationships in the Body of Christ are to be different than what we observe in the culture around us. Well, we then had a break for lunch and went to the cafeteria. I was ushered into a separate, special room, just for the professors and our international team. It was on an elevated area of the room behind glass French doors. From there we could see the students and they could see us. Well if you know anything about me, you’ll know how uncomfortable I felt, particularly since I had just finished teaching that relationships in the body are to be different than the world, not hierarchical.

Well I only lasted one meal. The next day I mentioned to the school leadership that I recognized the honor they had bestowed on us, but would be okay for our team to sit with the students? Again, they were not necessarily hierarchal, it was just a culture that had developed for whatever reason. But in my opinion it was sending the wrong message – a disconnect between my words and my actions. With their blessing – I did not want to offend our hosts — our team began to sit with the students. Did it change the world. Probably not, but how are others going to see what Kingdom leadership looks like except through our actions. Considering everything we do through Jesus’ grid of servant leadership. The next day I even got our international team into the kitchen to wash the student’s dishes.

The only way we can communicate what kingdom leadership looks like is to show it in practical ways. Serving means getting your hands dirty. Whenever I am in Africa they like to frequently throw my doctor title around, carry my bags and basically make me feel like a chief. I understand that being respectful is part of their culture, but it can go too far. When does respect cross the line so that others no longer see us as the type of leaders we see Jesus being in  Philippians 2. Words are not enough, actions are needed and there is often pushback as these often are counter cultural. Not much different than Jesus experienced with his disciples.  I may not be able to change the whole world, but I can change my world. So while I am still able, I carry my own bag and do whatever I can to metaphorically “step off the platform,” so to speak, so that my sinful nature doesn’t get used to it and I don’t feel entitled and expect it.

Back to the cafeteria in Moscow. On a subsequent trip I noticed that the special room was empty and the leadership was interspersed with the students. In a simple way the leadership was breaking down the natural barriers and power differential. It did not negatively impact their teaching authority, but hopefully made them more accessible and credible on the topic of servant leadership. As we translate our values into our actions we can change the culture of our organizations.

But what happens if you are in a church or organization that has a culture of throwing spears and is not conducive to mentoring relationships? What do you do if you are in a situation that you cannot find a mentor? These are real world challenges we have to face. There was once a young man in this very situation — dodging spears in a king’s court. Next time we are going to look at what he did and what we can learn from him. I sure hope you’ll be able to join me next time.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

What are some of the assumptions and values of the organization/church you lead or are a part of?

What are some of the accepted practices that are actually working against members developing mentoring relationships?

What practical actions can you take in your group that will communicate you value mentoring relationships?

Episode 12: A Mentoring Culture

Video

Description

Phil begins this episode by providing a foundational understanding on the subject of organizational culture and how this impacts the dynamics of a mentoring relationship. He specifically explains Jesus’ illustration regarding new wine and new wineskins and how this highlights the need for structure or culture (“how we do things around here”) to reflect the group’s values. He shows that even though the Church has an eternal, mystical quality, on this earth – in time and space – it is also impacting organizational laws that affect all groups of people gathered around a common purpose. Specifically, the values of a group, expressed in their culture, will positively or negatively impact the quantity and quality of mentoring relationships. Not taking this into consideration results in frustration and both leaders and members being controlled by something they do not fully understand. The warning is that “Structure eats vision for lunch.”

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 12 Intro: Creating a Mentoring Culture

Last time we were discussing how where we are at in life impacts both what we have to offer as well as what we need in a mentoring relationship. We also discussed several suggestions as to what types of functions can accomplish this. But it is hard to overestimate the incredible impact organizational culture can have on mentoring relationships. Often our good intentions are thwarted by the forces outside of our control that are working against these authentic type of relationships.  So in the next couple episodes I want to spend some time on this important topic.

Organizational Culture and Mentoring

The Culture of the organization or ministry determines the level and intensity of mentoring relationships. For example, hierarchical structures inhibit mentoring relationships, while empowering, releasing models of ministry  encourage them. This is why we discussed Jesus’ model of leadership in previous episodes. What the leadership of the organization values will be valued by the whole group. Are people encouraged and given permission to mentor others? Who holds the power and is it shared by a few or by many? Is open communication encouraged, particularly across levels of leadership? These are all issues of organizational culture.

Just to clarify, Culture can simply be defined as “just the way of doing things around here.”  Recognize it or not, we are all influenced by culture. Some of these influences is neither good nor bad…..it’s just the way it is. When I was in China a few years ago I asked them why they used chopsticks. Of course they looked at me like I was crazy. But after they got over that, it become clear they had no idea. It’s just the way it’s always been done. That’s culture. Even if we don’t know how it developed we are impacted by it.

There is ethnic culture, but there is also organizational culture. Each organization, from a business to a church is impacted by the culture that has been developed within that organization. All culture is based on certain values. And these change over time. However, what often happens in organizations is this. As their values change, there becomes a competition or even open war between the existing culture and the change that needs to happen in order to realign the organization’s actions with its values. A leader who underestimates the power of culture – the way we do things around here – does so to their own peril, and often results in their eventual unemployment.

Within some church circles, often due to a faulty theology, organizational structure has gotten kind of a bad name. We think that since the Church of Christ is an organism, not a man made organization, culture will or should not affect us. As God’s character, the Gospel should never change right?! But when this divine mystery that the Apostle Paul writes about, of Christ with his Church, interfaces with our humanity on this earth, it is inevitable that some structure or organization will need to be developed. We see the early church struggling with this also as they had to come up with ways to function without any direct teaching on the matter from Jesus.

So it becomes an issue of how are our values are reflected by our culture – the way we do things around here. This is why we have spent quite a bit of time in this series discussing values regarding leadership, for it is these values that establish the culture of any group of people seeking to achieve a common purpose. Our values will impact our mentoring relationships.

New Wineskins Needed

Now before you think I am getting too far into the weeds here, let’s look at Matt. 9:17. Here Jesus uses the analogy of wineskins. He states what was obvious to his listeners, but might be missed by those of us used to seeing wine in bottles. He says that if you put new wine in old dried up wineskins, as the wine ferments and expands, the brittle wineskins will burst and not hold the new wine. He seems to indicate that it was not a problem with the new wine, it was a structural problem, a wineskin problem. We have to get our heads around the difference between the new wine in the church which is divine and never needs changing, with the structures or culture necessary in the human expression of the Church that needs to adapt in order to be an appropriate vessel for this new wine.

The Church has been ordained by God as the vehicle for this new wine, but since it is made up of us humans, it also has the attributes of any human organization made up of groups of individuals. Of course, at its very essence, it is the invisible, mystical, community of God’s people.  Yet this community is expressed in human made forms, which can be described as the “wineskins.” But these are not sacred in and of themselves, which is why they need to be regularly evaluated as to their usefulness in achieving the unchanging purpose of the Church.

The problem becomes when we ascribe to the structure (the wineskins) the same unchanging nature as the Gospel or the Body of Christ (the wine). Local church structures vary over the centuries from culture to culture, this is why the details of how we do church various over the decades and varies by country and denomination. But ministry structures should always serve to fulfill the ultimate purpose of the community of God’s people, the Church. It is therefore possible to modify the structures without damaging or invalidating the very essence of the Church or God’s people.

In order for the leader of a local church, a fellowship, or a denomination to prepare the next generation of leaders and release the Body to fulfill its calling, they need to understand the dynamics at work within groups of individuals and how these result in organizational structures that either facilitate growth or hinder growth. This is why it is so important to consider what aspects of our organizational structure may be working against the development of the very mentoring relationships we want to foster in our church. Trying to fit the new wine of mentoring within inflexible structures that work counter to these types of relationships always results in the new wine being spilled on the ground.

The Power of Organizational Culture

In the Organizational Development field there is saying, “Culture will eat vision for lunch every day of the week.” In Jesus’ words, the condition of the wineskin is as important as the wine when it comes to fulfilling the organization’s purpose.  Leader’s seldom want to admit it, but the reality is that the culture of the group is more influential than even the leadership’s new vision or intentions of change. This is why we need to make changes at a values level as to what biblical leadership really looks like. Only then will our structures or culture be conducive to mentoring relationships.

The Culture of the organization or ministry determines if mentoring relationships are encouraged or discouraged. The reality is that a hierarchical culture inhibits these relationships, while an empowering and releasing culture will encourage mentoring relationships.  Are people encouraged and given permission in the organization to pursue these types of relationships? Other questions we need to consider are, Who holds the power and is it shared by many? Is open communication encouraged, particularly across levels of leadership?

Understanding Culture

The culture of a group is often outside of our control, but nevertheless it has a crucial impact on our ability to form mentoring relationships. In order to be effective mentors, we need to understand the dynamics of the contexts within which mentoring relationships must function. The reality is that one of the main functions of leadership is to create the conditions within our organizations that encourage this type of relationships.

This begins with the personal values of the leaders and the leadership team, as well as the culture and organizational structure of the ministries within which they serve. Within our shared human experience, we are dependent upon the relational structures that are necessary for individuals to interact and accomplish common goals. To prepare the next generation of leaders and release them to fulfill their calling, leaders need to understand the dynamics at work within groups of individuals and how these result in organizational structures that either facilitate or hinder mentoring.

Mentoring Failures

As mentioned, this is a component that is overlooked in leadership training. Usually within the first few years of ministry young leaders often become frustrated as they keep hitting their head against structural limitations that they do not fully understand. Over the years of teaching on this subject I have discovered something. When I began teaching on this subject, after my initial seminar I would leave and come back to do a follow up seminar. Invariably I would discover a bunch of frustrated young leaders. They would say something like this, “I went back to my church and shared with my pastor about mentoring and I wanted a mentor or to be a mentor, but the leadership either ignored me or completely shut me down.”

What was going on? Well my young friends were coming up against a structure and culture that was based on values that were working against the empowering and releasing type of mentoring relationships. They didn’t have a chance. Remember, culture eats vision for lunch every day. If you missed last episode you might want to take a listen to catch up on the foundation I laid there.

I believe this is the key reason for the failure of mentoring relationships in so many churches and organizations. Remember, organizations are just groups of people organized around a common purpose or vision. But so often the values, which are usually unspoken, are working contrary to these types of relationships. If leaders are threatened, co-dependent, focused on gathering followers or yes-men, it is very unlikely that mentoring and releasing others will be a high priority. These values will stifle mentoring relationships.

Mentoring Culture and Values

The culture of the Church or Christian organization is based upon certain values and activities that the group thinks are important.  More specifically, the culture of a group is the sum of the basic assumptions that are shared by the whole group. These assumptions are learned by the group as it adapts to the needs around it. The actions which turn out to be effective in meeting these needs are then seen as valuable and are taught to new members.  This is how new members learn the correct way to perceive, think, and feel, in relation to the challenges which they face as a group.

Leaders who are not conscious of the culture in which they are embedded, will be controlled by that culture, rather than learning how to manage that culture. Understanding these dynamics can help the leader understand what is happening and what values are motivating the behavior of the members. As with other organizations, the culture of a church is based upon the values, beliefs, and assumptions of the pastor, its leadership team, and the members. I have discovered that whatever country I am in, this dynamic is pretty consistent.

My young friends really didn’t have a chance. Values and the resulting culture needed to change. As we saw with King Saul, he had developed a culture in the palace that made it okay to throw spears at his protégé. I wish I could report that this no longer happens, but you and I know that it unfortunately does. In our next episode I will provide some insights into what young leaders can do who cannot find a mentor or find themselves in unhealthy life-killing organizations. As always, I hope you’ll be able to join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

What have you learned about culture from this episode and how will this help you develop mentoring relationships?

Do your actions reflect leadership Kingdom values or is there a disconnect between what you believe and how you exercise leadership in your family or organization?

Reflect on the culture of the group you are part of as a member or leader. How does it encourage or discourage mentoring relationships? Are new wineskins needed?

Episode 11: Lifelong Mentoring

Video

Description

In the final few episodes of the series, Phil discusses how the stages of life that we are going through impacts both what the mentor has to offer as well as the needs of the mentoree. We all have different needs in the various stages of life and these need to be taken into consideration in order to assess what the needs of the mentoree may be in the relationship. He also outlines the various functions that a mentor can offer someone they are mentoring. These are divided into Personhood Functions and Ministry/Career Functions. To conclude the episode he summarizes the three main factors in play in determining which functions are necessary. This includes the individual’s needs, the level of interpersonal skills of both mentor and mentoree and the culture or organizational context in which the relationship is embedded.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 11 Intro: Influences on the Mentoring Relationship

We have discussed the heart attitude necessary to be a mentor as well as some of the practics of a mentoring relationship. But how do we know what the mentoree actually needs? As we go through the stages of life how do our mentoring relationships change? How does what we offer also change? In each stage of life what are some of the functions we can offer someone we are mentoring? If we are aware of them or not, there are factors that influence the quality of our mentoring relationships and this is what we want to discuss in this episode.

Mentoring and Stages of Life

In the last few episodes we have been drilling down into some of the real practical issues of finding a mentor and being a mentor. This is from my material Developing Others 1 workshop which you can get as a free download from the links below. In our final episodes I will be discussing principles of mentoring from my Developing Others 2 workshop. It’s kind of the advanced seminar. I would typically teach this material after my initial seminar and then I would return after attendees had already begun to mentor someone. In our remaining episodes, I will introduce you to some of this material which includes, What to do when we can’t find a mentor and how can peer mentoring help you build a team. I also discuss the important issue of how to develop a culture of mentoring within our teams and organizations.

But before we get there, in this episode I would like to help you in your mentoring relationship by discussing how our stages of life impact the relationship and the various functions we can provide those that we mentor. Both of these are impacted by our organizational or church context. We began our series by asking, “If mentoring is so important, why is it not a more common way to train others in the church?” We have discussed some of the reasons up to this point, such as having a wrong definition of leadership which we’ve borrowed from the world, to a wrong understanding of what the mentoring relationship is really like. Remember, we mentioned that  it’s not just about spiritual growth, or being a parent, guru, or “spiritual father” as we defined it.

To state the obvious, as we transition through every stage of life our needs change. Early on in our life and career or ministry our needs are different than they are later in life. Understanding what these needs are will help us determine what mentoring functions we can offer someone. While we all have specific needs at certain times in our lives, it’s amazing how we tend to have similar experiences in every stage of life. Bob Biehl wrote a great book on mentoring in the mid nineties and more recently wrote a book called, Decade by Decade. He shows that in most cases, our lives are more predictable than we often think. Most of us go through similar experiences during the same stages in life.

For example, when we are in the Early Stage of development in our lives we are more concerned with issues of self and our career or early ministry. It is a period of exploration and initiation when we are establishing our identity and competence. Then during the Mid-Stage of our life we tend to re-evaluate the past and modify the present in order to reconcile our past aspirations with the current realities. There is a shift of our identity in this stage as we adjust to no longer just being a novice and we begin to grapple with the idea of what it means to have seniority.

I clearly remember this transition in my own life. When in my forties I would teach or say something and people would actually think about it and take it to heart. At first that was a bit shocking and sobering, because was still functioning as I did in my 20’s. It seemed at that time people didn’t’ take much of what I said very seriously. I could express thoughts that maybe were not quite ready for prime time, but it didn’t really matter since no one was listening to me seriously anyway! Then in my late thirties/early forties, I began to realize that I could not just spout off topics that were not clearly thought through, because people were actually listening and may even begin to act o what I was saying! Was kind of scary at first. But that is a transition we all go through.

In the Late Stage of life we begin to face the fact that our main career or ministry is coming to an end. Individuals at this stage often struggle to maintain a sense of usefulness or relevance. In my Finishing the Race podcast, which is based on my workshop materials, I go into greater depth on this topic. But as it relates to mentoring, it is usually at this stage that there is extra time and energy to be a coach and mentor – it’s never too late to begin. So we can see that in each of these stages of life the person we are mentoring has different needs and this provides varied opportunities for a mentoring relationship.

Mentoring Functions

Before the break we were looking at our needs in the various Stages of Life. But in our mentoring relationships we can also provide varied functions that will enhance the mentoree’s growth and development. To keep it simple, let’s divide these into two groups of functions: Personhood Functions and Organizational  Functions.

Personhood functions are those aspects of the relationship that enhance a sense of competence, clarity of identity and effectiveness in a professional role. These affect the individual on a personal level, building self-worth inside and outside the organization. Interpersonal relationship that fosters trust and intimacy are conducive to this type of personhood growth. Now, Organizational Functions can either be Career or Ministry orientated. These are aspects of the relationship that enhance learning the ropes and preparing for advancement in the organization. These serve to advance the individual in the organization and are usually made possible through a relationship and experience of a senior leader. Let’s look at this each of these functions in greater detail.

Personhood Functions

As I mentioned, these functions enhance a person’s identity and what it possible in their career or ministry. There are several functions that are possible and these range from being a Role Model, to Nurturing, to Counseling or even a  Friendship.

We all have certain role models in our lives. These are usually persons who are already have achieved in their lives what we aspire to. This can be an important function in the mentoring relationship.

Another Personhood function is that of a Nurturer. This occurs as the mentor supports and encourages the mentoree as they develop competence. The acceptance and confirmation that a mentor provides, helps  the mentoree develop in their personal and professional life. As the mentoree also shares personal concerns and has the opportunity to share their anxieties and fears that may be detracting from their effectiveness, the mentor provides a certain level of function as a counselor would. Remember our Triangle Diagram a couple episodes ago where we discussed the importance of Fundamental Tendencies.

A final important function is that of Friendship. While I have mentioned that the mentor/mentoree relationship is not necessarily just being a buddy, the opportunity is there for the relationship to develop more into one of mutual affection which can carry on beyond the organizational context.  In the next episode I will be detailing the phases of a mentoring relationship and how true friendship can be a natural development in some mentoring relationships. Okay, so those were some Personhood Functions, lets now turn our attention to some Organizational Functions.

Organizational Functions

In either a ministry or career context these functions can help the younger leader learn to expand their own influence. It also provides the senior person an opportunity to leave a legacy, giving them meaning as they transition to the latter stages of their life that we talked about.

The first of these is that of a Sponsor. As a sponsor we actively help a younger leader obtain ministry or career opportunities. We can help them build a reputation and gain ministry opportunities that they may not be able to normally have at that stage of their lives.

Another function is that of being a Door Opener. The mentor can help the younger leader work with more experienced leaders within the mentor’s larger spheres of influence. This helps the mentoree gain exposure to other aspects of ministry and prepares the less experienced leader with greater spheres of responsibility. Again, by coming alongside of them, we are exposing them to relationships that they are not yet part of and may still beyond their experience level.

The additional function of Coaching helps the mentoree navigate the organization, be it in the church or marketplace. This function describes how we can help the mentoree answer questions such as, “What does it take to be successful in ministry/business?” Again,  Coaching provide access to other key leaders who may still be beyond the mentoree’s sphere.

Another important function is to provide challenging opportunities to help the mentoree grow and gain a sense of accomplishment. This will help them move forward as they tackle greater challenges.

The final key function that usually only mentors who are servant leaders provide is that of Protection. The mentor can help to point out pitfalls and common errors to avoid as one begins ministry  or in the marketplace and help them navigate the relationships in the organization. This may also involve taking the blame in controversial situations in order to protect younger, weaker leader. As the stronger leader, we likely have the capital to weather such storms, whereas they don’t. So at times we may have to step to the plate on their behalf.

I introduced you to Karl a few episodes ago, who was one of the young men I mentored while living in Berlin in the early 2000s. Karl was starting out in ministry and was a youth pastor. At the time his senior pastor leveled some serious accusations regarding Karl’s motive in ministry. He then sent an email to all the ministers in Berlin making these unfounded accusations. I knew Karl and knew that it was all bogus, but this immature senior leader went public. Pretty devastating at any time, but particularly for a young leader starting out.

At the time I was recognized as a leader within the Berlin church and missions community and as someone who knew him, sent an open letter to all the leaders vouching for Karl.  Of course, as most lies, it all went away and actually this senior leader was seen for what he was and fired, but that took a couple years. But for a young leader starting out it was brutal. Providing the function of protection means that we have our mentoree’s back and use our greater influence to protect their reputation from the “Saul’s” throwing spears at them.

Three Main Factors

We have been looking at how our needs throughout the  Stages of life impact which functions are most important at any given time in a mentoring relationship. Both the mentor  and the mentoree are affected by where they are at in life and what their own concerns are regarding self, career/ministry, and family. Over time the range of functions change as the individual’s needs also change. For example, a young minister may need less coaching and more sponsorship as they develop. The level of effective communication skills also have a huge bearing on what is offered in the relationship. Can both the mentor and mentoree effectively listen, give feedback, manage conflict and competition, and so on. Another factor that impacts the level of the mentoring relationship is the person’s attitude towards authority, the opposite gender,  and their own mentoring experiences.

To summarize, there are three main factors at play in determining what functions will be provided. First, the level of the individual’s needs will determine what functions are desired, Secondly, the interpersonal skills of both parties will also have a direct impact on the range of possible functions. But there is a third factor that has a significant impact on mentoring relationships. Unfortunately, in my experience this is often overlooked. This has to do with the context or culture of the organization in which the mentoring relationships are embedded.

This has such a significant influence that I will spend the next two episodes unpacking this subject. Mentoring relationships are impacted by the kind of relationships that are valued in the organization or church, or if there a spirit of collaboration versus one of competition. What is rewarded in the organization, individualism or team? It is the answer to these questions that gets to the heart of the importance of the context of where  these mentoring relationships are embedded. For example, the level of opportunity of relationships between different levels of leadership is a important indicator regarding if mentoring relationships will be fostered and encouraged. You may not have realized the connection between organizational culture and mentoring, but that will be the focus of our discussion next time. As always, I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

What stage of life are you at and how does this impact the needs you have for a mentor?

How does your stage of life impact what you have to offer as a mentor?

Which of the functions listed have you been able to offer to someone else? What new areas do you see you could offer someone?

Episode 10: A Mentoring Model

Video

Description

There are three components to the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships model: The Connection, The Content, and the Cohort. In this episode Phil provides some more practical suggestions for the mentoring relationship, such as clarifying expectations, how often to meet and what to discuss, some of the necessary boundaries in the relationship and the need to periodically evaluate the relationship. He also concludes his interview with Karl, who he first mentored in the early 2000s and who is now on the Ministry Coaching Network (MCNet) team. Finally, he discusses the Cohort, or small group, which can be a helpful addition to the one-on-one relationship if someone is mentoring several people at the same time.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 10: New Wineskins Needed

In the last episode we offered some thoughts about how to find a mentor, as well as introducing a Mentoring model that many have found helpful. Without a structure or some tangible actions to facilitate the relationship, my experience has been that many will not know where to start or how keep the relationship on track. Today we will discuss two more aspects of this model: The Connection or one-on-one relationship, and the Cohort, or accountability group.

Clarifying Expectations

As we know, in all relationships it is important to consider and discuss the expectations each person has in the relationship.  For the mentoring relationship, we need to discuss the following questions: How often will we meet? How will we handle confidential matters? How often will we evaluate the relationship? What particular areas are they wanting to grow in (as mentoree)? What do we particularly feel we have to offer (as mentor)?

Some of these seem rather obvious, but I have found they are very important to articulate in one of the first meetings together. For example, it is important to determine the degree of accountability desired by mentoree ahead of time. Also do determine how often we will meet. As we have mentioned, it is important to have regular times of re-evaluating the relationship to ask,  How is it going? Are you achieving your goals? What do we need to change? and so on.

Duration and Frequency

This one-on-one relationship is focussed, but at the same time it should be informal. It should not be a lecture or even a formalized teaching time. It is a conversation around specific topics with the focus of life application. Last time we looked at the Content of the Guides and I mentioned that I use the discussion questions to lead the conversation in the direction that the mentoree wants and needs to grow. The same chapter can produce a different emphasis depending upon the person being mentored.

In determining how often and how long to meet, we need to be realistic. Meeting every day is likely unrealistic, meeting once every six months, probably not enough. Our experience over the years has been that most people using our mentoring model meet once a week or once every two weeks. The challenge is to keep the relationship fresh and not let it stagnate. To do this, you can do related activities together and follow up issues that arise from the readings.

Boundaries in the Relationship

Without some boundaries, the danger of these intense types of relationships is that they can spiral downward into an unhealthy relationship if we are not careful. From the mentor’s perspective, it is important to remember that we are not the boss or resident expert. So I try to never give direct answers or advice, I am not trying to create a following or yes men, someone dependent on me like what happened in the Shepherding Movement.  I want someone that I am mentoring to become more dependent on Christ, not me. I am merely in their life for a time, to serve them as they grow.

Additionally, it is never justified to be overbearing and controlling and to overstep the permission a mentoree has given me in their life. Maintaining this boundary preserves the principle of mutual respect and equality in the Body. Lording authority or position over someone is never godly or particularly helpful to their growth. Fear and coercion can produce outward obedience or compliance, but never true spiritual growth that lasts. That requires being an example and laying down our own life and seeing this reproduced in others. The agenda for the relationship should be driven by the needs of the mentoree.

Periodic Evaluation

As mentioned, periodic evaluation is essential in maintaining a healthy mentoring relationship. Over time the our life situation changes and so the relationship will likely also need to change. We will see in a later episode that all mentoring relationships go through phases and so we have to be aware of that and change how we relate with each other as the dynamics of the relationship change over time.

So every three months or so I will typically have a conservation that goes something like this, “So, how are things going? Are we addressing the issues you want to address? Do we need to make a change in frequency or duration of our meetings?” and so on. What this does, is provide the mentor the opportunity to address if the mentoree is no longer growing for whatever reason. It might be legitimate reasons due to a change in their life…..you know, the dog died, house burned down, wife just gave birth to triplets, that’s going to change things. Or it could be that they have just lost their motivation or have reached their capacity for change at this point. Now that they see what is going to take to be a leader, they may not want to pay the price for change. Seeing a cross when you are thinking leadership is about a crown can be rather sobering and takes some adjustment to say the least.

Concluding Well

If this latter situation is the case, then having such an intentional structure serves the purpose of focussing the relationship and the way forward, rather than just aimlessly meeting and hoping things get better. That is why I have these periodic evaluation typically every three chapters/months. As a mentor I am giving my best time to this person and so at times I may have to say, “Hey, let’s take a break for now and revisit getting together in six month” or whatever timeframe you think appropriate. What this does is free up my best time to spend with others that I am mentoring or freeing up some time to begin to mentor someone who actually wants to grow and move forward in their life.

However, what it also does, is not create a situation where the person I am mentoring feels like a failure. I do not want to further discourage them, but rather provide them a breather to reconsider if they want to continue. Again, this is a specific type of relationship to help someone grow in leadership. We want to create the conditions whereby we can conclude well in the relationship. Without specific evaluation, the relationship often will reach a plateau or just fizzle out. This usually leaves a bad taste in everyone mouth and cures us from ever wanting such a relationship in the future.

So, it’s important to make changes if necessary and not leave things unsaid so that the relationship doesn’t drift. In a future episode we will discuss the stages of a mentoring relationship and one of these options is the development of a ongoing peer relationship. This is actually what happened in Karl’s case. On the other side of the break I’ll continue by finishing my conversation with him.

Interview with Karl Continued

In Episode 8 I began a conversation with Karl, one of the first guys I mentored in the early 2000s in Berlin using this model. Let’s finish my discussion with him now.

[Phil] It’s great talking to you again and you know, we’ve been talking in this series about servant leadership and how that’s such a foundation to a mentoring relationship. If you believe in power structured leadership, it’s likely you’re not going to mentor anybody right? Why would you want to help someone get beyond you, but like what have you seen about the servant leader model and how has that impacted your mentoring relationships?

[Karl]  I think the first challenge has been to discover what God wants me to do and then realizing part of that is fulfilling his call, but part of that is just serving others and it’s not about me. I have found that other people are open and want to learn, they want to grow. Investing into them and just seeing it’s not about my own personal call, but investing  into other people and seeing how God is going to use them.  And how I get to be a part of that journey and walk with them, understanding it’s not about having power in the local church or in ministry, but having an influence that impacts the generation I’m in, but also the next generation. Some of the people I mentor are peers, are people my own age, sometimes they’ve been even a little bit older, because of their life situations and how they grew up, and sometimes they’re quite a bit younger than me, 10, 20 years younger, But it’s realizing you get to invest into somebody and they’re going to serve others, and you get to be a part of that. And it’s not about power, it’s not about, This is what God has shown me and now you need to do it so I can reach my goals. It’s more about them and their goals really.

[Phil] Exactly, yeah, I mean or not just creating yes men.

[Karl] You know I had a mentor and when I am on a video call with him,  he kept joking around saying God loves you and I have a plan for your life right, because that’s how so many people treat ministry. We talk about the love of God, but for a lot of leaders it’s all about fulfilling their own calls and purposes and not helping people mature and discover what God has for them,

[Phil] If I can just jump in, how do you not feel threatened in that? Because with a lot of leaders, you get the sense that if I open myself to others and I even share some of my failures, some of things that didn’t go well, or whatever, that they feel threatened in their own ministry or not respected. How do you deal with that?

[Karl]  I’ve noticed transparency increases trust. Just opening myself, in my own shortcomings or my own humanity, not necessarily confessing everything or just having a low self-esteem, but just openly sharing what one is going through increases the trust and my own credibility. Like when I’m talking to them about something, they know I’m not just trying to fulfill my own purposes, I’m really interested in them, walking through what God has for them.

[Phil] How do you see it now as you’re mentoring others? Are there maybe similarities or differences between, you know 25 years ago?

[Karl] Well looking at my church, we’re a very intercultural church, so we have Germans, Ukrainians, Persians, Africans, people from India, from the Caribbean and South America. I kind of focus on the common denominator and that is people’s desire for relationship, for authentic, transparent relationships, regardless if they’re a Boomer, regardless if they’re Millennial Generation, Z generation, whatever. People want relationship, they want to be taken seriously, they want transparency, living leadership without masks. Saying what leadership is really about not trying to pretend, not trying to act successful, but just living life and letting them be a part of that life. I think that’s what’s also helped my leadership, investing into others and serving leadership is living life with them actually, having them part of our life. At our house, or when I’m ministering and traveling somewhere, I’ll take them with me so that they don’t just see the stage persona, but that they also see normal life. Getting ready in prayer, getting ready, or maybe even being a little bit nervous before one gets behind the pulpit, and say, You know, let’s pray together because I’m really nervous about this sermon or about this church — it’s a different setting — and just sharing those moments with them.

[Phil] Hey listen, thanks, I know it’s late there again, but thanks for taking the time to chat. You know I think maybe I owe you one now for doing this, or maybe at least I can decrease the amount of lattes that you owe me! I’m looking forward to getting together in person next year when we meet for our CLI meetings.

[Karl] Definitely.

[Phil] Sounds good, looking forward to it.

 

The Cohort

We have discussed the content of the Guide as well as the one-on-one relationship. Another facet of this mentoring model is a cohort or small group meeting. This can help provide some external motivation and varied input for the person being mentored. Typically these are held on the alternate week to the one-on-one sessions.

Though the frequency of these meetings vary, from weekly to monthly, to be effective they should be held regularly. Whenever I personally mentor several guys at one time in an area, I meet with them as a group on the alternate week to discuss the issues. Mentorees usually find this helpful as they are able to discuss with their peers the same issues discussed in the meeting with the mentor. When we were living in Berlin my wife also then met with a group of ladies she was mentoring. Meeting as a mixed group can be helpful to gain further insights, but there are some subjects that are best discussed in a group of the same gender. Another option is leaders in a local church meeting together in a focussed  cohort or groups of students in educational settings.

Life Application

Whatever the context, the goal is to make sure that it is not a one-way dialogue or even a “teaching session.” The goal of the cohort is to facilitate discussion that leads to life application. The facilitator is more of a guide and does not need to be an expert. It can actually be a great learning experience for every participant to have each one take a turn at facilitating the discussion. The materials also include lesson plans with questions as well as other resources. The most important task of the facilitator is to create a grace filled atmosphere where participants feel free to learn from each other.

In the last couple episodes I have presented a model that we have developed to facilitate a mentoring relationship based on servant leadership values. While there are many materials on the topic of mentoring, I have found fewer that specifically help to mentor someone. Whatever wineskin you use, I would encourage you to take the initiative and begin investing in others. It will take intentionality and a plan, but well worth the effort.

Next time we will look at the different stages of mentoring that occur over a lifetime. I don’ think we ever outgrow or age-out of the opportunities to be mentored as well as being a mentor. It’s a job with built in security. We are getting to the end of our series, but in the last few episodes there is some important mattes that  I’d like to share and so I hope you’ll be able to join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

In your mentoring relationship how do you implement the principles of clarifying expectation and having regular evaluation.

Why do you think boundaries are important in a mentoring relationship? Does this mitigate power-based leadership?

How does a foundation of servant leadership affect the principles of a mentoring relationship as discussed here. Why is this important?

Episode 9: Finding a Mentor

Video

Description

While the last episode focused on being a mentor, in this episode Phil provides some suggestions as to how we can find a mentor. He makes the point that we all need a variety of mentors throughout our lives. What kind of questions should we ask ourselves in terms of finding a mentor? Questions such as, Who seems interested in me and my growth? Who do I see that I would like to emulate their values and life qualities? The reality is that most of us will have to approach someone, as most people, even leaders, do not feel qualified to be a mentor. The episode wraps up with Phil presenting the Mentoring Model designed to help guide a mentoring relationship. This begins by outlining the contents of the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships guides which are available for purchase on the website.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 9 Intro: Suggestions for a Mentoree

The unfortunate  reality is that in most cases the person wanting to be mentored will have to approach a potential mentor. While this is a reality, it should not discourage us in our quest to find someone who can help us move ahead  in our life and ministry. So what are some of the key questions we need to ask ourselves in finding a mentor? And what is the best way to actually approach someone who could be our mentor? I would also like to then share a model that has been assisting many leaders as they mentor others.

Key Questions

As with finding someone to mentor, there are several questions that can be helpful to identify a mentor. To begin with we need to make a list of those who are relationally closest to us. With these individuals in mind consider the following questions: Who do I already know who shows an interest in me? Who seems interested in my growth? Can I imagine this person committing themselves to me? Are they someone that I see as a model? What do I admire about them? Do I want to develop these same qualities in my life and ministry? Are they someone who will be humble and willing to be transparent with me?

Of course there are certain people you don’t want to mentor you. Some, like a King Saul of old, only have a model of power and position –that’s all that they have to offer. Actually, if we spend too much time with them it is likely that we will become like them – after all, like it or not, we reproduce we are. So if we want to be a servant leader, we need to find leaders that share those values. Remember, we are not looking for someone who is perfect, but someone who is walking out their lives and influencing others with humility. Walking the walk, not just talking the talk.

Feeling Unqualified

The fact is that most potential mentors do not feel qualified or capable of mentoring someone, regardless of their position or accomplishments. Most have never been mentored themselves and so don’t know where to start. As we saw in Episode 2 they were just dumped in the deep end. They may even have a misguided idea of what mentoring actually involves. Again, since you are not looking for a spiritual father or all knowing guru, I find it best to approach someone more casually and ask them if they would consider spending some time with you. It’s important to let them know that you see qualities in them that you would like to learn from.

I know this level of intentionality in our relationships is not typical and at first can seem a bit awkward, but remember we are looking for a specific type of relationship that is going to help us move forward in our life and ministry. In order to mitigate some of the potential weirdness, I like to frame the conversation more like this. Instead of saying “Would you be my ONLY mentor,” a better approach is, “Would you consider being ONE of my mentors.” We all should have several mentors in our life at any given time. I actually don’t even use the term “mentoring,” just in case that raises barriers in their mind.

Expectations of the Relationship

When it comes to expectations, it’s important to remember that the role of a mentor in our life is not to make our decisions for us. Only we can take the steps to grow and develop. We are not in the role of a small child with a parent – regardless of the age difference between us. The goal is that they will provide accountability to help us grow in the areas that we need and want to grow. Also I should add that the mentor is not a best friend or buddy. Yes there should be friendship, but their main role is for them to challenge us to grow — and sometimes that is not always so easy.

Blind Obedience not Required

There are also a few practical matters that may be helpful to mention at this point. The mentor is giving up of their valuable time to spend time with us and so we should be appreciate of their time and efforts and never monopolize our mentor’s time. The greatest motivation for a mentor is to see their mentoree growing and developing. So if we miss scheduled meetings and do not follow through with learning activities, it is likely that our mentor will not be too motivated to continue. This is also why it is important to communicate the areas that we want to grow in. The beauty of such a relationship is that it is targeted and focused, so it facilitates the greatest growth in the shortest amount of time.

As we discussed in previous episodes, a mentor is not the Holy Spirit in our life, or a spiritual giant with the goal that we must  obey their every word. This is the fallacy of the spiritual fathering model which I talked about in Episode 7 which creates a dependence on a person rather than on Christ. Having said that, when disagreements arise, it is always important to be respectful, it is possible to disagree agreeably.  By the way, it is never appropriate to increase our own ministry through the contacts of our mentor without their permission. It is also never okay to build our sphere of influence at the expense of our mentor’s ministry. Finally, if significant, unresolved differences do arise, it is best to peacefully end the mentoring relationship – without belittling or talking negatively to others about it.

A Mentoring Model: A New Wineskin

Since many have not been mentored, they don’t really know where to begin. Sure we meet once and get to know each other, but then what do we talk about in our other meetings. It is for this reason that I wrote the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guide, the content of which I will like to spend a few moments here to describe.

Models or structures are important, particularly for something like a relationship that can be someone abstract. For example, I have been married over forty years. In our marriage series I somewhat jokingly say that I am a survivor not an expert. As we know, the wedding is easy, it’s the marriage that takes work. But in order to maintain a healthy relationship we have to have certain guardrails in place and patterns or structures in our schedule and lives to keep the relationship healthy. It just does not happen due to good intentions and years spent together.

In the same way, I have found that we need a structure or model for a mentoring relationship to be healthy. However, these wineskins, the term Jesus used, must remain flexible. In our marriage we have certain regular activities or patterns to keep the love alive, but over forty years these have changed and adapted as we grow personally and together. Our love today is not the same as it was in year one or year twenty, or even ten years ago,  it changes.

There are three aspects of this mentoring model designed to help a person be a mentor or be mentored. These include: 1. The Connection – A one-on-one relationship; 2. The Content – the two Guides; and 3. The Cohort – a small accountability group. When I first put this together some twenty-five years ago in the early 2000s, I was just trying to create some notes to share with a group of young Christian leaders in Berlin. I had an outline of what I wanted to discuss with a young leader to help them see who they were, what biblical leadership was, and what their role was in fulfilling Jesus’ mandate to the Church.

Purpose of the Mentoring Guides

The purpose of the Mentoring Guide is to provide some direction for the mentoring relationship. Often, even leaders, don’t know where to start or don’t have the time to develop an outline for the regular mentoring sessions. As in our marriage, I may want to keep the love alive, but I have to move beyond good intentions and create space in my schedule to do things that foster that marriage relationship. That takes, time, effort and knowledge.

Using these materials can help someone kickstart their mentoring relationships. It is just a beginning, though if you have nothing else it can be significant. In one way, it is like training wheels on a bicycle. Remember those? They usually attach to the back frame of the bike and made sure you did not fall down and hurt yourself while you were learning to balance on two wheels, which seemed impossible at first.

Not sure if you ever used them, but the purpose is not to keep them on forever. As your bike riding skill  increased, you eventually took them off. These Guides started as just my notes, and so it was a bit of a surprise that others were interested. Now they are in several languages and being used by many around the world. If you’ve watched multiple episodes, you are probably tired of hearing them presented in the middle of every podcast, but that’s what fast forward is for!

So while they provide a basic outline for the mentor, they also provide a mentoree with a reason to approach someone and say, “You know, I see some qualities in your life I would like to develop in my own. I know you are busy, but I’ve come across this Guide and if you could give me a few hours every couple weeks, I would like to discuss the concepts outlined in the manual.” Kind of takes the pressure off of a potential mentor to develop their own material or have a detailed plan before mentoring someone. However, it does not limit them from using their own supplemental materials and so on as the training wheels come off.

 

There are two Guides, and each guide has two Sections with three chapters in each section,  for a total of twelve chapters in all. The first Guide has two Sections discussing issues related to us as a Person and a Disciple. While some work their way through the materials, one chapter per month for a total of a year, it often takes a bit longer than that.

Guide 1 Overview

Guide 1 begins by discussing three areas of our personhood: Our Personality, our Giftings, and our Calling. These are rather fundamental to who we are and several assessments are provided to help the mentoree discover these aspects of themselves.

Using a simplified DISC assessment the mentoree will discover their basic personality, but we don’t take the approach that puts people in boxes or resigns them to being victims of their personality. Rather it help them see their default style and how they can learn to adapt and grow depending upon the situation. The Gift assessment then takes an approach of looking at our personal desires and motivations and what we have already been interested in doing, in determining what our likely gift set may be. Finally, in this first section, we provide a tool to help someone discover potential ministry involvements based upon their personal calling.

The Second Section also includes three chapter discussing the fundamentals of Personal Disciplines such Bible reading and study, as well Bible Meditation and Prayer, journaling and some of the Church community disciplines. The second chapter in the section focuses on three challenging areas that have historically tripped up leaders: Money, Sex, Power. We don’t have to have a lot of money to have a problem with our attitude towards money. I know materialistic poor people and selfless rich people. Jesus taught that the real issue was that our attitude towards money was directly related to our trust and relationship with Him.

Besides their approach to financial matters, another area I discuss with a potential leader is the area of sexuality. From these topics you are likely beginning to see why this must be a trusting confidential relationship. We often shy away from talking about these areas, which is why we see situations in the church like we saw with my analogy of Bob the musician in Episode 6. If we are honest, we all need the help an accountable relationship can provide in these areas. To finish well we all must establish life disciplines in our personal life.

However, this is not a legalistic, pull yourself up by your bootstraps approach. Living out the disciplines in our lives must be seasoned with grace, because none of us are perfect. This is why it is so important for the mentor to be vulnerable and share how they personally dealt with temptations in these areas. What a  valuable gift we can offer to someone. It can help them understand that they are not alone and that God has always used broken, imperfect people, not those who have necessarily have it all together and  “kept the law since birth.” Besides the issues arising from Money and Sexuality, this chapter also deals with our understanding and use of Power. Why do we want influence others? What will we do with that influence and authority? Have we allowed God to break us of our pride and selfishness? As you can see, this material is more than just a nice little bible study, it deals with deep life issues.

The final chapter in this section, covers the rather abstract idea of how we perceive God’s direction in our lives. What does it mean to be led of God? How do we live a life of faith without falling into the ditch of extremes. On one side, we can over-spiritualize our relationship with Him so that we don’t value gaining wisdom and making our own decisions, and on the other side is the ditch of undervaluing God’s leading in our lives through his indwelling Holy Spirit. This is an important balance for all of us, but particularly those who are going to serve the Body of Christ by teaching others.

Not all are Willing

The layout of these materials naturally lends themselves to evaluating how things are going every three chapter or three months or so. Our experience over the last few decades is that the materials have a way of identifying those who are serious in their desire to grow in their capacity as a leader. I believe we all have the potential to be a leader – influence others – but not everyone is willing to put the work in and pay the price to a be a leader. We do not have control over how much influence we ultimately will have, only God knows that, but we can all increase and grow from where we are to where he wants to take us.

So what typically happens is that not everyone who completes Guide 1 – the first six chapters – continues with Guide 2. And that is okay, actually it’s the way it should work. It’s designed to weed out the men from the boys so to speak.  Building on the foundation of Guide  1, Guide 2 transitions to discussing the mentoree as a Leader and Minister. Again, each of these sections have three chapters for a total of six chapters.  But not everyone we mentor will be able or want to continue on. We may have seen great potential in someone, but what we cannot see from the outside is their motivation, or their willingness to pay the price to serve others, and so on. This will likely be evident as we spend time with them.

If this turns out to be the case, at this point I have a conversation that sounds kind of like this. I’ll say something like, “Maybe w should just take a break at this point and we can circle back in the future when life is less crazy, or when you are ready to continue.” My goal is to give them a way out without making them feel like a failure. It’s good to remember that God is not finished with them. It may be just that he needs to do some remedial work in their lives before they are ready to carry on considering leadership and God’s plan for their lives. By not be judgemental and regularly evaluating the relationship I provide an off-ramp that preserves the relationship so future onramps remain open.

Guide 2 Overview

For those who want to carry on, in the first three chapters under the Leader Section, we discuss the principles of Kingdom leadership, based on a servant model, some of which has been introduced in this series. As a potential leader it is also important for them to learn how to grow themselves. What I mean is that instead of relying on other’s materials, sermons etc, a leader of others needs to learn how to connect with God and hear from him themselves. I also introduce the importance of them developing others, introducing principles of mentoring so that they are well equipped to develop their own teams and be effective in the Body of Christ.

Then in the final three chapters of Guide 2 we focus on them as a Minister. This covers topics related to their service and calling in the Body of Christ. It begins with helping them analyze their own heart and why they want to do ministry. This is essential to one day finishing the race well. We then take a overview of God’s heart for the world  and what he has been up to throughout history. The purpose of this is to help the mentoree discover their part in his big plan. Finally, the last chapter discusses how God’s mission applies to the local church and what ministry is all about.

The Real Goal

The goal of the Guide is to help the mentoree put together their understanding of their personality and giftings, as well as motivations, passions and calling with a life of spiritual disciplines in order to be a positive influence with those around them, either as a Christian leader within the marketplace or more specifically within the Church. Each chapter is designed with content as well as discussion and mentoring questions in the margins. Typically the mentoree reads the chapter and answers the questions and then during the mentoring session, discusses issues with the mentor. As a mentor I tend to focus on the issues they are dealing with, rather than just “getting through the material.” The emphasis and questions discussed vary depending upon where the mentoree is at and what is going on in their lives. But the goal is always life transformation not just downloading information.

This model has helped many convert the good intention of mentoring into tangible action. In our next episode, we will look at a few more issues relating to the personal relationship and then discuss the third leg in the stool of this model: a small group cohort.  I think you’ll find it helpful  and hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

Can you think of someone within your sphere of influence that may be interested in spending regular time with you?

Take some time to consider in what areas you want to grow in your personal and ministry life.

Do you have an action plan or method to facilitate mentoring within your ministry? What is it?

Episode 8: Taking the Initiative

Video

Description

This episode provides some practical suggestions for the mentoring relationship. We all can influence others, but often don’t know how to begin or how to maintain a healthy mentoring relationship. How often should we meet? What will we talk about? What are some of the boundaries necessary in the relationship? Phil also interviews Karl, who was one of the first young men that went through the mentoring model he developed in the early 2000s in Berlin, Germany. All these years later he is now a pastor, father of four and committed to a servant leadership model and mentoring the next generation. The goal of this episode is to encourage you to take the initiative to be a mentor to someone regardless if you are in a position of leadership or not.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 8 Intro: Suggestions for a Mentor

We’ve been seeing that in Jesus’ upside down Kingdom the relationships are based on mutual submission and serving one another. Even those with leadership giftings and influence are to serve with humility not lord position and power over one another. I have made the point that this is foundational to a life-giving mentoring relationship. But how does this practically apply in our lives as a mentor and being mentored? How does this influence the relationship?

Making the Connection

This may be your first episode or you may have been with us for the whole series, but either way it’s great to be back with you again. This is Episode 8 and we want to focus on some suggestions for you as a mentor.  As I have previously mentioned, my experience has been that there are many more people who want a mentor than are willing to be a mentor to someone. My goal is to help you see that you have what it takes to be a mentor. This will not only benefit someone else, but will enrich your life in the process.

If we really want to be a leader like Jesus called us to be, then I would encourage all of us to consider taking the initiative and coming alongside of someone to help them grow and develop. The best way to serve someone is to forget about ourselves and help them to reach the goals and purpose God has for them.

But where do we start? The first thing that has to happen, of course, is that we need to connect with someone or choose someone to mentor. How do we do that? While there may be many people within our sphere that want mentoring, it is time intensive and so we can’t mentor everyone. Choices have to be made. For example, over the years I have discovered that there is a certain type of person attracted to my style of mentoring. This most likely has to do with my own history and experiences, likely my giftings and personality and so on. It’s likely going to be the same for you. We will not connect with everyone and that is just natural.

So to begin, it is helpful to identify those around us that have similar values to us and who we could imagine spending time with. There has to be a certain synergy or it is likely over the long haul the relationship will not end well. But just because we are not the best fit to mentor a particular person, it does not mean that there is not someone else that could be a fit for them. Remember, we all need a variety of mentors in our lives at any given time. But there has to be a mutual respect and we need to do our best so that the mentoree does not feel intimidated by us, which is why we need to take a servant posture rather than a spiritual giant or guru attitude.

Some Key Questions to Ask

So who is in your sphere of influence that you could spend some time with and see them grow in their leadership capacity? Well some of the questions that I ask myself in this process are, “Are the self-motivated?” Remember, we cannot change anyone, we can only create conditions for them to grow. Also, “Are they teachable  and willing to learn and grow?” “Do I see indications that they are motivated to make changes in their life?” And as I mentioned, “Can I imagine spending time with them and enjoying their company?” Considering these question can be helpful in determining who to spend our time with in a mentoring relationship.

As we identify someone to mentor, the next step is to actually approach them. It would be kind of intimidating and actually a violation of the servant leader attitude to say, “In my great wisdom, I would like to be YOUR mentor.” Kind of saying, “I would like to be the Holy Spirit, in your life. You are so lucky to have me!”  Of course we wouldn’t say that in words, but sometimes our actions could be interpreted as such.  I find that a more helpful approach is to say something like, “You know I see some great potential in you (you can list something specific) and I was wondering if you would be interesting in spending some time with me. I think I could help you grow in this area or that area” I actually don’t even use the word, “mentor, ” which can be intimidating.  With this approach, I have never  had someone say, “Nah, that’s a dumb idea!” Remember, many want to be mentored, but far fewer don’t know how to start. You taking the initiative could be a huge impact in their life.

A Personal Example

When we were living as a family in Berlin in the early 2000 I was asked by a fellow missionary to develop some materials to help train some of his young leaders. My initial notes eventually became the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guide. It was right around that time that I met a young man, who was in his early twenties and new to Berlin. I first met him at a Berlin ministerial meeting and as most young men, myself included, it was clear that he had a lot more answers than questions. While us old wizened missionaries smiled that knowing smile of, “give him a few months or years in the hard spiritual soil of Berlin will temper his enthusiasm.” Very encouraging, right?

I went home after the meeting, kind of glad I would likely not run into him much as we were in different parts of the city. But imagine my surprise when over the next few days, I began to get that unsettling feeling that God may want me to spend some time with this young man. You know the feeling you get when you know God wants you to do something you don’t really want to do. I kind of resisted, but fortunately for me, I gave in. If not I may have missed one of the great blessings in my life. You see this young man’s name is Karl and some twenty-five years later he is still part of our ministry network and is a good friend and colleague.

So I asked Karl if he would like to meet together. We began meeting every second Friday at a local coffee shop and began to discuss the twelve themes or chapters of the Guide I had developed. These were topics that I felt would be helpful to discuss with any young leader.  Since those early days as a young twenty something, Karl has gotten married, has four children – one nearly a teenager and is pastoring a church plant in what was eastern Germany. He has also travelled around the world with our teaching team since then. Yet I nearly missed out on all that by not seeing past his youth to his potential. Mentoring is about recognizing that someone has greater potential than where they currently may be at. And then helping them achieve that potential.

An Interview with Karl

Recently I had a chat with Karl and I think you’ll find my conversation with him interesting:

[Phil]Well thanks for taking the time Karl to share a few moments with our podcast listeners it seems like it was just yesterday we were meeting for coffee every Friday, or was it every second Friday I can’t remember?

[Karl] Every second Friday, yeah

[Phil]Course there was lots of coffee and lots of countries under the bridge since then of course me, but uh hey what do you remember about those days?

[Karl] The excitement of learning something new, that that was part of it. I remember I always had the train ride to our meeting and me being a little bit spontaneous, I would sometimes be reading the material on the way.

[Phil] Don’t tell me that don’t tell me that!

[Karl] Well the thing is I was always putting it in a context of I was experiencing.  I was a young leader at the time in my mid 20s and just that expectation of learning something about myself on how to grow, how to be the leader I want to be kind of be when I grow up, You know one’s own shortcomings as a leader and realizing there’s a path I need to take to get to where I want to go. I felt on my way over, when we were meeting, a lot of the topics we were talking about were about things that would help me, not just be a man but be the leader I wanted to be and be the leader I feel God has called me to be.

[Phil] Yeah I kind of joke you know my hesitancy, you’ve heard story as we’ve taught about this in different parts of the world about how I kind of joke about my hesitancy to meet you and mentoring initially. But what was your perspective on that or how did you kind of process that. I didn’t think I was that old, but probably to you here’s the old guy and what is he doing wanting to meet with me.

[Karl] Yeah I mean I did think you were an old guy, but then I realized now I’m your age when you mentored me or when our relationship started.

[Phil] That’s what 25 years will do!

[Karl] Exactly, I definitely don’t feel like the old guy and yet actually, just last week, I was in a cafe and a girl served me and said, “Oh, you’re Pastor Karl aren’t you?” And I’m like yeah. “Oh you’re my youth pastor’s mentor!” And I’m like, Oh man, like these are the things that make you feel really old right?  But how did I process that? How did I see it? I guess I was honored to be asked, that somebody wanted to invest in me, that somebody would take the time and, man I hate to say this, but at the same time, in the assurance of the call of God, I felt like thank you Lord that you see me and there’s somebody there for me. It was a confirmation, it’s a confirmation of the call that somebody is going to invest in you, and partially in humility partially hey that’s part of who I am. And in my carnality, yeah of course you’re investing into me I’m a great guy!

[Phil]  Well we all need that affirmation right? There’s enough things kicking us down and I think especially in the ministry and I think, what a gift. Now you’re experiencing that same gift right in your ministry, giving to others and so what’s your perspective now as you’re able to invest in other lives around you?

[Karl]  I love it, it’s I think part of me, it’s one of the greatest things in ministry to be able to invest into other people, on one hand expecting nothing in return, but just seeing people grow, seeing people’s gratitude, seeing people step into what God’s called them to do. When people call back in the middle of a crisis, talk to me with what they’re going through, their gratitude, their expression of gratitude and expressing, Hey I wouldn’t have made it without you. And again it’s not about trying to put it on me, that I’m thinking, You know, that’s right you never would have made it without me. That not it at all, it’s more I am so glad I get to be a part of your life I get to be with on that journey, because the people you impact, the people’s lives that you change, I never would have gotten to them. It’s a different generation, but you get to minister to them and I get to be a part of that through you and I I love that part of ministry, just expanding your influence, expanding I guess yes the authority the spiritual authority. But not in the sense of, you know of power, but in the sense of my reach of who God has called me to be is greater than what I expected, or the people I have just in front of me, it goes beyond that.

[Phil] Yeah and you know we talk about how it’s very important in our ministries to have those relationships and to invest in others and yet it’s never an emergency, right? If you’re not intentional it won’t happen and the series we’ve looking at that. And I think you know for you and the rest of us in the Ministry Coaching Network around the world that we’re engaged with and who share these same values.  I mean we’ve all realized that if we don’t do it, others may not realize it for a while, maybe five years ten years, but eventually not investing in others then, we don’t leave a legacy if we don’t invest in others.  I know there’s a time difference here between you now and the West Coast here, where you are there close to Berlin there and so it must be getting a little late there, so maybe I’ll let you go. Thanks again for taking the time and by the way, I think you owe me about 42 lattes, I don’t know how many it was, but I lost track! But I I think you probably owe me a few.

[Karl] Ya, one for or two for each chapter!

 

Determine Expectations

As we conclude our episode, perhaps I could also include a few other practical suggestions that have been helpful for me over the years. From the very beginning, it is important to establish the parameters of the relationship, identifying what we have to offer and what the mentoree is looking for. This also involves discussing expectations for the relationship. This is important, for as in any relationship, unspoken expectations can sabotage the process.

As we’ve emphasized, this type of mentoring  relationship has a specific goal, personal growth and change. Since it is intense, I find it helpful to initially commit for a certain time period, say 3 months or 6 months. This of course can be extended, but it is better to be realistic than to overcommit and not be able to follow through. The initial important matter is to understand what areas the mentoree wants to grow. The challenge is to keep the relationship fresh and not stagnating, which is why I find it helpful to regularly evaluate if it is fulfilling our purpose.

Of course, this means that the mentor has to have a clear understanding of what they have to offer. As I mentioned earlier I have noticed that a certain type of person typically is drawn to my mentoring style. This usually has to do with what they perceive I can offer them from my life experience, training and type of ministry I am involved in and so on. Each one of us are a particularly unique package. To be an effective mentor we have to take some time to reflect on who we are and what we have to offer someone. The better we know ourselves, the better we will be able to serve someone we are mentoring.

Who can you Mentor?

So we have to be honest with ourselves and the mentoree as to what we have to offer them. In a later episode we will look in greater depth at the various functions we can offer someone, but remember that we do not need to be an expert in every area. Just take the pressure off, we are not the only person or even the only mentor in a mentoree’s life – as we have discussed we do not have to perfect, a mini Holy Spirit or some spiritual giant or guru. Perhaps it’s easier to think of ourselves as an older brother/sister or even a peer coming alongside of them to help them grow in their personal and professional life. The reality is that we all have the potential to mentor a variety of people in our lifetime.

But as with many journey’s in life, the first step is often the most difficult. But I would encourage you to take the initiative. Even if you did not receive leadership this way or even if you have never had a mentor, you can mentor someone else. My hope is that this series will give you some of the tools as well as the motivation to take the initiative and see those around you with new eyes. Eyes that see the potential in others and how you can serve them by guiding them as they  fulfill the dreams and goals that God has given them. Leadership and ministry in the Body is a team sport, we need each other to get there.

As we invest in others, we will be able to one day look back with amazement at what God was able to do through our simple efforts of coming alongside of those looking for a mentor. Actually, that’s what it means to leave a legacy – the legacy is people. After all, that is all that is going to be carried forward into eternity. Everything else – titles, positions, accomplishments – all that is going to be left behind as wood, hay and stubble.

In our next episode, I will be providing some suggestion as to how to approach someone who you consider could be one of your mentors and then I’ll describe a mentoring model many of those in our Ministry Coaching Network  have been using for years. I’m looking forward to it and hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

Can you think of someone within your sphere of influence that you could invest some time in?

Considering your giftings, personality, life stage and ministry experience, what could you offer a potential mentoree?

Using the principles from this series, are you prepared to take the intuitive and mentor those that God puts in your path?

Episode 7: Faulty Thinking

Video

Description

In this seventh episode in the Mentoring Intelligence Series, Phil shares some of the pitfalls and misunderstandings of what a mentoring relationship should include. He makes a distinction between discipleship – which ideally should be a relationship to help someone grow spiritually in their faith — and the term mentoring, which he uses to describe a relationship to help someone grow in their capacity as a leader. It includes spiritual growth, but also includes the development of the whole person. A wrong understanding of leadership, and past excesses and errors, have at times meant that others have used these types of relationship to control others and see them as a means to reach their vision. He also explains that mentoring is not about having to be perfect, a professional teacher or counsellor, nor is it a misguided spiritual fathering type of relationship. This means that in some way we all can be a mentor for someone.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 7 Intro: The Problem with “Spiritual Fathering”

In this episode we will focus our attention on making a distinction between the goals of a mentoring relationship and discipling someone in the faith. The term discipleship has become kind of fuzzy in its meaning and so we will define what it really is and how it differs from the goal of mentoring. Another potential area of confusion is the misconception that mentoring is the same as Spiritual Fathering. Let’s look at what guardrails or boundaries are needed so that mentoring relationships don’t go sideways.

The Discipleship Movement

As I had mentioned at the beginning of our series, my spiritual roots were deeply impacted by the discipleship movement of the 1970s. It was through the lives of those leading Genesis, a discipleship school in California, that I realize the ministry was about relationship and our life message. Life message means there is congruency between my personal life and what I preach to others. None of us are perfect in this, but this has been the lens through which I have viewed ministry ever since. At the time, this included accountability and disciplines, but I was fortunate that I was enrolled in a school that had a balanced approach.

Unfortunately, this was not necessarily the case for all. Some in the discipleship movement liked the feeling of controlling others and even used a superior spirituality to manipulate and make their disciples dependent upon them. If you were from that era, like me you could probably name names and may  even have a few scars to prove it.

Discipleship more than Teaching Doctrines

I believe these excesses and false teaching on the fringes of the movement, then and now, have made most churches want to steer clear from accountable discipling relationship. So in the last 50 years, discipleship and discipling has been reduced to  teaching a church member the doctrines of the church, often in something like a new members class. Nothing necessarily wrong with this, but discipling in the first century Rabbinic model was so much more.

Others did not see Jesus as just a guy aimlessly walking around the roads of Galilee, he would have been seen in the Jewish pattern of a rabbi. When he asked his disciples, to “follow me” he was confirming this rabbinic pattern where usually a rabbi would identify a few disciples to come and follow their teachings and lifestyle. In Matt. 28, he tells his disciples to then go and do the same – go and make disciples of all nations of all people groups. By the way, we were never commanded to make converts, but to make disciples. There is a difference. And this is not just for the professionals, but for all of us.

Discipleship About Life Transformation

The first century discipleship model was never about just information, but life transformation. The English word “disciple” comes from the Latin word “discipulus” which means pupil or learner and it corresponds to the New Testament Greek word “mathetes.” Being a follower of a Rabbi had a much broader application than just an academic or intellectual learning though, it had to do with life application.

The attempt to rediscover this first century discipleship with its focus on life change and transformation some fifty years ago had its flaws. For those of us close to ground zero, it was pretty intense. I can remember getting up by 3:30 AM to do my hours of prayer, bible meditation and other spiritual disciples, which included meeting with my disciple and small group applications, before going to morning classes with people like Winkie Pratney, Juan Carlos Ortiz. Like I said, I am thankful that I was not part of what in some circles almost became cult like. Due to those extremes, many distanced themselves and, as often happens, lost the benefits in the process. I believe this is why it was safer to just make discipleship a doctrinal class for new members.

But I do not believe this is a flaw in the rabbinic concept of discipleship, but rather a misapplication of accountable  relationships. As we have seen in the last few episodes, without the right heart attitude of servanthood, we will naturally control and use others to elevate our own spirituality, rather than humbly serve them. This of course is not limited to discipleship, but happens in many other relationships in the Body, which is why Jesus emphasized how the relationship in the Body were to be different from those in the world.

Since discipleship has become such a loaded (often negative) word, carrying varied meanings, I like to use the term “mentoring.” In many ways it carries a wider meaning, and is not as loaded a word in church circles. But at the same time does not contradict the biblical discipling process. Particularly in other countries and languages this has been helpful, as I have been able to infuse it with a more accurate meaning what for many was a new term.

A Rabbinic Model

I would make the case that the discipleship that Jesus practiced was a personal relationship that affected the disciple’s entire life. However, for the reasons I have outlined, it has taken on a different meaning. It usually means getting information, focusing on spiritual growth and knowing the facts about the faith. Mentoring, in our use of the term here, includes spiritual growth of course, but also encompasses every aspect of a person’s life. And to be effective, as Jesus was with his disciples, it requires an accountable relationship – walking together with someone.

Mentoring Includes Whole Person Development

So mentoring includes spiritual growth, but does not end there. It also should include helping someone deal with issues arising from those  fundamental tendencies, helping them grow as a leader and then have the tools to go and do the same with others. As you can see from the diagram, Evangelism produces believers – though as I mentioned this was never our initial mandate, our goal was to produce disciples. But I would suggest it does not end there. To help a follower of Jesus understand their giftings and place in the Body someone needs to then come alongside of them and mentor them. This is a relational process to help develop the leadership potential in others. I believe Jesus did both. It is not either/or but both/and. So for our purposes, discipleship is helping someone grow in the faith – hopefully through a personal relationship – and mentoring is helping someone grow in their Kingdom impact, again, through a personal relationship.

The focus is on self-discovery and creating a trusting relationship, to help someone take practical steps to establish new life and ministry patterns. In order to not create a co-dependent, or unhealthy, controlling relationship certain guardrails need to be in place. The obvious one, of course, is a commitment to the characteristics that we discussed in our last episode. If we don’t function in leadership according to Kingdom principles, the mentoring/discipling relationship will inevitably be unhealthy and even destructive.

Guardrails in the Mentoring Relationship

Understanding some of the other guardrails can also help us better define the kind of mentoring relationship we are talking about. Being a mentor does not mean having the type of relationship that a parent would have with their small child.  Though the mentor may have more experience in certain areas, treating an adult mentoree as a small child only creates dependence and eventually resentment – never turn out well. This approach actually will stifle leadership development, the opposite of what we are trying to do.

Not About Control

The mentor never has a right  to control or make decisions for the mentoree. This is different than what we saw in the Shepherding Movement of the 1970s. What became rather cultish was leaders who felt really spiritual and made their disciples dependent upon them for every decision such as who they were to marry and every other life choice. This may build the leader’s ego, but creates dependence on a person, not Christ. As we mentor someone we are to be helping them make good decisions based upon their own relationship with Jesus.

The mentoring model I am discussing here is more of an older brother or sister relationship. It is based upon mutual respect, rather than being a mother or father to someone, regardless of how much older or more experience the mentor may have. None of us likes the feeling of someone controlling us and making decisions for us, so why do we do this with others? We are to make other dependent on Christ, not us.

Not About Being Perfect

Another misconception is that a mentor needs to be perfect in order to mentor someone else. But as we have already discussed, vulnerability, not perfection, is required. Big difference. Not understanding this I think scares many people away from mentoring someone. We just have to be open and authentic – of course if we have the wrong idea about leadership we won’t do this. Leaders who function with Jesus’ Kingdom values have no reason to feel threatened, because they are not trying to convince people of their superior spirituality or perfection. We are free to be just who we are. Counter-intuitively, this actually produces respect. Authenticity with others actually means they will respect us more, not less.

The greater the respect in the relationship the greater will be the commitment. The greater the commitment the greater the mutual accountability. And the greater the accountability the greater the growth in the mentoree’s life. The focus is on helping someone mature and grow. This does not mean that you have to have all the answers, you are more a resource person directing them to the right contacts, ideas, resources etc. Ultimately, the mentoree must take final responsibility for their own growth.

Not Being Professional Teacher/Counsellor

I think another misconception is that to be a mentor means that you have to be like a professional teacher or counselor. While the mentoring process may include aspects of these functions, neither of these is the primary task of the mentor. Again, as mentors we are just those who walk alongside of someone as a resource person and guide them in the areas of growth they want and need, with the goal of helping them reach their personal and professional goals.

Another hindrance to mentoring is to think that we have to wait until we are old or older before we can mentor someone. But you don’t have to wait until you are an elder sage or matriarch before you pass on to others what you have learned. Of course the mentor needs to have a certain level of maturity and experience in the area that the mentoree want to learn, but having an older brother/sister model opens up the mentoring process to all of us.

Not Being a Spiritual Father

Actually, having a spiritual fathering model actually works counter to the mentoring model which I am suggesting. Typically in nature we only have one father and so this is a bit of a problematic metaphor when applied to mentoring. The reality is that we all need several types of mentors, not just one person as a father figure signifies. Having just one such person in our lives lends itself to dependency and abuse. I would suggest that, unlike mentoring, the fathering model is not reproducible in the long run.

One key passage from the Apostle Paul’s writing is often used to validate the concept of spiritual fathering. But I would suggest that has taken on a meaning never intended by him or by any leader in first century church. A few years ago, I was teaching on this subject  in a country in west Africa and an older pastor stood up and said, “Oh yes, mentoring, we have been doing that for years, but here we call in spiritual fathering.” By looking at the younger faces in the crowd and talking to a few of them afterwards, I realized that their meaning was quite different than mine. Instead of feeling empowered and released, the younger leaders felt that they better stay in their place, and were only going to be able to use their gifts when they were much older. For now they carried the bag and washed the car of their spiritual father. Sounded a lot closer to the old Shepherding heresy, than mentoring based on biblical values. What you call it is not that important, you can even use the term “mentoring” or “discipling” to control others if we don’t understand servant leadership.

Paul’s Understanding of “Spiritual Fathering”

So what was Paul meaning? The verse often used to rationalize this approach is 1 Cor. 4:15, “Even though you have ten thousand teachers [guardians] in Christ you do not have many fathers, for in Christ Jesus I became your father through the gospel.” Yet the context in that chapter of Paul’s remarks are that of a servant leader. In the previous fourteen verses, he outlines for the readers that they are to regard leaders as “servants of Christ.” Does not sound very top down does it? In dealing with the Corinthians, who were elevating some people in the Body over others, in verses 6-7 he asks them “How are you different than anyone else and so why should you boast if even I nor Apollus do?” Hmmm, good point Paul.

In classic Pauline irony, in vs. 8, he exclaims that it seemed that they were already reigning in the Kingdom, but without him and the other leaders, but he sure wishes they could lead with them! Paul knew it was hard to be full of oneself  lead while taking up one’s cross.  “Want to be a leader in the Kingdom,” he seems to say, “then join us in the end of the parade, become a fool for Christ, become weak, dishonored,” then he lays it on real heavy, become “scum of the earth, garbage of the world!” Okay Paul may not have been the master of the understatement, but does this sound like the elevated “spiritual fathering” we see in some circles? I think not.  I told my friends in Africa, as I have in other places, if your definition of fathering is what Paul is describing here before verse 15, carry on, but by the fruit I could tell it wasn’t. Actually what Paul is describing sounds a lot more like the kind of mentoring that we have been talking about.

Paul Did Not Contradict Jesus’ Teaching

Paul  was to be imitated as a servant, not as a lord or boss. Spiritual Fathering or whatever you call it, can come to mean more of a controlling type of relationship where a person has one “father” who guides them in the faith and, at worst, controls their decisions, at best functions as a personal lackey. The “spiritual children” of these relationships often do not feel free and released in ministry. This was obviously not Paul’s intention as it would have contradicted Jesus’ teaching. From his many other writings it is clear that he was willing to lay down his position, ministry, and even life, in order to serve others in humility.

But due to our fallen nature, even with the best of intentions, a fathering relationship often deteriorates into a top-down one where older leaders hold back the next generation. The Corinthian passage has sometimes been taken out of context and used to control others and keep them under the authority of their “spiritual father.” As we have previously discussed, Jesus addresses the core issue of the source of our authority in Matt. 23:8-12. He taught that we have only one Father and are not to call anyone on earth “father.”  The disciples were to be brothers and sisters. Oh ya, and then as their leader, he washed their feet.

Mutual Submission in Body of Christ

He affirms that all believers are to be equal servants. The title and position is not important, but rather having the attitude of Christ. Confronting our propensity for position and power, he sums it up this way, “the greatest among you will be your servant.” Position (however godly-sounding the titles) was never to be lorded over others. My experience has been that much of the teaching of “spiritual fathering” violates this principle. An older brother/sister model seems to me to better reflect Jesus’ attitude in Matt 23 as this produces life in others as they are directed to Christ, not to the person mentoring them.

A Brother/Sister Model

It allows the mentoring process to be more accessible to both mentors and mentoree, not just those who are considered seasoned leaders who are of a more “fatherly” age. It also allows for multiple mentors simultaneously, which we all need. An elder brother/sister model communicates a more accurate representation of a healthy mentoring model, where someone comes alongside of someone on the same journey, rather than an aloof expert who has all the answers.

My hope is that you see that each of us can be a mentor regardless of our age. Even if you are a teen or young adult there are always those who you can positively influence. On the other hand, the beauty of mentoring is that we never have to retire from mentoring others. We can offer this gift to others for as long as God gives us breath. In our next couple episodes I am going to provide some practical suggestions for both the mentor and mentoree in finding and guiding and mentoring relationship. As always, I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

In your ministry or life, does discipling others include life transformation or merely transferring knowledge?

How do you think having a misguided spiritual fathering approach hinders life-giving mentoring relationships?

What are some of the important guardrails that you have put in place in order to keep your mentoring relationships healthy?

Episode 6: Under the Radar

Video

Description

In this sixth episode in the Mentoring Intelligence Series, Phil shares the importance of personal development through a mentoring relationship. Mentoring is not just about passing on skills but helping a person grow in the areas of their life that may not be seen by others. These fundamental tendencies are at the core of our Personhood and are often at an unconscious level. He points out that people get hired for their skills but fired due to their fundamental tendencies. He also outlines three different levels of mentoring: Passive, Occasional, and Intensive, as well as three different types of mentoring relationships characterized by three biblical figures: Barnabas, Timothy and Epaphroditus.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 6 Intro: Mentoring for Life Transformation

We have been digging around hearts issues and reflecting on what Kingdom leadership really is and what it means to follow Jesus’ example of leading opposite to what we see around us. Now how does this apply to the specifics of an actual mentoring relationship? What does it mean to help someone develop in every area of their personhood and how is this rather unique to the mentoring process? In this episode we want to discuss how mentoring can be a vehicle to encourage and see life transformation.

Mentoring is About Others, Not Us

Mentoring is coming alongside of someone and helping them reach their goals, helping them become all that God wants them to be. It’s not about developing yes men who will help us reach our vision or goals! Now I hope that clicking is not the sound of people changing the channel! Hang in there with me, as I think you’ll find this helpful.

To finish well, as we mentioned last time, all leaders need those who will mentor them as well as offer the gift of mentoring to others. The reality is that as we invest in others, we will be challenged and grow in our own life and ministry. Remember, we are just one member of the Body, so we as leaders also need to change, not just dispensing truth to others.  Helping others grow will motivate us to keep up to date in our own spiritual, personal and ministry life.

But as we have said repeatedly, this does not just happen automatically. While it is very important, mentoring others will never seem urgent. It’s up to us to take the initiative. Perhaps it doesn’t need mentioning, but it’s important to remember that mentoring is not an event that occurs with the crowds, it happens out of sight, more in the background. This may explain why those who think that ministry is primarily a public activity don’t value it and don’t make time to do it.

Holistic Heart, Head, Hands Approach

Mentoring involves more than just teaching someone skills or how to do ministry. It actually should have a threefold balance between the Heart, Head and Hands. The heart signifies character development, instilling the love, values and passion of Christ in the leader. The head refers to knowledge acquisition, helping the mentoree develop understanding, knowledge and wisdom, finally there is also the hands, or some skill development. This should include life skills, not just ministry skills, so that they will be balanced as they seek to discover their role in fulfilling God’s plan for their life.

So then it’s about more than just skills or even theological training, rather it’s focus is the application of biblical truth in every aspect of a person – it’s all about life transformation—seeing the life of Christ formed in someone. This includes three different levels of Personal Development. Let me explain it like this. From the chart you can see three areas of personal development represented in the triangle. On the top are the Ministry or Career Skills. These are visible for others to see, signified by the red line. Everything above the line is visible to others, while everything below the line is not readably seen by others.

Visible Skills – Above the Line

The skills are the capabilities a person needs in order to be effective in their particular job or ministry. These are the abilities other’s see and they are specific to the job and not necessarily transferable to other jobs or ministries. Usually these are acquired through technical training and mentoring can play a role in helping the mentoree develop these skills.  However, as we know, it is possible to master the skills of a particular career  or ministry and yet fail in our relationships and other key areas of our life. Skills and gifting are seldom enough, or the best indicator of success.

Transferable Abilities – Below the Line

The first level below the surface  that we are not always aware of are what we call Transferable Abilities. These are the capabilities that we have that are useful in more than one specific job or ministry. For example, it could include skills such as listening, public speaking, making decisions, leading meetings and so on. Though a person may change jobs, these skills follow them to the next job because they are part of who they are. They are not even always listed in the resume. These are below the skill level and is an area of personal development that mentoring can be helpful.

Foundational Tendencies – The Deepest Level

At the deepest level of personal development are the Foundational Tendencies which we all have as part of our Personhood. These are habitual ways of thinking, feeling and behaving that we all have developed from our earliest days of childhood. They are at the essential level of personhood and are fundamental to the other two areas. They are the most hidden and yet the most powerful area to develop if we are going to be healthy and effective leaders.

This includes skills such as receiving constructive criticism, relating to authority, having self-awareness, responding in conflict situations, being self-correcting, how one responds when in control and not in control, and so on. They tend to be at an unconscious level and so are more like tendencies than skills. They explain why a person does what they do in the other two areas. This is the most important area in determining a person’s success in life and is seldom dealt with outside of a personal mentoring relationship. Not too many people know us at this level and yet most of what we do in life stems from these deep seeded beliefs and values.

The goal of the mentoring relationship is to not just deal with skills, but to help a person become self aware and grow at this deepest level of their being. The mentor does not need to be an expert as we will see, but they can function as a resource for the mentoree to help them grow in areas they need.

Hired for Skills – Fired for Tendencies

The reality is that in most jobs, people get hired for their skills, but fired due to their tendencies. In the  CV or resume, and even in the job interview, it is easy for the candidate to cover up these tendencies. They may not even be aware of them. The focus in the interview is usually on skills and everything above the line. Less time is spent dealing with the candidate’s self-awareness, emotional health, and teach-ability. As this is true in the marketplace, my experience has been that it is not much different in the church. Our human tendency is to focus on the outward, skill, charisma, giftings, not these deeper issues.

So when it comes to staffing or even getting volunteers in the church we typically gather resumes for the position and we may even spend a few days with the potential candidate, seeing if they can preach, teach, have the skills to lead in worship and so on. Usually little time is spent to discover some of their fundamental tendencies. This makes sense, as this is hard to do outside of a trusting relationship.

What Happened to Bob?

For example, let’s say that we are on the leadership team at a church. A bright young man – let’s call him Bob – has just given his life to Jesus and is on fire in his new faith. Then as an added bonus we discover that he is very gifted musically. Excellent, a blessing from the Lord. So we ask him to join the worship team and man he really adds to mix. I mean the guitar chords he uses are like out of this world…..we are convinced that with him on the team the worship experience is going to incredible!

So pretty soon, he becomes the lead musician, oh, and did I mention his voice! Wow, its gotta be heard to be believed. Now since his skill level is so much above the rest of the team, it’s not very long before we ask him to be the team leader. After all our gifts make room for us and this eventually leads to greater influence and finally more authority, right? In any case, things are looking great in the worship department of the church.  He is young, but we are sure his charisma and off the charts skills will make up for any deficits he might have.

Well if you have been around church for any length of time, you know there is a “but” or “however” coming. You are right. Soon after being team leader, we begin to notice that on Mondays our phone begins to ring. You see other members  of the worship team are calling us. Some are in tears, others frustrated and at first we just think they are adjusting to having such a skilled leader. But then a few people quit the team and fast forward six months and one Sunday morning we look up and it’s just Bob up front with his guitar. Now, the problem or pending crisis has hit our radar.

The Problem of Focusing on Externals

We begin to meet with all the previous team members and discover that yes he was skilled musically, but his perfection, anger issues and unwillingness to listen to others has driven everyone away. Which is why he is now a one man show. It is likely we will have to ask him to step aside (a nice way of saying firing, but as we know it’s hard to fire volunteers). Of course the danger of this is that it may cause a church split….people like Bob are usually too gifted to just fade away stage left, biding their time until their character grows to the level to sustain their giftings. Of course this is the genesis of many church plants. He was hired for his skills, but fired for the issues under the surface. And we all have issues, which is why we need others.

Now you can insert a different names and varied positions, but I am sure you can identify with some version of this story. What happened? Well we focused on skills and not fundamental tendencies. For to do that we would have had to spend time with Bob, before making him team leader and maybe even before he joins the worship team. Mentoring is the best way of doing this. If we would have walked with him discovering areas in which he needed to grow we could have saved ourselves a world of hurt. We would have found out if he was teachable before releasing a role to him that would naturally increase his influence and authority. And we  could have likely avoided losing the rest of the worship team in the process and perhaps watching half of our church walk out the door. But mentoring is never urgent, though important. Yet our lack of taking the time eventually will create crises that are urgent.

Now I have painted a worst case scenario picture, but we have all seen some version of this play out in life and ministry. And you know, it’s not really Bob’s fault. He just needed someone to mentor him for a while. In the rest of this series we are going to look at practical aspects of a mentoring relationship, but the goal is always to help someone grow as a person. Now we can’t grow for them, all we can do is create the right conditions for them to make the choice to grow themselves. That is the power of mentoring. Yes it takes time, effort and vulnerability as we have seen, but the impact in someone’s life and our ministry can be dramatic and long lasting.

Three Levels of Mentoring

Some have outlined three basic levels of mentoring. These are Passive, Occasional, and Intensive. No need for us to get into the weeds on each of these, but let me quickly outline them for you.

The one that requires the least amount of effort and accountability is passive mentoring. In this scenario we may never even meet the mentor, perhaps only influenced by reading a book or listening to a podcast. This could be a contemporary of ours or perhaps an historical figure that has inspired us. This is helpful, but not really an accountable relationship. And without accountability there often limited growth. For the purposes of our series here, I am not primarily thinking about this type of passive relationship.

Now Occasional mentoring refers to mentoring that is not as regular or intensive and yet is more proactive than passive. Often it is for specific times or purposes.  It could take the form of being a counselor providing advice for specific problems or challenges, or perhaps like a teacher passing on specific knowledge on a particular subject. It may even take the form of a sponsor who provides guidance and protection for the mentoree as they grow and progress in the organization. While we all need these types of mentors in our lives, this again will not be the main focus for our discussions.

This Series Focus

The most intentional and deliberate mentoring relationship is the Intensive mentoring relationship. This requires the greatest amount of engagement and accountability, but also produces the greatest opportunity for growth in the mentoree’s life. This personal relationship can include teaching a person the disciplines of following Christ, which we will talk more about in our next episode. For our purposes it will be used to describe not only helping a mentoree grow spiritually, but also in each area of their personhood, from ministry skills to foundational tendencies.

As we have briefly discussed in previous episodes, mentoring is never an emergency and so without developing some kind of wineskin or structures in our life, it will likely not happen. Add to this the energy it takes to break free from the inertia of negative leadership patterns that we have borrowed from the world, and the reason not much real mentoring is happening starts to become evident. We need to have a transformation of heart to see Jesus’ Kingdom leadership values and then we need to develop models in our lives to make that happen.

Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships  Model

This is why after teaching about mentoring I went a step further and developed a one year model called Mentoring thru Intentional Relationship which you can get from our website. This provides a one to two year guide to help someone mentor another person.  As we have seen, there are several types of mentoring relationships, but what we are talking about here is a particular type of relationship that has the main intention of helping someone understand and implement Kingdom principles in their lives – so that they can be effective and reach their potential.

Three Types of Mentoring Relationships

We looked at three levels of mentoring relationships, but we each also need three types of mentoring relationships in our lives if we are going to finish well. These can be characterized by three biblical characters: Barnabas, Timothy and Epaphraditus. Barnabas is a model of someone who saw potential in others  and encouraged them. In a future episode we will be discussing his contribution as a mentor of a young, at the time, unknown upstart.

Each of us also needs a Timothy, or someone with whom we can share and help them grow in life and ministry. And finally Epaphroditus, which was a friend of Paul and part of his early ministry team. These are peer relationships we can enjoy as learn from in our own life and ministry. We will look at these in greater detail, but do you have Barnabas in your life, an upward mentor that is investing in your life? How about a Timothy, someone who you are investing in, or an Epaphroditus, a peer mentor that you are walking the journey of life with?

In future episodes we will look at the dynamics of all these types of mentoring relationships, but at this point we just need to be reminded that we need a variety of mentoring relationships in our lives if we are going to grow and continue to be effective in the Kingdom. Our focus in this series will be an intentional personal relationship, but even this type of relationship has certain boundaries as we will see.

As I mentioned at the very beginning of Episode One, when a term morphs into meaning everything than it actually  often ends up meaning nothing. If we put the label “mentoring” on virtually any type of relationship it loses its real meaning and power. While these principles are transferable to other relationships, I want to share some of the dynamics of a specific mentoring relationship, which as the purpose of developing a potential leader. We all have it within our power to mentor others. We can make the effort by taking the time to develop others, even if we may never have had this opportunity ourselves.

In our next episode we are going to define mentoring by looking at what it is not, focussing on discipling and spiritual fathering. This will be helpful in understanding what we are looking for in a mentor and what we have to offer someone we are mentoring. As always, I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

How has the lack of focusing on the development of the whole person affected your ministry? What crises could have been avoided?

Do you, or have you had, Passive, Occasional, and Intensive mentoring relationships?

Do you have a Barnabas in your life? Do you have a Timothy? How about a Epaphroditus?

Episode 5: Five Attributes

Video

Description

In this fifth episode in the Mentoring Intelligence Series, Phil shares the key five characteristics a needs to exemplify to be an effective mentor after the model of Jesus. These include focusing on people and not position, releasing rather than controlling, being vulnerable and accountable and developing others rather than just gathering a following. These are all based on a servant leadership model which is necessary to mentor others. Life and ministry is a marathon and not a sprint and these attributes will help the leader finish the race well. Without this attitude and corresponding behaviours, it is likely what the leader will burn out, blow out or just fizzle out.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 5 Intro: Applying Servant Leadership

We have been discussing the heart of a mentor and have realized that biblical leadership is based upon Jesus upside down Kingdom. He modeled how different leadership was to be from the institutions in which we as the Church – the people of God — are embedded. So this is a heart transformation issue for all Christian leaders. Otherwise we tend to gravitate towards power based, ego driven leadership, rather than servant leadership. But what does servant leadership really look like in practical terms in our lives and organizations? That is the topic of this episode.

Five Leadership Characteristics

Now before we get too deep into the episode, I would like to just encourage you to take advantage of the free assessments we have provided. These are a tool to help us reflect on our own life, as well as spark a discussion with someone that we are mentoring or being mentored by. The servant leadership assessment uses questions to get at the heart of what we have been talking about the last couple episodes and there are two Mentoring Assessments. One is for you as an the individual and helps you to discover what your current Mentoring Quotient is…..but don’t worry, wherever we are at we can always grow as this is a learned skill. There is also a Mentoring Assessment for Organizations, which addresses the need to change our ministry wineskins if we are going to create environments conducive to mentoring types of relationships.  To download them just use the link in the description box and I hope you will find them helpful for you and your team members.

So, we have been talking about the lofty Kingdom values of this upside down leadership, but what does that look like in our everyday life and ministry? As I mentioned before, NOT too many people are going to argue against the concept of servant leadership, but walking it out is where it gets difficult for most of us. Yet without some practical application the danger is that it will just be theological truth we agree with. What does it really look like? My list here is not exhaustive, but I’d like to share five leadership  characteristics that I believe need to be evident in a mentor’s life.

1. Relationship versus Position

As we saw last time, Jesus’ model of leadership had little to do with title and position. Kingdom leadership is about relationship versus position. The reality is that we can use our gifts and calling to influence others to see them succeed even beyond us. We don’t have to be the cork in the bottle! It’s about developing others, not creating a hierarchy where we are in control. As I mentioned last time, top-down leadership, with its focus on power and control eventually implodes upon itself.

At the end of the day, people don’t want to be controlled, people want to be developed and released to fulfill their potential. That is why it has a short shelf life. People may celebrate the strong man/woman in the beginning (remember, We want a King like the other nations) but eventually this gets old, because it becomes all about the leader serving themselves and increasing , not decreasing so others may increase. Kind of wears people out.

Flattening the Learning Curve

As this relates to mentoring, instead of being threatened or jealous, mentors should celebrate mentoree’s success. Now just a quick side note,  I use the term, “mentoree” not “mentee” – for no deep theological  reason, I just like the way it sounds and have used it for the last 25 years…..of course use whatever you like, protégé, mentee.

Our goal is to flatten the learning curve of the person we are mentoring, so that they will not have to make all the same mistakes we did….remember we all have to make our own mistakes, but none of us have a long enough life (even if we live to 100) to make all the mistakes possible. This is why we need mentors who have walked the road ahead of us. The goal is to help those we mentor mature in less time than it took us. Often though, existing leaders have the mentality, “It took me twenty years to get to where I am, I am going to make sure it take you at least that long!”

“Going to School” on Someone

For you armchair golfers out there, let me use a golfing analogy. For example, we talk about  “going to school” on someone else’s putt. If the path of my ball is close to my opponent, and they are ahead of me, I can get behind them (I don’t recommend getting in front of them!), and watch them putt and see how their ball reacts to the slope, the grain of the grace and so on. It’s called  “going to school” on their putt. I like that. In life, I am always looking for those I can go to school on, those who are ahead of me in some area of life or ministry. Clearly, power based leaders are too threatened to open their lives for others to learn from, which is why it is unlikely that they will mentor anyone. Why would they want to allow you to go to school on their life….they want to keep that a secret so that they can either impress you or maybe keep you in your place.

2. Releasing versus Controlling others

Another Characteristic of mentors is a willingness to open doors for others, not close them. Mentoring is all about releasing not controlling others. However if we have the wrong understand of leadership, we will feel threatened in our position and so will fight to keep it — kind of like children playing who is King of the hill. A pyramid structure of leadership fosters this attitude. These type of leaders have never allowed the Lord to break them of their pride, ego and ambition. Like I mentioned before, not the type of person I want to be mentored by.

A servant leader though never has to fight in their own wisdom and strength for what God has given them. The reality is that someone can take our position, church or organization….but it is impossible for them to take our ministry or influence. Once we realize this, we don’t have to fight to keep our position or place in the Body. Now, full disclosure,  I still have printed business cards, I know some of you may not even know what these are, they are kind of a left over from the 20th century. But on my card it states our organization, my name, and title, President  and even a PhD behind my name. Very impressive.

So every morning when I wake up and am figuring out what to do for the day, do I have to refer to the card? You know, look at it read my title and position and then think ….ah yes I should do something befitting a president with a doctorate today! No, not really, actually I don’t even use these any more. The card is a reflection of what I do, not the driver or motivation of what I do.

Mixing up Position with Function

If we get position and function backwards, we’ll expend lots of energy and fight to keep our position. But as I said, someone can wrestle the organization and even my title from me (trust me it has been tried)…..but what would I do the next morning. Likely the same thing I have always done….write, teach, invest in others….you see these things are who I am, I don’t need a position or title to do them.  People can take our church or our organization, but they can never take away your God-given ministry. Once we realize this, we will never need to feel threatened and have to fight to keep what God has given us.

This means holding the trappings of leadership loosely. If we hold them too tightly we will likely hinder the development of the next generation rather than releasing them. This is particularly true as we age and fear becoming obsolete and irrelevant. How many leaders do we know who out of fear are not letting go? If we mentor others throughout our life and release them, as with my discussion regarding true authority, we will never run out of a meaningful function – even if we no longer have a title or business card! That should all be kind of irrelevant for the ministry God has given us.

3. Vulnerable and Authentic versus Pride

A third characteristic of a mentor is to be we willing to be vulnerable as we  authentically live out our lives and minister to others. Last episode we went into detail on this point but just a reminder here, Paul taught us in Phil. 2 to follow Jesus’ example and take on the nature of a servant. Peter followed this up by teaching us that it is our responsibility to humble ourselves….we must step off the throne, even if  others are chanting, “We want a King like the other nations!”

Jesus’ impressive authority was balanced by his equally impressive vulnerability. It’s interesting that it is said of Jesus, that he made of himself no reputation – he was not too concerned about what others thought of him. If you missed the last episode on this topic it might be worth going back and listening to it. Not sure about you, but I need to almost daily be reminded of this! The old fallen man keeps raising his proud, wizened head! I don’t want to make it sound like it is easy to pull this off, it’s not. As we saw last time, without Christ living within its impossible and even with his help we may have to fight the battle between the old and new man that Paul talked about, for the rest of our lives.

Risky Leadership

I probably should also mention at this point that this type of leadership is pretty risky. You don’t have to look any  further than what happened to Jesus. Betrayed by a close confidant, misunderstood, his reputation in tatters, oh ya, and then he dies an humiliating death by his enemies on a cross. None of that sounds like fun or particularly grand leadership activities. Yes, it’s a risk to step off the podium and take up our cross, particularly dying to our own ego and pride! But that is exactly where Jesus is asking us to join him.

But I would suggest that the flip side is also true. It is a real risk to our physical and emotional health and spirituality to hide who we are behind achievements, titles, positions and even pseudo-spirituality. In that scenario, we have to hide our faults, weaknesses and even failures….living a rather artificial existence. And because we were never meant to live like that, it eventually falls apart. In time the cracks show and if we have not humbled ourselves — others, circumstances,  or our own weaknesses will do the job for us. My experience is that’s usually a lot more painful. Not allowing others to put us on a pedestal saves us from a spectacular fall someday.

4. Accountability versus Independence

The danger for many leaders, and actually all of us, is to avoid accountability at all costs. You see it is accountability with others that will keep our feet firmly tethered to reality so that we can focus on people not our position or accomplishments. It is accountability that will help us stay vulnerable and authentic. Bobby Clinton’s classic leadership study years ago indicated that 70% of leaders do not finish their race well.

This race of life is a marathon not a sprint. I think I’ve mentioned that when I started out, I thought it was more of a sprint. I was 17 when I went to college and man was I going to change the world. Well most of my 20s were spent on the proverbial shelf….I had the training, was ready to go, but God seemed to forget where I was. And for the record, his school is much tougher than any schooling I have been through. I was ready to change the world and make my mark but God was more interested in changing me. This did not happen on a sandy beach,  but exiled to doing construction, mostly in rain, on the west coast, oh yes, and sprinkled with a generous dose of personal tragedies. If you are interested in some of those stories, you can get our book, Roads less Travelled.

Life a Marathon – Not  a Sprint

I am sure like me, you have also noticed that life is more of a marathon. Everyone starts the race, but not everyone finishes it with their faith or sanity intact! That is why we have to willing to enroll in God’s school, the curriculum is tailor made for each of us. It is there where he forms us into the person who has the character that can handle our giftings and authority, without spiritually abusing others or making it all about us. As we discussed last time, authority in the Kingdom does not make us aloof or distant from others, but rather willing to lay our lives down for others, as Jesus modelled for us. That takes more than gifting, that takes character….which takes a lifetime to develop. God is more concerned with who I become than what I can do for him.

But to develop accountable relationships, we have to be intentional….they just don’t happen because we get out of bed in the morning. The wise leader will not wait until the waters of crisis are upon them before developing such relationships. Now this takes more than just being part of a small group that talks about sports….or even theology. As me, I am sure you know leaders who have fallen morally – or some other way – and yet many of them we discover we even part of a small group. How can this be?

Being Real with Others

Like learning to preach without walking the walk during the week, it’s easy to get proficient at looking accountable, but not really be open to others speaking into our lives and allowing them to really hold us accountable. Do you have someone, besides your spouse, who can ask you the tough questions? If not you are on real dangerous ground as a person and as a leader. I have a few guys in my life who I give the permission to ask me the tough questions of  even my personal life. While this is not always comfortable, the alternative is much more dangerous.

We are all imperfect, so we may as well own it, accepting God’s grace and the grace of a few trusted others. This is a safety for me and I would encourage you to cultivate this same safety net in our life. It is the only way to finish the race well. A couple years ago I wrote a personal study on Finishing the Race and if you would like to go through that you can download it from our website. You can also check out that podcast series as it is available. Are we fostering accountable relationships in our lives as a preventative measure for ourselves as well as those we lead? Remember, it’s too late to dig a well once we start to feel thirsty.

5. Developing Others versus Gathering a Following

A fifth and final characteristic of effective mentors that we will look at today, was also touched upon last time a little bit, but let me expound. This has to do with developing others, versus just trying to gather a greater following for ourselves. This is what I always have found interesting about Jesus’ ministry. He only had a short time – about three years — but instead of focussing on developing a following or gathering crowds, he took a very unconventional approach to leadership.

In John chapter 6 we see Jesus feeding the 5000 and the food was so good that that they wanting to make him King on the spot! I wonder how many of us would have willingly consented, I mean perfect timing, right, there is a crowd and they want us. But as was his habit, Jesus disappears into the mountains by himself. Later on that night he walks across the lake only for the crowd to follow him the next day. In 6:26 He tells them that really all they are after is the free food, not relationship with him. He saw right through their motivation.

He then continues by explaining that he is the Bread of Life and then ended with the rather cryptic verse 51, “This bread is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.” Of course this started a firestorm of arguments by his Jewish listeners. In classic fashion though, Jesus, instead of trying to clear things up and settle things down, he makes it worse by saying, “Very truly I tell you, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood you have no life in you.” I am sure at this point, Peter was doing the first century equivalent of rolling his eyes. Really Jesus, How are we going to get a movement going if you keep driving people away. Don’t you know the first thing about marketing and Creating a Movement 101?

Jesus Goes Deeper not Wider

Sure enough, the inevitable happened in verse 60, “On hearing it, many of his disciples said, This is a hard teaching. Who can accept it?” Again, instead of clearing things up, Jesus doubles down in the next few verses, seemingly making things worse. In verse 66, “From this time many of his disciples turned back and no longer followed him.” These were followers, not just fringe bystanders. He then turns to the twelve and asked them if they too want to go. Of course Peter, likely still a bit shaken himself from the turn of events, offers less than a ringing endorsement, “Lord, to whom shall we go?” Thanks Peter. Interesting response from Jesus though, “Yes I have chosen you, but don’t get too full of yourself, he seems to be saying, for after all, one of you is a devil….and maybe not sure about the rest of you…..”

A Great Long Game

Throughout his ministry there were times when it looked like Jesus could have capitalized on his popularity to really become a person of influence….you know for the good of the Kingdom of course.  Instead, over and over, he not only does not seize the moment, but actually works counter to becoming the Messiah we hope he is. Jesus was never enamoured by the crowds, he was the opposite of a co-dependent leader. I would suggest that his focus was on developing leaders – the disciples – never focused on gathering a following. Kind of lousy short term plan, actually, but a great long game. In the Kingdom, successful leadership is measured by how many others we develop, not how many followers we may have at any given time. Something every pastor has to remind themselves every  Monday morning.

The application to our own ministries is painfully obvious isn’t it? How much time do we invest in developing others versus how much time do we spend trying to have a bigger ministry. Of course, we rationalize that it’s all for the Kingdom, we need to get the message out right? The world needs the Good News right? But Jesus never seemed too concerned about that. He always went deeper, before he went  wider. Imagine what the church would be like today if we were more like this.

So there you have it, five characteristics of a mentor, all based on Kingdom values. With this foundation, next time we want to begin to drill down into the actual mentoring process, which will occupy most of our remaining episodes. I am looking forward to and..  as always, I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

In your role as a leader, do you release ministry or try to keep others under your control? How does your approach affect your ability to mentor?

Do you have authentic, accountable relationships? Is there someone, besides your spouse, to whom you can be completely honest and knows how you are personally doing?

Is most of your time spent developing others or building a bigger ministry. Gathering followers or investing in the non-Urgent task of mentoring others? How would your priorities and values need to change to follow Jesus’ model?

Episode 4: Dodging Spears

Video

Description

In this fourth  episode in the Mentoring Intelligence Series, Phil explains the difference between authority and power and how one is life-giving and the other controls rather than empowers and releases others. This is central to understanding that the relationships in the Body of Christ are completely different to the ones in the institutions in which we are embedded and living. In the Body, there is to be no hierarchical structures – different functions, yes – but unlike in the world we are not to lord position and power over others, particularly under the guise of spirituality. He then makes the application from Jesus’ teaching and its importance in order to be effective in mentoring others.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 4 Intro: Authority versus Hierarchy

We have been looking at how Jesus’ model of leadership was counter cultural in his day as well as pretty much every culture since. We are beginning to see that to develop others through an open honest mentoring relationship we will need a new attitude and perspective on leadership. But if there is no hierarchy in the body of Christ, how do we explain the passages on authority in the Church and what seems to be different levels of leadership? And how does this fit with Jesus’ teaching?

“We want a King like the other nations!”

We have been looking at Jesus’ teaching regarding leadership and how in his Kingdom there is to be no hierarchy of relationships, unlike the prevailing cultures around us. Of course, there is a variety of functions and gifting in the body, but unlike the Gentiles, we are not to lord position and power over each other. Actually, those with influence are to use it in a completely different way. For others, rather than for themselves.

There are some positive examples of this even by leaders in the Old Covenant. We think of men such as Moses with Joshua or Elijah with Elisha. Unfortunately, they seemed more the exception than the rule. A few prominent negative examples quickly come to mind, for example,  King Saul. You remember him, tall, good looking, square jaw….the type of guy you want to be your captain or leader.

Well, no big surprise, so did the children of Israel. Remember “We want a king like the other nations!” We want to impress everyone with our leader and the prestige of a real nation. Seems not too much has changed. Now, as then, God was not impressed and was on the record against this ill-fated desire.

It seems that Saul fit the mold pretty good. You get the feeling that he knew he stood a head taller than everyone…..and really like it. Though he started out good and rather humble by the current cultural standards, by the end power had corrupted even him. Maybe within his context and given who he was he didn’t have much of a chance. But after some 40 years on the throne, it became clear that it was going to be hard to wrestle the crown from his clenched, bony fingers. So when the game was up, empowering the next generation and releasing them was not really in his DNA….as we’ll see, that might be a bit of an understatement of the day.

Do Kings Typically Mentor Others?

Let’s look at the story from a mentoring perspective. As the first king of Israel there would have been no more likely candidate to teach the next king what it meant to be king. But in those days and let’s be honest it’s pretty similar today, people in power rarely give it up willingly. Instead of mentoring the next generation, he – like many other leaders – had a rather unique technique. I’ll give you a clue…. it involved sharp spears and moving targets.  Now granted he was a product of his time…..as we are….so instead of dying to self as the Messiah would one day teach, he felt threatened and tried to skewer the next generation to the palace wall. Of course that being young David.

In future episodes we are going to learn some lessons about mentoring from David’s point of view, but we do see here that even though he probably learned a few things from dodging spears…..maybe similar lessons to what you learn from getting dumped in the middle of the lake as we saw before. But the resilience to learn things is not an affirmation of the methodology. Though some survive the deep end , or in this case dodging spear, it’s not exactly an ideal way to learn leadership is it?

Of course, we like to think of ourselves as quite different from these examples.  After all, it’s the 21st Century and we have evolved, right. Well maybe not so much. In the various countries where I have been able to serve over the years, I have noticed a striking similarity when it comes to leadership culture in most society. Whatever name you put on it, even nice Christian names like pastor, bishop, elder, there is an eerie similarity to how we do leadership in the church compared to the society we are embedded in. We might be a little more like King Saul than we want to admit.

(Fallen) Cultural Models

In the African context, there is a history of the chief of the tribe and so pastors and church leaders tend to be the chief of their flock, in Latin American cultures, the prevailing model is that of a macho man or the strong man. While in other contexts, admired leaders tended to be in the form of a general, so churches are run with the command ad control precision of the military. Now we in western cultures we have our own type of leader we admire and its typically the famous person, or perhaps a business  CEO.

Different models, but basically the same heart. The last two thousand years of church history tells the tale of how we have taken what were to be mere functions within the church – intended to equip the saints – and turned them into hierarchal offices with positions, titles and power. We read back into Eph 4 something the original author never could have intended or he would been contradicting Jesus’ basic teaching on the subject. In my “Fivefold Ministry” series I dig a bit deeper into that specific topic.

Is it much Different in the Church?

But for now, I think we all could agree that many of our leadership models in the church are pretty close to what we see in the world, just with different titles….but as the saying goes, if it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, guess what….it’s probably a duck!

Now of course we are a bit more sophisticated, after all we have evolved, so we use nice biblical titles but often if our hearts have not transformed there is not much difference as to how leadership looks in the church and the world around us. But what is really dangerous is that when we implement Christian leadership with a “I am the leader who speaks for God” type of mentality, it creates the perfect conditions for spiritual abuse, turning people away from not only the church but God himself. I am sure you can think of many contemporary examples, I don’t have to provide names and dates here. I just never want to one of them.

So we need to consider the idea of authority and power and how they interrelate. I would suggest that there is a difference. Biblical authority is light years away from to use Jesus’ words “power as the Gentiles exercise.” Power is a zero-sum game, if I give some of my power to others, then I will have less. Every politician around the world knows this intuitively which is why they fight to hang on to it once they got it. It’s on page one of every Dictator’s Handbook for Success.

Difference Between Authority and Power

However, authority is quite different. Authority is not life-sucking, but life-giving if used correctly. As we develop others and release authority and responsibility  to them, we grow a bigger pie rather than just trying to slice up our little pie. An amazing thing happens, as they grow and mature, we have actually more influence and hence more authority to give away.

Let me explain it like this. As we use your gifts, they make room for us in the body of Christ; we are meeting a need. As others benefit from our God-given gifts our influence will naturally increase. Now this measure of influence then creates a certain measure of authority and responsibility and can even lead to others giving us a title or position. But, and this is an important but, true biblical authority does not necessarily have to lead to relationships controlled by hierarchical power and structures. Remember Jesus’ words, “with you it should not be so”.

The issue becomes, what will we do with the authority that we have gained by exercising our gifting and callings? Will we use it to benefit ourselves or use it to serve and help others, even if this means having a lesser role. As John the Baptist said, “I must decrease so that he will increase”. Kind of revolutionary, eh? But this is the only way to remain a healthy part of the body rather than some isolated “king” or whatever you want to call it.

Authority Balanced by Vulnerability

Perhaps this graph can help to visually describe this process. There are four quadrants with the vertical axis signifying a continuum in the degree of authority a person has and the horizontal axis the degree to which we have made ourselves vulnerable. In order to reflect Jesus’ leadership model, God-given authority in our relationships must be balanced with this thing called vulnerability. I have found it quite interesting over the years that many languages don’t have one word that really reflects the meaning. I wonder why that is?

To be vulnerable encompasses the meaning of being authentic, but also includes the idea of potential and willingness to be hurt and wounded. Not something most leader’s are attracted to, yet it is an indispensible ingredient to any relationships based on love. Remember in the Body leaders are just like all members in this regard. If we are unwilling to be hurt we will not be able to fully love. And the relationships in the body of Christ are to be based on love  – “they will know that you are my disciples by your love.”

Leaders in the church are part of the Body like everyone else. They are not on a pedestal or above others in the body. This false hierarchy that we have created is not only bad for the Body, but it also puts unhealthy pressure on leaders who are trying to live their own spirituality on their own. All of us are only healthy in community.

No Vulnerability = Authoritarianism

Without this attitude of vulnerability our hearts will inevitably become hardened. Having open honest relationships is essential for healthy leadership. Being vulnerable means having others that you can be open and honest with. Instead of being on a pedestal our platform ministry aligns with our personal life. So no need to hide. We don’t have to pretend we are more spiritual than everyone else.

So in the Body of Christ, the more gifting and influence one has the more vulnerable one must be willing to be or human nature (sin) will lead us to authoritarianism, rather than servant leadership. Instead of grace in serving others, we will use our authority to either show others how great we are or manipulate them to achieve our vision.

Remember  the story of the Apostle Paul ? He writes to the early church that because he had been given so many revelations and giftings, God had told him that he was going to have to live with a thorn in the flesh. We are not sure what it was exactly, but we do know he didn’t like it and it was uncomfortable. Its purpose was to keep him humble so that he would not  use his authority to abuse others – as we know, a temptation for all of us but particularly the multi-gifted among us.  It’s hard to think of yourself more highly that you should ……with a thorn sticking in your side …. and others seeing it.

We don’t have time here to get into the details here, but I never want to be under leadership or mentored by someone that does not show me their scars. Even Jesus, our Master Mentor did not hide his scars after the cross. He actually displayed them as a confirmation of his authority….remember Thomas….touch my hands, my side….That’s vulnerability.

If we respond correctly, this vulnerability keeps us humble, A requirement for those who want to be great in Jesus’ Kingdom. Actually our long term effectiveness as a leader is directly related to our willingness to humble ourselves as Peter tells us to do. Doesn’t mean we are a doormat or think bad of ourselves, just means we don’t have to convey a sense of pseudo-spirituality in our leadership.

Jesus’ Upside Down Leadership

In this upside down kingdom e don’t have to look any further than our great leader, Jesus….remember Phil 2….He intentionally took on the nature – not just pretending, but the actual nature of a servant. Why? To stay humble and vulnerable to be an example for us. Don’t know if you can get more vulnerable than hanging naked on a cross strung up between heaven and earth. His authority came from what he suffered, not heavenly titles and positions. Can’t imagine it should be any different for us.

So back to the graph, the more authority, gifts etc that we have been given, the more vulnerable we’ll have to be in order to serve others. Rather than using our gifts to get what we want from others or even to get people to help us with OUR vision.  That is represented by Quadrant 1. The only way to be a servant leader is to keep our giftings and authority tethered to an authentic humble view of ourselves. My experience is that it usually takes less than ideal circumstance in order to keep me dead to self. Maybe you can do it, but I have never learned that on a nice sunny beach somewhere.

A Pebble in our Shoe Keep us Humble

We may have good intentions as leaders, but the combination of our fallen nature, growing up in a fallen culture with its societal institutions, makes maintaining a Kingdom mentality difficult. Well, actually, let’s be honest, in our ourselves, it’s impossible. Christ living within and transforming us is the only way. Even when those around us may be saying, “We want a King like the other Nations!”

So God in his love for us graciously provides us a thorn in the flesh. Instead of trying to pray it away or developing ways of hiding it, we need to get to the place where we embrace it like Paul did. Though the pattern of the world around us squeezes us into thinking that this represents weakness, it is actually the means to show Christ’s strength. Jesus actually was glorified through and because of the cross.

False teachers  and power leaders are basically allergic to vulnerability and authenticity. I like to call them co-dependent leaders. They feel they need to project strength so that people will need them, and this reinforces to others a wrongheaded concept of leadership. But the expansion of the Gospel and growth of the Church is not dependent upon leaders who need fans or people who are emotionally dependent upon their leaders looking like a strongman. This is unhealthy and produces unhealthy leaders. Power leadership does not reproduce life.

Walking the Walk

Well how again does this all apply to mentoring? If we are a leader who is focuses on maintaining the externals of leadership to prove to everyone how great we are….it is likely we will not mentor others. Now it is fairly easy to preach a sermon and maybe even years worth of sermons without anyone knowing if we are applying all the truth we are preaching – it’s pretty easy to talk the talk without walking the walk. But this is impossible to do in an authentic mentoring relationship. This may explain why many leaders opt for preaching over mentoring. Mentoring by definition means opening up our life, being vulnerable, and leaders focused on title and protecting image will generally not do this.

So instead we hide behind our titles, positions, accomplishments rather than living open authentic lives. Yet the irony is it is just those types of lives that the next generation needs and wants to see. Unless they get close enough to an authentic leader, how will they learn what authenticity in the Body looks like? One of the greatest gifts I can give someone I am mentoring is to show them my scars – these are actually where our authority and life giving power come from.

In these introductory  episodes in this series we have focused on the heart of leadership and how it relates to mentoring. We discovered that we need a revolutionary change in our thinking and priorities otherwise we are just trying to implement a program without the power to reproduce Christ’s life in others. Becoming a mentor begins with a transformational change in the values and priorities of our leadership, so that we view leadership the way Jesus did. Instead of just focussing on techniques and skills – we will get to that – I have found it most important to begin with heart issues.

Next time we are going to look at some attributes of biblical leadership and why these are so necessary in order to mentor others. As I’ve mentioned before, we reproduce who we are, we reproduce after like kind. Since others will be picking up what healthy leadership is through our attitudes and actions, it’s going to be really important to re-evaluate our own leadership values before we reproduce them in others. As always, I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

Have you had to struggle with others putting you on a pedestal, “wanting a king like the other nations”? How do you deal with this?
As you reflect on your current leadership role, in what ways do you rely on your gifting and position to motivate and mobilize others?
Finally, how willing are you to exemplify leadership that is willing to be vulnerable and pull back the curtain to show others the scars that made you into the person that you are?

Episode 3: Improving Your Serve

Video

Description

In this third episode in the Mentoring Intelligence Series, Phil shares what he believes is the main barrier to leaders mentoring others. It is not the lack of a particular skill or strategy, but rather a heart issue of what biblical leadership is all about. Without the attitude of Christ, that of a servant, it will be virtually impossible or at least very unlikely that someone will be a mentor to someone else.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 3 Intro: The Major Barrier to Mentoring

From my experience there is one major barrier that hinders leaders from mentoring others and creating a culture of mentoring within their church or organization.  You might be surprised to discover that this is not really due to a lack of a particular skill or even a strategy failure. No, this is much deeper and really cuts to the heart of the matter of what biblical leadership is and who we are…..it is a matter of heart. Without this it is virtually impossible to mentor others as Jesus did.

Jesus’ Counter-Cultural Model

Last time we discussed a couple key barriers to developing a mentoring lifestyle in our leadership and ministry. However to really make a change in our priorities and focus requires a deep transformation of our hearts and not just a bit of tinkering around the edges.

As we have been learning, Jesus’ type of leadership was very counter cultural, both in his time and in the 2000 years since. I have lived in both Africa and Eastern Europe and have had the privilege to be with leaders from Eurasia to Latin America…. And I have yet to find a culture that values Jesus type of leadership. In all of our cultures, our tendency is to use power to serve ourselves and our own interests, rather than others. I think it’s just part of our fallen human condition.

All Cultures Impacted by the Fall

It is an inescapable reality that all of human cultures and institutes have been affected by Sin and the Fall. No exceptions. So, without transformation, even our religious and church institutions are impacted  by the same virus. If we as leaders are not intentional to have our hearts and minds renewed in terms of our leadership style, just as our life needs to be renewed, it’s very likely that our carnal self will take over. I know that is not great news for some.

But once we become followers of Jesus he begins to change us in every area to be more like him. As Rom. 12: 1-2 teaches, we need to have our minds renewed so we not conform to the patterns of the world. As leaders in the Body we are not exempt or above this process. Preaching and teaching others does not mean we do not need to have the Word change our sinner’s heart.

And this must also include our understanding and application of biblical leadership. Each of our cultures have been impacted by the Fall and so they all have a misguided understanding of what the real purpose of leadership is. Instead of a servant leadership approach that lays down its life and serves others for their better-meant, in our fallenness we tend to be are competitive, driven my our selfish motives and ego.

Heart Transformation Required

So if this heart transformation does not take place, even us leaders within Christian organizations will model the values and principles of leadership taken from the fallen culture around us. Though we may be growing and maturing in some areas of our life, without a heart change in this area our leadership will not look much different than the institutions in the fallen societies us.

In our discussion here, I would like to link this transformation of our leadership directly to the topic of mentoring. As I have interacted with thousands of leaders, it has been my experience that without a renewed leadership model that is based on Jesus’ model, it’s really tough to come alongside of others in a mentoring relationship. What do I mean?

What Does Servant Leadership Look Like?

Well to begin with, let’s review what we mean by Jesus’ model of leadership. This does not mean that we have no real vision or direction or that we have no boundaries in our lives and ministry. I think we all would agree that Jesus was the greatest leader of all time — and you might believe a lot of things about Jesus — but being weak and a wimp is not one that comes to mind. Jesus arrive on the scene 2000 years ago and displayed a bottom up leadership that was focussed on serving others, it was not about him using power and position to gain advantage for himself.  And let’s remember who he was…..he WAS the Son of God, he had some serious weight he could have thrown around. But he never did.

The classic illustration of what this new leadership was to look like was Jesus stooping down and washing the feet of his disciples — something only a lowly servant would have done in that culture. He was the Messiah, yet he was showing his disciples what biblical leadership really looked like. Of course it was a pretty tough sell in that culture. The disciples were much like us, they had been affected their whole life by the societal structures around them.

Have you ever thought of what it would have been like to be one of the 12 disciples? I don’t know about you, but I think I would have been happy to just be one of the twelve….I mean I probably would have been happy to be one of the 70 or even 500, to be honest……but one of the twelve, are you kidding me!?

And I am sure that was the case for them in the beginning. At times they probably looked at each other and thought….okay there are twelve of us, there’s twelve tribes of Israel, I might not be a math genius but when Jesus began talking about the Kingdome, they could see how the numbers were lining up.

They knew enough of the Torah, including the prophets, to figure out what that meant. “We are the guys!” We are going to be right there with Jesus. Let’s just say there were positioned pretty good. But there was a little problem. Their idea of being a kingdom leader was completely contrary to Jesus’.  And you don’t have to be a Bible scholar to notice that they really struggled to see the Kingdom through a lens that was not clouded by their culture. So Jesus has to do some remedial leadership training and quick….after all, he only has three years.

Timeless Problem: Who is the Greatest?

So in Matt. 18 we get an indication of what was really going on among the disciples in the conversations that the Bible doesn’t always record. Very quickly they were no longer content to be just one of the twelve! Instead, while they were walking and talking on those dusty roads, they were arguing about which of them was going to be the greatest in the Kingdom. Of course, once Jesus asks what they were talking about, it gets pretty quiet. So Jesus brings a child close to him says You guys want to be great in my Kingdom? Become like little children. And remember children in that culture were basically one step above the family pet, a bit beyond be heart and not seen …not exactly the centre of their parent’s universe as today. I am not saying that is a good thing, but just the way it was.

Well it seems that this went right over their heads. Why do I say that? Well not long afterwards,  in Matt. 20 James and John recruit their mother to see if she can talk some sense into Jesus. They were pretty young themselves, but surely a good Jewish mother Jesus could not refuse.

She wasn’t asking much, right? Just  let my good Jewish boys sit on your left or right – after all they are already part of the special elite force of twelve, so what’s the problem? Ya, didn’t go over to well with the other 10 did it?. Jesus lets them know that this isn’t going to happen and then says something which indicates that they were operating from worldly, not kingdom principles:  “You know how the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them and their high officials exercise authority of them …(at this point of course they are nodding yes yes….they know all about that….) But then Jesus lowers the boom… “With you it should not be so!”

Kingdom Leadership Values – Walking the Walk

The obvious question for the reader today is, “Is it so with our leadership?” Now we are more sophisticated and are really good at putting spiritual sounding titles on our positions…..you know pastor, evangelist, maybe even apostle or bishop if you are really spiritual. But do we function much different than in the institutions around us?

Jesus continues, “You want to be great in the Kingdom, you must become a servant” ….and it gets worse, “and whoever wants to be first must be your slave.” And then the real clincher, to follow his example: “Just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many.” They couldn’t argue with that, for he has been serving them. He walked the walk.

From other scripture we know that the unspoken question that was left hanging in the air was, “If I, your master Jesus,  have this attitude, what kind of attitude should you being a mere mortal have? Yes, I know, even though you are one of only 12.”

Now it would be nice to report that by the end of Jesus ministry and life they got it. They heard the teaching, got the notes, and even saw the video in living color. But unfortunately that was not the case. Let’s go back to the last supper when Jesus was washing their feet. Right after the meal….I mean they were probably still using a toothpick to get the last of the unleaven bread out of their teeth – I am sure the towel was not even dry yet! But here they are arguing again over who was the greatest among them (Luke 22:24). I have a sneaking suspicion that there were a few other occasions this happened than the ones that are officially recorded for us in Scripture.

Old habits and cultures die hard, don’t they. Jesus knew it was going to take his death and resurrection to provide them with the spiritual insight and power to have their minds transformed. They would get it eventually, but it was not going to be easy. And they actually were with Jesus in person….he actually washed their feet….in person. I am thinking if I would have been one of them, that would have been enough for me. But, maybe not.

Kingdom Leadership: Still a Struggle Today

After all I am living in the post-resurrection era, have much more of the New Covenant revelation in the form of the New Testament, and I still struggle with this basic kingdom principle when it comes to this upside down type of leadership.  Paul writes in Phil 2 that “in your relationships with one another, have the same mindset as Christ Jesus: Who being in the very nature God, did not consider equality with God something to be used to his own advantage; rather he made himself nothing by taking on the very nature of a servant, being made in human likeness.”

Pretty heavy stuff. Kingdom leadership looks a lot like a cross, not a crown. Or in more modern speech, laying down our own desires and serving others, rather than striving for position, power and prestige. Sometimes kind of makes you want to rethink being a leader in the Kingdom eh?!

And this is at the core of the problem. The relationships in the Body of Christ – including those called to equip others – are to be completely different. We are not the experts telling others what to do. There is only one Head, and we are not Him! We are just part of the body and the Word must change us as we preach it is to change others. We are not at a different level than the rest of the Body.

The Problem of Position and Title

Very soon after the first century, and ever since then, fallen human nature took over, even in the church. Some  Scripture passages were wrongly used to rationalize a hierarchal leadership structure in the Church, which of course violates Jesus basic teaching. In Matt. 23 Jesus makes it pretty clear. Jesus is teaching about the religious folks, teachers of the law, you know pastors, priests, professors. He is nailing them pretty hard and saying that for them it’s all about outward show, you know, they loved titles, position and others deferring  to them, even special parking spaces for their donkey. I mean they had it all. Does it sound rather familiar?

When Jesus makes the application, he really lowers the hammer, “But you are not to be called “Rabbi” or teacher for you have one Teacher, and you are all brothers. And do not call anyone on earth “father’ for you have one Father and he is in heaven. Nor are you to be called instructors, for you have one Instructor, the Messiah. The greatest among you will be your servant. For those who exalt themselves will be humbled and those who humble themselves will be exalted.” Ya I know would sure be more convenient if that wasn’t include in the Bible wouldn’t it?

We won’t have time now, but in the next episode I want to spend more time dealing with the obvious question that arises….how about authority in the Church? Are not pastors and church leaders to have a position over others, so all things are done decently and in order? And didn’t Paul also say he was spiritual father to Timothy? So is he contradicting Jesus? These are all good questions and we’ll around to them, but for now let’s circle back here to servant leadership as Jesus taught and illustrated in his life.

Relationships in Body of Christ Very Different

The obvious and main point we see Jesus teaching his disciples in the Gospels is that the attitude of the culture around them in relation to leadership was completely opposite of the values and practises of his kingdom.  There are many implications of this for us today, the main one being that having the heart and attitude of a servant is actually a prerequisite for all Kingdom relationships, including leadership within the Body of Christ.

As Paul writes in Ephesians 5:21, relationships in the body are to be mutually submissive….this applies to leadership in the church. Pastors and church leaders have a function to equip the saints, but this does not make them above those they serve. It is often people who want to put leadership on a pedestal and we must be the ones to humble ourselves and step off the podium and crawl back on to the cross.  We are all, regardless of our function, just equal members of the Body.

Mentoring Impossible without Servanthood Attitude

So how does this apply to mentoring? Without this attitude, it is virtually impossible to really mentor others. Now, we can control and manipulate others, but not equip and release them. After all, if I think I am number one or at least God’s man of power for this very hour, why would I stoop to put others ahead of myself? I think that is exactly what the early disciples were wrestling with. Not much has changed. My experience has been that if we are honest we all love power, position, titles, private parking stalls, business class (okay that one hurts) and this works counter to laying down our lives for others rather than building our own ministry….or should I say maybe even our own kingdom.

Those who feel they are indispensible to God’s plans, would consider it a huge waste of time to slow down long enough to invest in others, there is so little time and so many more important things to accomplish for the Lord. In a later episode we are going to discover how a gifted, called younger Apostle Paul  needed to adjust his mindset by the end of his life.

We see from Jesus’ life that this approach is the only type of leadership that reproduces life in others. Power based leadership produces awe and spiritual dependence, rather than developing and releasing others. And it actually isolates leaders and makes them causalities of unrealistic expectations. If we do not have this Kingdom  leadership DNA that Jesus modeled, at best we will reproduce stillborn leaders – leaders who cannot reproduce others. Kind of the opposite of what it takes to mentor someone.

Next time we are going to dig a bit deeper by looking at some examples from Scripture and address the thorny issue of how can there be equality and varying degrees of authority in the body of Christ all at the same time. To do that we will have to deal with the difference between power and authority from a Kingdom perspective.  As always, I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

How has the culture around you impacted your own leadership values and style?

Looking at Jesus’ teaching again, have you discovered any new insights?

And finally, are you open to allowing the Lord to radically change your leadership values to that of a servant?

Episode 2: Sink or Swim

Video

Description

In this second episode in the Mentoring Intelligence Series, Phil discusses how Jesus model of developing others was rather counter intuitive. He shares an analogy of how our leadership training can often be compared to just throwing someone in the deep end and hope for the best. He then begins to look at some of the barriers we face that hinder us from mentoring others.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 2 Intro: Why is Mentoring Difficult?

Last episode we discussed how Jesus’ model of developing others was rather counter intuitive. His priorities in ministry were quite different than ours.  Now we all agree he was effective, so why don’t we all make his priorities our priorities? If Mentoring is such an effective way to reproduce leaders, why is it so difficult? This time we want to begin to look at some of the barriers in our own lives that hinder us doing this? Understanding and being intentional in removing them could have a huge impact in our own life and ministry?

Sink or Swim: A Typical Leadership Approach

Something I have noticed as I have taught on this topic around the world is that in many nations, we as evangelicals have evolved a rather interesting leadership development approach. Now my guess is that we likely don’t have a monopoly on this approach, as I have noticed it in a variety of contexts, but  let me try to explain it like this and see if you can relate. Fair warning, it may trigger some PTSD responses from your own experience!

So let’s imagine that I want to teach someone how to swim. I begin with them on the shore and I give them a manual to quickly flip through and maybe even give them a pop quiz. Then we get into a boat and head to the middle of the lake. This is where the genius of my teaching technique really becomes evident!

Once in the middle of the lake, I grab them and quickly through them overboard…. of course there’s lots of splashing, sputtering, and thrashing about, but low and behold, the “successful” swimming candidates eventually makes it to shore. Genius. My candidate has now learned to swim, well maybe kind of … at least they can dogpaddle or whatever you want to call all that splashing about. The important thing is that they made it to shore, right?!

Well this apparent success empowers us to get others to do the same. After all, What a great way to learn to swim! Doesn’t take too much effort on my part, I just need to row to the middle of the lake…. and voila. I might even be tempted to write a book or two, like “How to teach Swimming from the middle of the Lake”.

Survival of the Fittest not an Effective Method

So that happens when this new “Swimmer” now wants to teach others how to swim? Well, no surprise, they have them flip through a book or two, put them in a boat, take them to the middle of the lake….  and we know what happens next.  I would make the case that this technique is not really teaching people how to be swimmers, but could better be described as creating survivors. And of course what we don’t see in my analogy, is all the potential swimmers at the bottom of the lake, those that drowned and never made it.

It’s kind of a baptism by fire approach – or water in this case – but it’s actually worse, because we then use it prove the calling of a potential leader. As if just being able to survive is a litmus test of leadership. With this method so prevalent, should we really be surprised that there is such high rate of burnout and ineffectiveness in our churches and organizations. Many have never been properly equipped, no one has come alongside of them and mentored them. While throwing people in the deep end  may be an efficient training method for us and the structures that we are part of…. in the long term it’s not a very effective way to develop healthy, reproducing leaders.

A New and Better Approach

Now what would happen if we would take a different approach to leadership development. Sure, there is some content and knowledge that is helpful for the potential swimmer to master, but I focus on beginning in shallow water with them and begin to teach them the basics — how to float and some basic strokes. Then I slowly progress to deeper water, showing  them proper technique and building their endurance. I would suggest that there is a much higher likelihood that they could one day even become Olympic level swimmers, rather than survival experts with the dog paddle.

We will never develop effective leaders if we teach them to rely on adrenalin and only function in survival mode. The fact is that leadership principles and practices are crucial foundations that will ensure future capacity and longevity of leadership. If we don’t provide them with a healthy start it is likely they will never progress to reach their full potential.

The Paralysis of Analysis

In other nations, I have noticed the opposite scenario. Here there is an abundance of academic training options, unfortunately here ministry tends to become a profession rather than calling. Kind of the paralysis of analysis. Many of these potential leaders never actually swim…..just set up a chair on the beach and philosophize to others about the merits and intricacies of swimming. They may even train others in philosophizing but few become practitioners. How many of our seminaries are producing church planters, and practical church ministers, rather than academics and theologians.

Now before you turn this off, hear me out. Of course, there’s nothing wrong with training, I’ve had my own fair share…. but I am suggesting that if we are going to produce practitioners rather than just theorists the “how” of training is as important as the content itself.

A Mile Wide and Inch Deep

This alternative method of leadership development takes time and often requires getting our hands dirty as we engage in someone’s life. It’s not as easy as just dumping someone off the side of the boat and hoping for the best! Over the generations, this faulty methodology compounds leadership problems. Rather than a wise approach that utilizes the practical wisdom from previous generations, each generation has to from scratch and many wind up at the bottom of the lake.

After four decades of missions work observing and utilizing various training methods, this has been my experience. The reality is that in many nations the church has grown so fast that we just can’t keep up with leadership training. In our desperation we resort to the “toss em in the deep end” approach. Many in these contexts have little or no leadership training. They basically were left on their own to figure it out. Which is why it is said that in many nations, the church is a mile wide and only an inch deep.

A Global Leadership Deficit

You know, but even if we could just outsource all leadership training to seminaries and bible schools, this would still not really be a solution. First, the global reality is that if all Bible schools in the world functioned at full capacity and 100% of all graduates served in the Church, we would still not be able to keep up with the need for leadership training around the world.

Not to overstate the case, as nowadays there is lots of alternative training such as online and so on. Yet even those who are fortunate enough to have access to this training, often they never really gain the experience necessary in a safe environment which mitigates damage to them and others as they develop. In these cases they develop bad practises in order to just survive…. they become experts in the “dog paddle.”

Healthy effective leaders can only come from other healthy effective leaders.  As in nature, we reproduce after like kind – so it is inevitable that we reproduce who we are. Yet many preparing for ministry and leadership — or already in positions of leadership — have had no one to come alongside of them to encourage and train them and show them the ropes.

Imagine a New Approach

What would happen if existing church planters, pastors, evangelists – current church leaders — began to personally mentor the next generation of leaders? We have actually seen this happen…. it’s more than theory. In regions were our MCNet ministry coaches have begun to mentor potential leaders, we have seen a church planting movement of healthy, reproducible churches. Imagine if this could happen in your country…. imagine what would happen if each leader took the responsibility upon themselves to develop another leader?

I am aware there are other factors, but perhaps because training leaders through a mentoring relationship is not a priority, it is hard for us to reproduce the type of ministry that Jesus had. And maybe, just maybe, why we are not getting the same results he did. Reproducing leadership is a multi-generational task. It has been said that if we can accomplish our vision in our own lifetime it is likely  a rather small vision; and if we can accomplish our vision by ourselves it is also likely a small one. We need to shift our thinking and our priorities as leaders – thinking longer term and not how to survive in the short term.

Barriers to Mentoring Relationships

Okay, let’s just take a few moments and look at a couple barriers that can hinder us from doing this. The first one I want to look at is how having wrong priorities in our ministry will hinder developing others.

At some point you have likely seen the classic Time-Management Matrix. This graph, which you can see on the screen, organizes all of our activities according to their varying degrees of Importance and Urgency. Urgent things act on us, while important things we much be proactive to act upon.  The vertical axis of the graph measures the relative importance and the horizontal axis the relative urgency.

Many  leaders spend most of their time doing Q1 activities – these are Urgent and Important activities. They are represented by the top left quadrant.  Q1 activities include: dealing with crisis, pressing problems and making deadlines – generally what we think of as the stuff of good leadership. But if in our lives and leadership the Urgent consumes our time experience has proven that we will never reach our full potential or our capacity as an effective leader.

The Urgent versus the Important

Focusing primarily on the Urgent  and Important will inevitably lead to burnout and stress. We feel important… like the firefighter, always called upon to put our fires. As leaders it feeds our ego to always be the go to person. After all, we have the training, we have the degrees and want to put them to good use. We are the person of first and last resort. But focusing just on these activities will be the demise of our leadership and maybe our very health and life.

Other leaders spend a lot of time doing Q3 activities – this is the bottom left quadrant. These are activities are those that are Urgent but Not Important. Things like many or our emails, phone calls, some meetings and so on. Then there are those leaders who may spend much of their time in Q4 activities which are represented in the bottom right quadrant. These are activities that are Not Urgent and Not Important – this is busy work others could be doing, time wasting activities and even just losing ourselves in the fun stuff we like doing. We could put these individuals in the failed leadership camp.

Our goal as a leader should be to focus our time doing Q2 Activities. Now this is the top right quadrant and are activities that are proactive, prevention orientated. Things like strategic planning, relationship building, both personal and professional. These activities are very Important, but – this is the kicker — they are seldom Urgent. This is why it is so easy to procrastinate and focus only on crises and pressing problems that arise.  However, if we make the shift in priority, from being the “go to crisis solver” to proactive, strategic longer term,  the results will be greater vision, perspective, balance, discipline in our leadership. All these Q2 activities flow from deeply held beliefs and values, that guide us over the long term.

Learning to focus on activities that are important but NOT necessarily urgent, will actually result in a decrease in the crises that we have to deal with. In this way we actually break of the cycle of just running around putting out fires – the very things that fuel our ego.

Mentoring is Important but Never Urgent

The powerful takeaway in relation to mentoring is that developing others is never an emergency. We must be intentional or it just doesn’t happen. It’s a Q2 activity. Now if we don’t do this, no one will notice in one month, one year…. maybe not even in 5 years…..but one day it will be too late for us to do this and then it will be obvious where we spent our best time. How? We’ll either blow a gasket physically, emotionally, mentally, spiritually, or we’ll be isolated, and remain ego driven, hanging on to power and position. I am sure we all know people like this…. hopefully though not when we look in the mirror. Without a Q2 focus it will be impossible to leave a true legacy in others – unlike the Apostle Paul, we will not finishing the race well.

Effective leaders prioritize their time to do activities that in the long term are important but in the short term never seem urgent. These activities seldom build the leader’s ego – the type of leadership that develops others is opposite to the adrenaline driven, power based leadership that is so often admired in most of our cultures.

So without adjusting our priorities and focussing on what is really important we will never take the time to mentor others…..it’s just never an emergency… though it is extremely important.

Another Barrier: A Lack of Focus

Okay, another barrier that hinders mentoring relationships is a lack of focus. Usually early in our life and ministry we try to do it all. As we age it hits most of us that we can’t do it all, but some still try. We all can probably name names of those who have tried this approach and have fallen in some way, or have even cashed in their ticket to heaven early…. their legacy results in many hurt and disillusioned people.

But it does not need to come to that. We can decide to change our priorities and become more focused rather than just having a Messiah complex where we think we are the solution to every problem, This can also be hidden under the guise of an ambitious motivation to do work for God. As you can see from the graph there is inverse correlation between our focus and our influence.

The irony is that once we become more focused, our influence increases in our area of focus and this better prepares us to do something of significance within our lifetime. Playing the long game, this is much more effective than just settling for  the type of “success” defined by our culture. Instead of being spread out and trying to accomplish more, we learn to focus on just fulfilling what God put us on this earth for.

I was just reading the other day in James 3 where he is describing what true wisdom really looks like. He says that it is actually humble, submissive – and is not motivated by selfish ambition. This is why changing our priorities to focus on mentoring others requires a transformation of our hearts, not just a time management adjustment. It is a heart issue.

Now I am not perfect in this area by any stretch. But years ago, it was very freeing to realize that God didn’t really need me….he was doing pretty good before I came along and once my life is over he will continue to function okay. Not so easy for a type A driven personality to admit, but somewhere along the way I began to realize that the whole burden of world evangelism and training leaders was not all on just my shoulders.  And yes, I did sleep a lot better.

More Focus – More Influence

You know, I thought for sure that I would make a huge impact by the time I was 25 (for God of course!), that came and went, so modified it to 35, that came and went, then 45 came and went. I realized that it was not all up to me and perhaps the visions and dreams I had were going to be fulfilled through others, as was the case with Abraham and many other biblical characters. Not great for our ego, but great for our spiritual and physical health. Influence comes from focus not from trying to do it all.

So as we age, and hopefully we learn this sooner than later, our influence grows as we get more focussed on what we should be doing, rather than trying to do it all. As our focus increases, our influence in that area increases.  I find it so sad to see a leader who is aging and still trying to do it all themselves….just seems kind of a waste of the next generation. This is why changing our focus and priority to mentoring is crucial if we are going to accomplish what God has for us.

In our next episode we are going to dig a bit deeper and deal with what I believe is the main hindrance to developing mentoring relationships. Without a personal transformation in this area  and seeing this truth, my experience is that it is unlikely that a leader will make this switch from power based leadership to one that focuses on developing and releasing  others.  As always, I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

As you reflect on your activities, out of which Quadrant do you mostly function?

As you mature are you become more or less focussed or are you still trying to do it all?

Are you willing to be transformed into Jesus’ model of leadership, whatever the cost to your ego?

 

Episode 1: The Lost Art of Mentoring

Video

Description

In this first episode of the Mentoring Intelligence Series, Phil share from why mentoring seems to be talked and written about, but fewer leaders seem to be actually investing in the next generation in an intentional way. He discusses some of the personal and structural barriers to a mentoring lifestyle and why Jesus’ model of leadership is the only one that reproduces life in others.

If you find the content of this episode useful, it would really help us reach more people if you click the Like and Subscribe for this episode on Youtube.

Check out our full list of Mentoring Intelligence videos.

To view all of our series, visit our LEADERSHIPmatters Podcast page.

Get the Resources

Listeners of our LEADERSHIPmatters podcasts have exclusive access to our free bonus leadership materials. For this series these include our MQ Assessments, our Servant Leadership Assessment, as well as the Developing Others Workshops. These are available in several languages and can be downloaded here:

Get exclusive access to free Workshop Notes and Mentoring Assessments

For other valuable mentoring resources

If you would like to purchase Phil’s  Mentoring Intelligence Book and the Workbook which covers this topic in more detail or the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships Guides which are a tool to actually help you mentor someone, check out our Resources page. These are available in several languages.

Consider Helping

The majority of our work training new leaders in the church is international. In many cases, they cannot afford the material themselves. Please considering helping us reach those who can’t afford the resources by donating today.

Video Script

Episode 1 Intro: Why is Mentoring a Lost Art?

In recent years the term mentoring has become more common, even in the church. But is this just discipleship by a different name? or is it a different type of relationship altogether? In this introductory episode we want to look at what mentoring  really is and what are the hindrances to creating a mentoring lifestyle within our leadership. With all the books and teaching on mentoring , Why has it become such a lost art? Why is it more talked about than actually done? You might be surprised to find out some of the reasons why .

Some Good Advice for Jesus

If Jesus would have asked me for some advise when he started his ministry I am sure I could have been a big help. I mean with the added experience of 2000 years of  leadership training — after all he didn’t have access to any leadership development resources back then, right?  So if he would have approached me and mentioned that he needed to make a lasting impact in only 3 years, I am sure I could have made some great suggestions. It obvious that according to current leadership methodology he would have to gain an audience by doing something spectacular early in his ministry – perhaps something like raising someone from the dead. That would really impress people and then of course he could write a book and do a podcast with a full social media presence. The headliner would be, “How to raise the dead and influence the world for generations.”

Great advice, right? Maybe not so much. But instead, what did Jesus do? He began by walking along the beach and calling a few guys to follow him…..and let’s be honest, it seems he didn’t even choose the brightest Jewish boys. Didn’t seem like much of a team. Then he spent lots of time with them over the course of three years. By current leadership standards, doesn’t really seem like much of a plan for success.  It actually gets worse, at the end of this ill-advised strategy he gets murdered on a cross and only one of these twelve is anywhere to be seen. Hmm, seems like kind of a failed plan of leadership development, in both strategy and execution. Very few of us aspire to do ministry and leadership like this.

Why was Jesus so Successful?

So what was so successful about Jesus’ approach? Is this even doable today? I would suggest that to the degree that we understand Jesus’ approach and get back to that model of developing leaders is the degree to which we will be healthy leaders who reproduce other healthy leaders. Healthy leadership fosters healthy churches, which are grace filled places in this dark world. Only in retrospect do we see the genius of Jesus’ approach, and yet even though we see the long term impact, it is hard to follow this example today.

I wonder why that is. Perhaps it has something to do with what we consider to be a successful life, leadership or ministry. Perhaps we are looking in the wrong place for success in leadership. It’s important for me to mention that when I talk about “leadership” in this series,  I am not primarily thinking of position or title. As we use our gifts and abilities, we influence others….and that is leadership. It can be for the good or not so good, but in some sense we all have a sphere of influence or leadership.  But more about that later.

 Mentoring: A Difficult Lifestyle?

Well there is no shortage of books on the topic of mentoring. But why does it not seem to become a lifestyle with a vast majority of leaders?

Personally, my roots go back to the discipleship movement that grew out of the Jesus People movement in the 1970s. Though I grew up in a  Christian home and church, I was deeply impacted on both a personal and ministry level by the simple idea that ministry, and I would say Christian leadership, is passed on through relationship. It is more caught than taught. This was a bit counter to what I saw in the church I grew up in.

This relational approach was the focus of the discipleship movement, of course some guys went sideways using it to manipulate and gain power over others , what was to become known as the Shepherding Movement – which was more about control than developing and releasing others.

As a late teen and early adult I was deeply impacted by this relational approach to ministry, contrary to what I saw in most churches I was around. So in my early days in ministry, I longed for someone to mentor me, to come alongside of me and show me the ropes so to speak….and mentors were few and far between. Most of those in places of authority and leadership were busy building their own ministries, not turning around and helping a young leader find his way. If we were to chat over coffee, I am sure you would tell me that this was your experience also. I have heard this from leaders around the world. The reality is that we pass on leadership to others the way it has been passed on to us.

A Change of Priorities

You would be hard pressed to find someone who thought the idea of mentoring was a bad one. We all agree what an awesome thing Jesus did with his disciples, but usually we don’t know where to start or how to pull it off. But I guess what I am trying to say is, “If we are going to recover this lost art of mentoring we are going to start with a change in our priorities. Of course, we all want Jesus’ level of results, but are we willing to pay the price for Jesus’ methodology?

When I first wrote my book, Mentoring Intelligence, I was in mid-life and my focus was on the next, Millennial Generation. Since then they have grown up and are now in mid-life and Generation Z are now becoming young adults. In order to be engaged in mentoring the next generation we have to understand their values. The good news is that this is a learnable skill — but it does require some intentionality, it does not automatically come with whatever leadership position or authority we may have. I would suggest that this is the only style of leadership that is truly life-giving.

Glut of Info – Deficiency of Wisdom

The irony is that in our increasingly digitized world, with the explosion of social media – which are more pseudo-social than reality — there is a hunger by the next generation for leaders to engage in a more relational approach. Unfortunately, we often settle to pass on academic training or even use high-tech education, but the reality is that the best way to help others grow is to come alongside of them and spend time with them. That’s mentoring.

Over the last couple decades I have taught a series of seminars on this subject from Russia, Europe, China, Africa, Latin America. What I have noticed is that there are many more people wanting to be mentored than are willing to be mentors. There are many reasons for this, but the reality is that it is easier to just “google” and download information to someone than to get down in the trenches and help them with their leadership and life formation. The result is that we have a glut of information, but a deficiency of wisdom.

Discipleship vs. Mentoring

The early discipleship movement with its focus on relationship and accountability is what laid a foundation in my own  life. As my thinking has become more focused on this topic over the years, I now make a differentiation between discipleship and mentoring. While both should involve a relational approach, for our purposes, when I use the term, “discipleship” I am referring  to helping someone grow in the faith – while “mentoring” refers to helping someone grow in their leadership potential and capacity.

An Ancient Practise

The practise of mentoring was not foreign to either the Hebrew and Christian Scriptures and so it is somewhat ironic that we in the church have only more recently rediscovered it. In my PhD research it was surprising to discover that in the 1950s business organizations re-discovered it before the church, as they saw the bottom line benefit of using it to develop business leaders!

Mentoring includes learning skills and being intentional, but it is also must become a lifestyle and attitude that creates the space for these skills to be effective and life-giving, rather than being overbearing and controlling.

Some twenty-five years ago, while living in Berlin I developed some Mentoring manuals to help train Church leaders in Europe. While the concept at the time was more common in the business world, at that time it was not a term used much within the church.

This was particularly the case in many of the countries in which I was doing conferences. I began to discover that were some obvious, and other not so obvious, barriers to implementing what everyone generally thought was a good idea. As I taught mentoring conferences around the world, I discovered little opposition to the basic concept, yet I also discovered many leaders were struggling in implementing the principles and developing a mentoring lifestyle within their lives and organizations. I would teach my introductory seminar and then leave hoping they would begin doing it. However, when I returned 6 months or a year later, very few had implemented this in their leadership.

Intentionality and Structure Necessary

I began to realize that without intentionality and some sort of structure, mentoring was unlikely to happen in a church or leader’s life. Good intentions were just not enough. There are just too many distractions, including many good and necessary ministry activities, that make the good the enemy of the best. The fact is that most of us, rather than following Jesus’ ministry example, have been taught a different way of doing ministry. So our basic ministry/church structures actually work against implementing mentoring to train up the next generation of leaders.

I have also noticed that in more western leaning cultures, one’s that typically are not relationally focussed, a relational approach which takes lots of “time” goes against our natural inclination and so it is difficult to become part of our lifestyle. On the other hand, in more naturally relational cultures there is also a struggle. While it is more natural to spend time together, it is often not focussed and so lacks accountability and intentionality. A mentoring relationship requires both a time investment and intentionality.

Mentoring is based upon a relationship, it is walking down the road of life together with someone who may be a couple steps ahead, but walking the journey with us. However, it requires some sort of structure or it likely won’t happen, but these need to be flexible…..it just can’t become another church program. This is why we have developed the Mentoring thru Intentional Relationships model which attempts to balance both of these.

Values of Next Generation

Mentoring intelligence refers to the ability of both the individual and organization in encouraging and fostering mentoring types of relationships. Some struggle in mentoring others due to the fact that they are not aware of the basic skills necessary in order to mentor another person. Others on the other hand feel inadequate, often due to a wrong ideas as to what mentoring actually involves.

Social media in the last ten years has been a huge driver of culture and has created pseudo connections, which do not really satisfy. We saw this most evident in the recent pandemic of 2020, for all the talk of “connecting” on video chats and social media, we discovered as a society that these were no substitute for actually in person, face to face connections.

I have also discovered that many youth cultures around the world have common values regardless of ethnic culture in which they are embedded. Typically they are looking for relationship and finding their  own truth, but they often don’t have the tools to achieve this goal. As I have shared this topic with youth on virtually every continent, I have discovered  that many may want a mentoring relationship, but either don’t know how to find it or fully understand the accountability required to benefit from such a relationship.

How to Develop Healthy Leaders

The main issue we are dealing with here is how to best develop leaders, remembering my broad definition of leadership. While there are some innate leadership skills that some individuals have, I am from the camp that believes that leaders are made, not born. So if we reproduce who we are, then it makes sense that we tend to perpetuate values and leadership the way they have been passed on to us.

In this series we want to look at a relational approach. How can we best reproduce healthy ministries and the next generation of leaders? The fact is that a church planting movement is really a leadership development movement.  Without growing healthy reproducing servant leaders the church will remain weak not fulfill its purpose. For the Good News to not die with our generation, we have to be intentional about investing in the next one. I don’t want to shock you this early in the series and be the bearer of bad news……but  we are all going to run out of time and die. And as has been said, “It is too late to dig a well when you start to feel thirsty.” We have to plan for this eventuality.

What is Success?

Healthy leadership is about doing something in our lifetime of significance, not just a focus on attaining  “success” by our societal standards of the time may be.  Often being engaged in activities of significance do not at the time seem to be all that successful, as we usually define success. I think this is why we can’t relate to Jesus method of ministry and leadership development. It still seems foreign and perhaps a bit naïve in the 21st Century.

But God defines success differently and he has a pretty good track record. Abraham was given the promise or vision that he would be the father of a great nation that would bless all the nations of the earth, but he did not see it happen, neither did Isaac, Jacob arguably was just beginning to envision what had been promised to his grandfather…..in our ROI culture can we have the patience to have a multi-generational approach? This is the power of mentoring and what we are going to focus on in this series.

So, in our next episode we are going to explore our typical way of training leaders and identify some of the barriers that have arisen that actually work against developing these type of  mentoring relationships. I hope you’ll join me.

Some Leadership Matters to Consider

But before then, I’d like to leave you a few leadership matters to consider:

What is your focus in your leadership and ministry?

What does Success mean for you?

What are some of the barriers you face in being a mentor?